Bourns® Trimpot® Product Catalog

Reliable Electronic Solutions

Table of Contents

Introduction ...... 4

Custom Solutions Fuel Card Applications...... 8 3-D MID Devices...... 11 Thick-Film Cermet Devices...... 12 Polymer Thick-Film (PTF) Devices...... 13 Trimmer Special Offerings...... 14 Linear Motion Potentiometer Special Offerings ...... 15 Modular Contact Special Offerings ...... 15 Switch Special Offerings ...... 15

Selection Guides RoHS Compliant Selection Guide...... 17 SMT Selection Guide ...... 18 Commercial/Industrial Selection Guide ...... 19 Consumer/Open Frame Selection Guide...... 20 Application Specific Selection Guide...... 20 Military Product Selection Guide...... 20

Optional Products...... 21

Trimmer Data Sheets 3005...... 24 3006...... 25 3009...... 26 3005 3057...... 27 201

3059...... 28 2GM 3214...... 29 3223...... 31 3223W 3224...... 32 3223 3250...... 34 3252...... 35 3260...... 36 3262...... 37 3266...... 38 3262 3269...... 40 3290...... 42 3292...... 43 3296...... 44

3296-LC2...... 48 3302 3296-OT1...... 49 3299...... 50 3302...... 52 3303...... 53 3313 3306...... 55

1 Table of Contents

Trimmer Data Sheets (continued) 3309...... 53 3313...... 55 3314...... 57 3314 3318PSGB ...... 62 3318FK ...... 66

3319...... 68 3339 3329...... 70 3339...... 72 3342...... 73 3345...... 75 3352...... 76 3352 3360...... 77 3361...... 79 3362...... 81 3364...... 83 3386...... 85 3386-HV2 ...... 88 TC73 3386-HV3 ...... 88 3386-OT1...... 89 TC03 ...... 90 TC22 ...... 91 TC33 ...... 92 TC86 TC73 ...... 93 TC86 ...... 94 TC89 ...... 96

Mil-Spec Numbering System – Defined...... 98 RT/RTR24

Military Trimmer Data Sheets RT12 ...... 103 RT/RTR22...... 104 RT/RTR24...... 105 RJ/RJR50 RT26 ...... 106 RJ12 ...... 107 RJ22 ...... 108 RJ/RJR24 ...... 109 RJ/RJR26 ...... 110 3046 RJ/RJR50 ...... 111

Linear Motion Potentiometers 3046 ...... 114 3048 ...... 115

70AAM

2 Table of Contents

Modular Contacts 70AAF ...... 118 70AAM...... 119 70ADF ...... 121 7813 70ADM...... 122

Switches 7813 ...... 124 7814 ...... 126 7829 ...... 128 SDM 7914 ...... 129 SDHH...... 131 SDM...... 133 SDT...... 134

SDTM...... 137 STJN-5 SND ...... 139 ST(H,M,J)W ...... 141 STJN-4...... 143 STJN-5...... 144 STSM ...... 145

Technical Guides Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free ...... 148 Lead Free Solder Reflow Profile...... 155 Standard Soldering and Cleaning Process ...... 156 Factory Installed Panel Mount ...... 160 Customer Installed Panel Mount ...... 162 Hardware for Special Mounting Applications...... 164 H-90/H-91/H-92-1 Adjustment Tools ...... 165 Bourns® Trimpot® Design Kits...... 166

3 More than fifty-seven years ago co-founders Marlan and Rosemary Bourns set up shop in Introduction their tiny 384 square-foot garage in Altadena, California. Their idea to provide a method of The Bourns Mission accurately determining an aircraft's vertical Our goal is to satisfy customers on a global basis while achieving sound growth position solved a crucial problem for pilots. The with technological products of innovative design, superior quality and exceptional invention of the first miniature linear motion and vane position potentiometers propelled their tiny value. We commit ourselves to excellence, to the continuous improvement of our business into a global corporation, manufacturing people, technologies, systems, products and services, to industry leadership and to a range of products that impact almost every the highest level of integrity. aspect of today's electronics industry. Bourns Corporate From its earliest days, Bourns established a Bourns, Inc. has been providing reliable and innovative solutions to the benchmark for quality, value, and innovation. In 1952, Bourns patented the world's first trimming electronics industry for over 50 years. With manufacturing facilities and potentiometer, trademarked Trimpot®. Bourns customer support teams located throughout the world, Bourns is uniquely dedication to excellence ensures continuous positioned to serve the industrial, automotive, telecommunications, audio/visual, improvement of its products and services to aerospace and other electronic industries. Most importantly, Bourns is firmly satisfy customer requirements on a global basis. committed to quality, service, and innovation.

The company, with worldwide headquarters in World-Class Manufacturing Riverside, California and nine other facilities around the world has continued growing through Bourns® Trimpot® Division has manufacturing facilities in Logan Utah, Tijuana acquisitions and start-ups. Product lines now Mexico, Heredia Costa Rica, Cork Ireland, Taipei Taiwan and Xiamen China. All include precision potentiometers, panel controls, of our facilities are QS9000 accredited. encoders, resistor/capacitor networks, chip resistors/arrays, inductors, transformers, resettable fuses, thyristor-based overvoltage Logan, Utah Cork, Ireland protectors, line feed resistors, gas discharge tubes, telephone station protectors, 5-pin protectors, industrial signal, irrigation and petroleum Tijuana, Mexico Xiamen, China protectors, CATV coax protectors, signal data protectors, indoor and outdoor POTS splitters, Heredia, Costa Rica Taipei, Taiwan network interface devices, and integrated circuits.

4 Bourns® Trimpot® Products

Commitment to Quality Bourns commitment to quality is embedded in every discipline of the corporation. Customer satisfaction is essential to every Bourns employee. All team members receive training in their specific area of responsibility to ensure the highest level of performance.

Technical Support Trained sales representatives, account managers and distributor sales engineers are located conveniently throughout the U.S. and around the world. Our Application Engineers (AEs) are also strategically located to assist with technical support and to provide an interface between customer inquiries and our production facility. Our technical support team can provide you with solutions appropriately selected to satisfy your requirements for performance, cost and availability.

Customer Service Bourns distributor network is the most extensive in the industry. Our distributors provide fast, localized delivery and service in all three geospheres. With 100% on- time delivery and world-class service as core business objectives, we ensure direct support for customers in all countries and market segments.

From innovative designs to on-time delivery, make Bourns® Trimpot® your first choice for reliable and cost-effective trimmers, switches, linear motion potentiometers, modular contacts and fuel cards.

Fuel Cards Custom Solutions Custom Many of the world’s leading manufacturers have long known Bourns as a company they can trust to deliver quality electronic components on-time and within target costs. At Bourns, we understand that automotive manufacturers need complete solutions, from simple substrates to complete substrate and cable assemblies. To achieve an optimum blend of price and quality, we are structured to be one of the world’s most vertically integrated suppliers. Bourns® Trimpot® Division offers numerous solutions for fuel level sensing requirements.

Fuel Level Sender The fuel level in automotive applications is typically measured by a float and lever arm assembly that operates a variable resistor mechanism. In many cases, this assembly (known as a fuel sender or fuel level sender) is mounted in the fuel tank and integrated into the fuel delivery module. This module removes fuel from the tank and delivers pressurized fuel to the power train.

Fuel lines Fuel sender flange Fuel tank

Fuel card Figure 1: Fuel delivery module Float arm Fuel Float

Figure 2: Fuel level sender mounted in fuel tank

Fuel Level Sender Design & Construction The variable resistor mechanism is comprised of a wiper and a resistor element printed on a ceramic substrate. The resistor element (also known as a fuel card) is mounted close to the pivot point of the float arm, which is attached to the wiper. As the float rises and falls with the fuel level, the wiper moves in a rotary motion across the tracks on the resistor element, translating the float position into a resistance value. This is converted into a voltage or current signal driving the Figure 3: Bourns fuel level sender indication system in the dashboard. Less common are linear type fuel level senders where a float moves within a tube, translating the fuel level into a linear

wiper movement. This type of fuel level sender is mainly used in space- Filler neck constrained tanks, as in motorcycles and scooters. Fuel tank

Most car models have custom designed fuel tanks, where the tank is molded to fit Fuel around other components and body frames. There is an increasing trend to use a lines more complex blow-molded plastic tank versus the traditional steel tank. On rear Fuel sender wheel drive and four wheel drive vehicles, a saddle tank is often used, where the flange two halves of the fuel tank straddle the rear drive shaft. These complex fuel tank Figure 4: Overview of automotive fuel geometries require specific fuel card resistor profiles so that the translation of the storage & delivery system

8 float height gives the appropriate fuel volume signal to the fuel gauge. For this Vcc reason, a custom fuel card is generally designed for each fuel tank model.

The first fuel senders were wirewound construction. However, in many instances Feeder resistor these units suffered from wire wear and breakages. The resistance profile of the wirewound fuel sender also changed as the wire wore at different rates and Fuel Fuel gauge positions of the float arm. These problems were overcome with the introduction level of the thick-film fuel card. A variable resistor is achieved by tapping the resistor sender Custom Solutions traces with segmented conductor tracks creating a step-function output as shown in Figure 6. If the wiper contact were to run directly on the cermet resistor, as in a potentiometer, the required product life specification of at least 1 million wet Figure 5: Typical fuel level indication circuit cycles would not be achieved. A tight resistance tolerance of each partial resistor Fuel Card Resistance Profile is achieved by laser trimming. 300

250

As the fuel card (resistor element) is immersed in fuel, its chemical resistance is of 200 great importance. The introduction of low-sulphur fuels for environmental 150 reasons has placed additional demands on conductor metallurgies. 100 Resistance (Ohms) Resistance 50

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Steps

Figure 6: Example of step-function output

Typical Fuel Card Designs

Feeder Resistor traces resistor Ceramic Substrate (Alumina)

Termination Tape selector track pads (Segmented conductor)

Collector track (Solid conductor)

Figure 7: Fuel card design overview (Dual track design) Figure 8: Dual track design

Figure 9: Single track design Figure 10: Linear track design

Specifications are typical and dependent on Trends in the fuel level sender market the manufacturing method, materials, size and shape of the part.

9 Trends in the fuel level sender market The Bourns Custom Solutions Custom • Increased fuel sender accuracy and resolution requirements due to increased Competitive Advantage integration of dashboard electronics and driver information systems. K Bourns is currently shipping fuel cards with up to 100 discrete resistance steps. • Dedicated fuel card design and sample team for rapid sample • Increased chemical resistance: The major driver for increased chemical turnaround resistance is driven by the introduction of low-sulphur fuels, particularly in the • Full fuel sender design U.S. market. These fuels may contain reactive sulphur compounds, which react capability with traditional palladium silver conductor inks. • Active fuel sender R&D K Bourns offers a range of materials to meet this requirement, from increased program with several patents palladium content inks to “silver free” gold inks. issued or pending

• Increased product integration: An increasing number of customers are now • Extensive corporate material requesting higher levels of product integration. science expertise and R&D K Bourns offers fuel cards with leads attached, tinned pads and wiper contacts. facilities • Internally developed, state of the art, thick-film print capability with outstanding print registration and in-line ink thickness measurement • Competitive pricing for best cost/life benefit • High volume manufacturing • Manufacturing location QS9000 certified and TS16949 planned for Cork, Ireland in 2005 • Superior product quality through 100% end-of-line dynamic testing • Extensive production experience in gold fuel cards for low-sulphur fuel applications • Superior, vision assisted, laser trim capability

10 3-D MID Devices Bourns is also applying our thick-film printing capabilities to manufacture 3-D Molded Interconnect Devices (MIDs), which integrate the housing with the circuit board. Two advantages are board size and reduction of piece parts. Applications include high frequency connectors, security housings, antennas and EMC screening. Custom Solutions

Electrical Characteristics Current Handling ...... 3 A, track width 1 mm ESD (Contact)...... ±8 kV, 10 times ESD (Air)...... ±15 kV, 10 times Conductivity ...... 1.6 µΩ·cm, 1 oz copper RF Capability...... up to 10 GHz

Environmental Characteristics Temperature Cycling...... -40 °C/+100 °C Air Temperature Low...... -25 °C; 24 hrs Air Temperature High...... +70 °C; 24 hrs Humidity...... +85 °C; 85 % RH; 96 hrs Thermal Shock ...... -40 °C to +85 °C; 24 cycles

Physical Characteristics Vibration Shock...... 30 G Wear Resistance...... 20,000 cycles, 0.8 N Peel Test ...... 20 N Pull Test ...... 10 kN Shear Test...... 40 N (0805; SOD123) Solderability...... ≥ 95 % Lithium Salt Test...... Pass Halt Test...... Pass Wirebondable ...... Yes Weldable ...... Yes Recyclable...... Yes

Physical Characteristics Min. Dimensions ...... ≥ 5 mm Wall Thickness...... ≥ 0.5 mm Track Width...... ≥ 70 µm Plating Composition...... Cu, Ni, Sn/Pb & Au Specifications are typical and dependent on Plating Thickness...... 2 to 50 µm the manufacturing method, materials, size 3-D Shapes ...... Yes and shape of the part.

11 Thick-Film (Cermet) Devices Custom Solutions Custom Using our thick-film printing expertise, Bourns® Trimpot® Division has many possible applications such as ceramic heaters for medical, industrial, military and commercial applications.

Features • High temperature operation • Improved high frequency performance • Excellent thermal conductivity • Reduced piece part and size • Design flexibility • Custom specific • High life cycles • Reduced time to market for new ideas

Electrical Characteristics Physical Characteristics Resistive Substrate Materials ...... Alumina Standard Resistance Range...... 10 Ω to 1 MΩ Aluminum Nitride Resistance Tolerance (Untrimmed) ...... ±10 % Resistance Tolerance (Trimmed)...... ±0.5 % Ink Materials...... Resistive Independent Linearity...... Down to ±0.5 % Dielectric Resolution ...... Infinite Conductive (Au, Ag, AgPd) Electrical Travel...... Per Requirement Ratio Matching ...... 0.1 % Conductor Line Width ...... 0.157 mm (0.0062 ˝) Conductive Conductor Line Thickness Resistivity ...... Down to 3 µΩ·cm ...... min. 8 µm (0.3 µ˝) Environmental Characteristics Conductor Line Spacing ...... 0.127 mm (0.005 ˝) Power Rating...... 0.5 W Track Adhesion ...... 1.58 N/mm Temperature Range ...... -55 °C to +150 °C Solder Acceptance...... 99 % coverage TCR ...... ± 100 ppm/K Solder Leach Resistance...... 5 cycles Humidity (MIL-STD-202 Method 106) ...... ± 1 % TRS Vibration (30 G)...... ± 1 % TRS Additional Capabilities Shock (100 G)...... ± 1 % TRS • Placement of Add-On Components Load Life (1,000 h)...... ± 2 % TRS • RF Design Rotational Life...... Up to 1,000,000 cycles • Through-Hole Print Thermal Shock (-55 °C/+150 °C) ...... ± 1% TRS • Multi-Layer Print • Double-Sided Print • Custom Tapers • Plating Operation • Solder Paste Deposition

Specifications are typical and dependent on the manufacturing method, materials, size and shape of the part.

12 Polymer Thick-Film (PTF) Devices Features • Utilization of alternative substrate materials • Solution for numerous position sensing applications • Reduced piece part and size Custom Custom Solutions • Design flexibility • Custom specific • High life cycles • Reduced time to market for new ideas

Electrical Characteristics Physical Characteristics Resistive Substrate Materials Standard Resistance Range...... 1 kΩ to 1 MΩ ...... PCB (rigid/flexible) Resistance Tolerance (Untrimmed) ...... ± 20 % Plastics Resistance Tolerance (Trimmed)...... ± 1 % Ink Materials...... Resistive Independent Linearity...... Down to ± 2 % Dielectric Contact Resistance Variation ...... 1 Ω or 1% Conductive (Au, Ag, AgPd) Resolution ...... Infinite Track Adhesion ...... 1.58 N/mm Dielectric Strength Solder Acceptance...... 90 % coverage Sea Level ...... 1,500 vac Solder Leach Resistance...... 5 cycles 70,000 feet...... 500 vac Electrical Travel ...... Per requirement Additional Capabilities • Placement of Add-On Components Conductive • Through-Hole Print Resistivity...... 10 µΩ·cm • Multi-Layer Print Environmental Characteristics • Double-Sided Print • Custom Tapers Power Rating...... 0.2 W • Plating Operation Temperature Range ...... -10 °C to +125 °C • Solder Paste Deposition Humidity (50 % RH) ...... ±10 % TRS Vibration (15 G) ...... ±2 % max. TRS ±5 % max. VRS Shock (30 G) ...... ±2 % max. TRS ±5 % max. VRS Load Life (1,000 h)...... ±10 % TRS Rotational Life...... 20,000 cycles Thermal Shock (-40 °C/+120 °C) ...... ±2 % TRS

Specifications are typical and dependent on the manufacturing method, materials, size and shape of the part.

13 Trimmer Special Offerings Custom Solutions Custom Bourns® Trimpot® Division offers the widest array of trimmers in the industry. Our product offering includes surface mount and through-hole sealed and open frame trimmers. Bourns is also the only trimmer manufacturer which offers military trimmers and product qualified to military drawings. Consult Bourns technical support for more detailed information.

Extended and short leads, shaft extensions, specialty knobs, long life resistance elements, tighter tolerances, audio tapers, high temperature plastic for through-hole products, etc.

100

Percent Voltage Ratio Output 20

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Percent Effective Electrical Clockwise Rotation

Linear CW CCW Dual Audio

A chart of the audio tapers and the options is shown to display the different tapers.

14 Linear Motion Potentiometer Special Offerings In addition to our standard linear motion potentiometer offering, Bourns® Trimpot® Division offers custom shaft lengths, threads and hard pins. Custom Custom Solutions

Modular Contact Special Offerings Modular contacts are available with special plating options, adaptors to raise the contact height, lead lengths and forming on through-hole modular contacts. This does not limit the special offering; consult Bourns technical support for more detailed information on the feasibility of a special modular contact.

Switch Special Offerings Bourns® Trimpot® Division specializes in miniature switches, special switch configurations and markings. Consult with technical support personnel for availability.

RoHS Compliant Selection Guide

Cermet/Carbon Models listed below Cermet Models listed below will be offered in both lead free and tin-lead are only available with lead free terminals.Tin-lead terminal part numbers (below left) will not change. terminals. Lead free product (below right) requires an LF suffix.

RoHS Model Plating Tin-lead part numbers Lead free part numbers Compliant RoHS RoHS Model Plating Model Plating 3214 Yes 100 % Sn Compliant Compliant 3223 Yes 100 % Sn 20 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 20(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3224 Yes 100 % Sn 3006 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3006(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3302 Yes 100 % Sn 3009 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3009(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3303 Yes 100 % Sn

Selection Guides Selection 3059 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3059(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3306 Yes 100 % Sn 3082 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3082(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3309 Yes 100 % Sn 3252 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3252(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3313 Yes 100 % Sn 3262 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3262(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3314 Yes 100 % Sn 3266 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3266(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3318PSGB Yes 100 % Sn 3269 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3269(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3318FK Yes 100 % Sn 3292 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3292(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3319 Yes 100 % Sn 3296 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3296(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3342 Yes 100 % Sn 3299 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3299(LF) Yes 100 % Sn 3364 Yes 100 % Sn 3329 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3329(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC03 Yes 100 % Sn 3339 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3339(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC22 Yes 100 % Sn 3352 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3352(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC33 Yes 100 % Sn 3360 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3360(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC73 Yes 100 % Sn 3361 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3361(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC86 Yes 100 % Sn 3362 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3362(LF) Yes 100 % Sn TC89 Yes 100 % Sn 3386 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3386(LF) Yes 100 % Sn

Cermet Models listed below are only available with tin-lead terminals. Military trimmers are governed by Wirewound Models listed below are Switches DSCC. only available with lead free RoHS terminals. Model Plating RoHS Compliant Model Plating Compliant RoHS 7813 Yes 100 % Sn Model Plating RJ12 No 90/10 Sn/Pb Compliant 7814 Yes 100 % Sn RJ22 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3005 Yes 100 % Au 7829 Yes 100 % Sn RJ24 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3057 Yes 100 % Au 7914 Yes 100 % Sn RJR24 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3250 Yes 100 % Au SDHH Yes 100 % Sn RJ26 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3260 Yes 100 % Au SDM Yes 100 % Sn RJR26 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3290 Yes 100 % Au SDT Yes 100 % Sn RJ50 No 90/10 Sn/Pb 3345 Yes 100 % Au SDTM Yes 100 % Sn RJR50 No 90/10 Sn/Pb SND Yes 100 % Sn Modular Contacts STW Yes 100 % Sn Wirewound Models listed below are STJN-4 Yes 100 % Sn RoHS only available with lead free terminals. Model Plating STJN-5 Yes 100 % Sn Compliant Military trimmers are governed by STSM Yes 100 % Sn DSCC. 70AAF Yes 100 % Sn 70AAM Yes 100 % Sn Linear Motion Potentiometers RoHS 70ADF Yes 100 % Sn Model Plating Compliant RoHS 70ADM Yes 100 % Sn Model Plating Compliant RT12 Yes 100 % Au RT22 Yes 100 % Au 3046 Yes Cu wire RTR22 Yes 100 % Au 3048 Yes Cu wire RT24 Yes 100 % Au RTR24 Yes 100 % Au RT26 Yes 100 % Au

18 SMT Trimmers

Packaging Element Technology Number of Turns Sealed/Opened Size Adjust Model Options Page Number No. Cermet Carbon Single Multi Sealed Opened 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 1/4 ˝ See Note 1 See Note 2

3214 N N N N E, G T, S 29 3223 N N N N E T 31 3224 N N N N E, G T, S 32 3269 N N N N G, T T, S 40 3302 N N N N E T 49 3303 N N N N E T, B 50 3313 N N N N E T, S 55 3314 N N N N E, G, T T, S, B 57 3342 N N N N E T 73 3361 N N N N G T, S 79 3364 N N N N E T 83 TC03 N N N N E T 90 TC22 N N N N E T 91

TC33 N N N N E T 92 Selection Guides TC73 N N N N E T 93 Note 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory. E = 7 ˝ Reel, G = 13 ˝ Reel, T = Tubes Note 2: T = Top Adjust, S = Side Adjust, B = Bottom Adjust

See page 155 for processing information on lead free surface mount trimmers.

Commercial Trimmers

Packaging Element Technology Number of Turns Size Adjust Model Options Page Number No. Cermet W/W Single Multi 1/4 ˝ 5/16 ˝ 3/8 ˝ 1/2 ˝ 20 mm 3/4 ˝ 1-1/4 ˝ See Note 1 See Note 2

20 N N N T S 22 3005 N N N T S 24 3006 N N N T S 25 3009 N N N T, B S 26 3057 N N N T, B S 27 3059 N N N T, B S 28 3082 N N N T S 22 3250 N N N T, B T, S 34 3252 N N N T, B T, S 35 3260 N N N T T, S 36 3262 N N N T T, S 37 3266 N N N T, R T, S 38 3290 N N N T T, S 42 3292 N N N T T, S 43 3296 N N N T, R T, S 44 3299 N N N T, R T, S 48 3329 N N N T, R T, S 70 3339 N N N T T, S 72 3345 N N N B T, S 75 3352 N N N T, S 76 3362 N N N T, R T, S 81 3386 N N N T, R T, S 85 Note 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory. T = Tubes, B = Bulk, R = Tape and Reel Note 2: T = Top Adjust, S = Side Adjust

19 Consumer / Open Frame Trimmers

Packaging Element Technology Mounting Type Size Adjust Model Options Page Number No. Cermet Carbon SMT Leaded 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 6 mm 9 mm 3/8 ˝ See Note 1 See Note 2

3302 N N N E T 49 3303 N N N E T, B 50 3306 N N N B T, S 52 3309 N N N B T, S, B 53 3318PSGB N N N B T, S, B 62 3318FK N N N B T, S, B 66 3319 N N N B T, S 68 Selection Guides Selection 3352 N N N B T, S 76 3364 N N N E T 83 TC03 N N N E T 90 TC22 N N N E T 91 TC33 N N N E T 92 TC73 N N N E T 93 TC86 N N N B T, S 94 TC89 N N N B T, S, B 96 Note 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory. E = 7 ˝ Reel, B = Bulk Note 2: T = Top Adjust, S = Side Adjust, B = Bottom Adjust

Military Trimmers

Model Element Technology Size Packaging Options Adjust Page Number Cermet Carbon 1/4 ˝ 3/8 ˝ 1/2 ˝ 1-1/4 ˝ See Note 1 See Note 2 No.

RT12 N N T, B S 103 RT/RTR22 N N T T, S 104 RT/RTR24 N N T T, S 105 RT26 N N T T, S 106 RJ12 N N T, B S 107 RJ22 N N T T, S 108 RJ/RJR24 N N T T, S 109 RJ/RJR26 N N T T, S 110 RJ/RJR50 N N T T 111 Note 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory. T = Tube, B = Bulk Note 2: T = Top Adjust, S = Side Adjust

Application Specific Products

Number Packaging Model Element Technology Adjust Page of Turns Application Options Number No. Cermet WW Single Multi See Note 1 See Note 2

3296-LC2* N N Low Current <50 uA T T, S 46 3296-OT1* N N Operational Amplifier Voltage Adjustment T T, S 47 3386-HV2 N N High Voltage 1K VDC Max. T T, S 88 3386-HV3 N N High Voltage 600 VDC Max. T T, S 88 3386-OT1* N N Operational Amplifier Voltage Adjustment T, B T 89

Note 1: Standard packaging; some options may require alternate packaging. Consult factory. *Indicates patented models T = Tubes, B = Bulk Note 2: T = Top Adjust, S = Side Adjust

Optional Products

These optional trimmers are not recommended for new designs. However, a detailed data sheet can be found on the Bourns website.

Model Mounting Circuit Board Products Size Number Surface Mount Through-Hole Layout

2.54 (0.10) 20 N 20 mm Rectangular 12.70 (0.50)

2.54 (0.10) 3082 N 1/2 ˝ Rectangular 17.78 (0.70) Optional Products Optional

3005 3/4 ˝ Rectangular Trimming Potentiometer Features † I Multiturn / Wirewound / I RoHS compliant Industrial / Sealed I Sealed to prevent contamination from fluxing, soldering and cleaning I Low cost model I Panel mount option available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 1.52 ± .38 Nominal ...... 10 to 50K ohms Resistance Resistance (.060 ± .015) Resolution (see standard resistance table) (Ohms) Code Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 19.03 (Percent) (.75) (tighter tolerance available) 10 100 1.7 Absolute Minimum Resistance .38 MIN...... 0.5 % or 1 ohms max. (.015) 20 200 1.5 (whichever is greater) 50 500 1.0 1 23 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. 100 101 0.8 .76 Resolution ...See standard resistance table TYP. Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.030) 200 201 0.7 100 megohms min. 500 501 0.5 .89 TYP. .381 ± .38 Dielectric Strength (.035) 1,000 102 0.5 (.150 ± .015 Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac 2,000 202 0.4 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac .25 5,000 502 0.3 Adjustment Travel...... 20 turns nom. (.010) 10,000 103 0.3 2.54 Environmental Characteristics (.10) 20,000 203 0.2 Power Rating 50,000 503 0.2 Special resistances available from 10 to 50K ohms. 70 °C ...... 1 watt 3.30 125 °C ...... 0 watt .25 (.010) (.13) Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +125 °C 5.08 How To Order Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C (.20) 12.70 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.50) 3005 P - 1 - 103 Z Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Model 96 hours 2.54 .64 Style ADJ. SLOT DIA. X WIDE (5 % !TR, 20 megohms IR) (.10) (.025) .76 Standard or Modified Vibration ...... 20 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) X DEEP 4.06 Product Indicator Shock ...... 50 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) (.03) (.16) -1 = Standard Product TrimmerSheets Data Load Life...... 1,000 hours, 1 watt @ 70 °C Resistance Code (3 % !TR) Optional Suffix Letter Rotational Life...... 200 cycles Z = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) (4 % !TR) 7.87 5.54 (.31) (.218) Consult factory for other available options. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Physical Characteristics TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Mechanical Angle...... Wiper idles Terminals...... Solderable pins WIPER Weight ...... 0.045 oz. 2 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, CCW CW resistance code, wiring diagram, 1 3 date code, manufacturer’s model CLOCKWISE number and style Standard Packaging...... 25 pcs. per tube

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

24 3006 1 TRIMPOT® 2 TRIM AVAILABLE PO THROUGH T® 2 Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer CWC 3 DISTRIBUTION W 3 Features I 3/4 ˝ Rectangular / Multiturn / I Transparent housing available, can be Cermet / Industrial / Sealed set visually without hook-up and I Low PC board profile - only 1/4 ˝ high instrumentation (“P” style only) I Panel mount option available I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions ...... 10 to 5 megohms Resistance Resistance (see standard resistance table) 19.05 (Ohms) Code (.750) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 1.52 10 100 (.060) (tighter tolerance available) 20 200 Absolute Minimum Resistance ...... 1.0 % or 2 ohms max. 50 500 .38 MIN. (whichever is greater) (.015) 100 101 1 23 5.33 ± .89 Contact Resistance Variation .76 200 201 (.210 ± .035) ...... 1.0 % or 1 ohm max. (.030) .51 ± .03 500 501 (whichever is greater) DIA. PINS TYP. (.020 ± .001) Adjustability 1,000 102 Voltage...... ±0.01 % 4.83 2,000 202 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.190) ADJ. SLOT 2.36 5,000 502 DIA. Resolution...... Infinite (.093) .79 10,000 103 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 6.35 X DEEP (.031) 1,000 megohms min. (.250) 4.70 .38 20,000 203 ± .64 (.185 .015) X WIDE Dielectric Strength ± (.025) 25,000 253 Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac 50,000 503 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 3006P Adjustment Angle ...... 15 turns nom. 100,000 104 3.30 200,000 204 (.130) Environmental Characteristics 5.08 250,000 254 12.70 (.200) Power Rating (400 volts max.) (.500) 500,000 504 70 °C ...... 0.75 watt 1,000,000 105 125 °C ...... 0 watt 2,000,000 205 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 2.54 Special resistances available. Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.100) 1.40 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 (.055) 96 hours How To Order 3006W (3 % !TR, 20 Megohms IR) 3006 P - 1 - 103 Z LF Vibration ...... 20 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) Model Shock ...... 50 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) 3.30 5.08 (.130) Style Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.75 watt 70 °C (.200) 5.08 (4 % !TR) 12.70 (.200) Standard or Modified (.500) Product Indicator Rotational Life...... 200 cycles -1 = Standard Product (3 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, -7 = Transparent Housing whichever is greater, CRV) Resistance Code Optional Suffix Letter Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer Physical Characteristics Z = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) Terminations Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 3006Y Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Terminals...... Solderable pins 1.40 (Standard) (.055) Weight ...... 0.04 oz. Consult factory for other available options. Marking ...... Manufacturer’s 2.54 trademark, resistance code, (.100) .64 (.025) terminal numbers, date code, 17.78 2 WIPER manufacturer’s model number and style (.700) 7.62 Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.300) CCW CW Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 1 3 Standard Packaging...... 25 pcs. per tube DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) CLOCKWISE TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

25 1 TRIMPOT® 2 TRIM 3009 PO T® 2 CWC 3 W 3 3/4 ˝ Rectangular Trimming Potentiometer Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I CRV 1.0 % or 1 ohm Sealed I Panel mount option available I Low temperature coefficient: I RoHS compliant† version available ±100 ppm/°C I Stable, infinite resolution cermet element

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3009P 19.05 ± .38 ...... 10 to 2 megohms (.75 ± .015) Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. .89 10 100 TYP. (tighter tolerance available) (.035) 20 200 Absolute Minimum Resistance 50 500 ...... 1.0 % or 2 ohms max. 1 23 .76 100 101 (whichever is greater) TYP. Contact Resistance Variation (.030) 200 201 ...... 1.0 % or 1 ohm max. 500 501 (whichever is greater) 1,000 102 Adjustability 2.54 3.30 2,000 202 Voltage...... ±0.01 % (.10) (.13) Resistance ...... ±0.05 % 5.08 5,000 502 Resolution...... Infinite (.20) 10,000 103 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc 12.70 100 megohms min. (.50) 20,000 203 25,000 253 Dielectric Strength 2.36 .64 ADJ. SLOT DIA. X WIDE Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac (.093) (.025) 50,000 503 .79 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac X DEEP 4.83 100,000 104 Adjustment Angle ...... 15 turns nom. (.031) (.19) 200,000 204 Environmental Characteristics 250,000 254 500,000 504 Power Rating (400 volts max.) 8.98 6.98 70 °C ...... 0.75 watt (.350) (.275) 1,000,000 105 150 °C ...... 0 watt 1.40 2,000,000 205 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C (.055) .51 ± .03 (.020 ± .001) Temperature Coefficient DIA. PINS

TrimmerSheets Data ...... ±100 ppm/°C How To Order Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 3009Y 1.52 ± .38 3009 P - 1 - 103 Z LF Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 (.06 ± .015) 96 hours Model (3 % !TR, 20 megohms IR) Style Vibration ...... 20 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) 5.33 ± .89 Standard or Modified Shock ...... 50 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) (.210 ± .035) Product Indicator MIN. -1 = Standard Product Load Life 1 23 -11 = 5 % Resistance Tolerance ...... 1,000 hours, 0.75 watt @ 70 °C Resistance Code (4 % !TR) Optional Suffix Letter Rotational Life...... 200 cycles Z = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) (3 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, 2.54 .64 Terminations whichever is greater, CRV) (.10) (.025) LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) 7.62 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (.30) (Standard) Physical Characteristics 17.78 (.70) Consult factory for other available options. Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Terminals...... Solderable pins TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Weight ...... 0.05 oz. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Marking ...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code, terminal numbers, date code, 2 WIPER manufacturer’s model number and style CCW 1 3 CW *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. † Standard Packaging...... 25 pcs. per tube CLOCKWISE RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

26 3057 Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer Features I 1-1/4 ˝ Rectangular / Multiturn / I Listed on the QPL for style RT12 per Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed MIL-PRF-27208 I Panel mount option available I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3057L 3057Y ...... 10 to 50K ohms Common Dimensions (see standard resistance table) 31.75 Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. (1.25) 3.18 (tighter tolerance available) 25.4 (.125 ) 1 2 3 Absolute Minimum Resistance (1.000) 1.47 ± .56 7.62 6.35 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. (.058 ± .022) (.300) (.250) (whichever is greater) 17.78 (.700) Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. ADJ. SLOT Resolution...... See Resistance Table 2.92 ± .38 DIA. Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 2.36 (.115 ± .015) DIA. .64 1,000 megohms min. (.093) X WIDE 2.54 MTG. HOLES (2) (.025) (.100) Dielectric Strength .79 4.83 X DEEP Sea Level ...... 1,500 vac (.031) .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. (.190) (.028 ± .001) 70,000 Feet...... 400 vac 12.70 ± .79 Adjustment Travel...... 22 turns nom. (.500 ± .031) 6.10 TYP. (.240) 6.10 152.4 TYP. LEADS MIN. LENGTH (.240) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Environmental Characteristics (6.000) 2.54 8.00 ± .38 (.100) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Power Rating @ 70 °C ...... 1 watt (.315 ± .015) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C 2.67 Standard Resistance Table Seal Test ...... 85 °C Fluorinert2 (.105 ) 3.43 ± .38 (pin styles only) (.135 ± .015) Nominal Resistance Resistance Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Resolution 3057J (Ohms) Code 96 hours (Percent) 2 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) 3.80 10 100 2.40 Vibration...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 0.5 % (.150) + resolution !VR) 20 200 1.90 Shock...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 0.5 % 50 500 1.40 + resolution !VR) 1 2 3 Load Life...... 1,000 hours 1 watt @ 70 °C 100 101 1.00 (2 % !TR) 200 201 0.86 Rotational Life ...... 200 cycles (2 % !TR) 7.62 6.35 500 501 0.89 (.300) (.250) 1,000 102 0.72 Physical Characteristics 17.78 (.700) 2,000 202 0.58 .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. (.028 ± .001) 5,000 502 0.43 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 10,000 103 0.34 Terminals...... Solderable pins and lugs 2.54 20,000 203 0.31 Flexible leads ...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) (.100) Weight ...... 0.10 oz. 50,000 503 0.24

3057P Data Sheets Trimmer Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. resistance code, terminal numbers, .71 ± .03 Special resistances available. date code, manufacturer’s model (.028 ± .001) number and style DIA. TYP. Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 2 1 3 How To Order Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 17.78 6.60 12.70 ± .79 Standard Packaging (.700) (.260) (.500 ± .031) 3057 L - 1 - 103 M P&Y Style ...... 10 pcs. per tube 22.86 Model (.900) L&J Style...... 25 pcs. per bag Style Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Standard or Modified Product Indicator RED 2 WIPER -1 = Standard Product Resistance Code *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. YELLOW 3 GREEN Optional Suffix Letter † 1 RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW CW M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) Specifications are subject to change without notice. CLOCKWISE Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

27 3059 AVAILABLE THROUGH Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 1-1/4 ˝ Rectangular / Multiturn I Listed on the QPL for style RJ12 per Cermet / Industrial / Sealed MIL-PRF-22097 I Panel mount option available I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics 3059L 3059Y Common Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 31.75 ...... 10 to 2 megohms (1.25) 3.18 (see standard resistance table) (.125) 25.4 1.47 ± .56 1 2 3 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (1.000) (.058 ± .022) 7.62 6.60 (tighter tolerance available) (.300) (.260) Absolute Minimum Resistance ADJ. SLOT 2.54 17.78 2.92 ± .38 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. DIA. (.100) (.700) (.115 ± .015) (whichever is greater) 2.36 .64 DIA. X WIDE Contact Resistance Variation (.093) (.025) .79 ...... 1.0 % or 1 ohm max. MTG. HOLES (2) X DEEP 4.83 (.031) (whichever is greater) (.190) Adjustability .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. (.028 ± .001) Voltage...... ±0.01 % 6.10 12.70 ± .79 TYP. Resistance ...... ±0.05 % 6.10 (.500 ± .031) (.240) TYP. 152.4 .240 Resolution...... Infinite LEADS MIN. LENGTH DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (6.000) 8.00 ± .38 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.315 ± .015) 2.54 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 1,000 megohms min. (.100) Dielectric Strength Sea Level ...... 900 vac 2.67 ± .25 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac Standard Resistance Table (.105 ± .010) 3.43 ± .38 Effective Travel...... 22 turns nom. (.135 ± .015) Resistance Resistance Environmental Characteristics 3059J Power Rating @ 70 °C (400 volts max.) 3.80 Ohms Code Ohms Code (.150) ...... 1.0 watt 10 100 20,000 203 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt 20 200 25,000 253 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 1 2 3 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 50 500 50,000 503 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 100 101 100,000 104 (pin styles only) 7.62 6.60 200 201 200,000 204 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 (.300) (.260)

TrimmerSheets Data 500 501 250,000 254 (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) 17.78 Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.700) 1,000 102 500,000 504 Shock ...... 50 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2,000 202 1,000,000 105 Load Life...... 1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 70 °C .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. (.028 ± .001) 5,000 502 2,000,000 205 (3 % !TR; 1% or 1 ohms, whichever is greater, CRV) 10,000 103 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 2.54 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. (2 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, (.100) Special resistances available. whichever is greater, CRV) 3059P Physical Characteristics How To Order Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 3059 L - 1 - 103 M LF Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 2 1 3 Model Terminals.....Solderable printed circuit pins 17.78 6.60 12.70 ± .79 Style Flexible leads...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) (.700) (.260) (.500 ± .031) Standard or Modified Weight ...... 0.1 oz. 22.86 Product Indicator (.900) .71 ± .03 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, DIA. TYP. -1 = Standard Product (.028 ± .001) resistance code, terminal numbers, Resistance Code date code, manufacturer’s Optional Suffix Letter model number and style M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Terminations Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) RED WIPER Standard Packaging 2 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) P&Y Styles ...... 10 pcs. per tube YELLOW 1 3 GREEN L&J Styles ...... 25 pcs. per bag CCW CW *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 CLOCKWISE †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

28 3214 – 5-Turn Trimming Potentiometer AVAILABLE THROUGH Features DISTRIBUTION I Surface Mount 4 mm Square / I 4 mm design meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VECI Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed SMD standard trimmer footprint I Sealed to withstand board wash I Patent #5047746 advanced processing drive/wiper mechanism I Pick and place centering design, with I RoHS compliant† - see page 155 for flush adjustment processing information on lead free surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics 3214J Side Adjust 3214G Side Adjust Standard Resistance Range ...... 10 to 2 megohms 1.52 1.52 DIA. 1 DIA. 1 (see standard resistance table) (.060) 1.17 2 (.060) 1.17 2 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.046) (.046) Absolute Minimum Resistance 4.8 4.8 ...... 1 % or 2.0 ohms (whichever is greater) (.189) (.189) Contact Resistance Variation ...... 3 % or 3 ohms max. 2.79 2.41 2.79 2.4 3 2.24 3 Resolution ...... Essentially Infinite (.110) (.095) 2.24 (.102) (.095) (.088) Insulation Resistance...... 500 vdc. (.088) 100 megohms min. Dielectric Strength 5.0 5.82 ADJUSTMENT SLOT ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.229) Sea Level...... 600 vac (1minute) (.197) 0.56 0.56 Adjustment Angle ...... 5 turns nom. WIDE 4.57 WIDE 4.57 (.022) (.022) (.180) (.180) .51 .51 X DEEP X DEEP 3.91 Environmental Characteristics (.020) 3.7 (.020) (.154) Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.146) 85 °C...... 0.25 watt 150 °C...... 0 watt 0.2 0.8 0.2 .008 0.61 Temperature Range ...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.008) (.0031) TYP. 1.27 (.024) Temperature Coefficient...... ±100 ppm/°C TYP. 2 Humidity...... MIL-STD 202 Method 106 TYP. (.050) (.078) 5.2 1.3 TRS ±2 %; IR 10 megohms 4.0 (.051) 1.2 3 PLCS. (.205) Vibration ...... 20 G TRS±1 %; VRS ±1 % (.157) (.047) Shock ...... 100 G TRS ±1 %; VRS±1 % Load Life ...... @ 85 °C rated power 1,000 hours TRS 3 ohms or 3 % (whichever is greater) Rotational Cycling ...... 200 cycles 2.0 2.0 2.3 TRS 3 ohms or 3 % (whichever is greater) (.079) (.079) 2.3 (.091) 0.80 Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles TRS±2 %; VRS±1 % 1.3 0.80 2 PLCS. (.091) 2 PLCS. (.031) 1.27 2 PLCS. (.051) (.031) 1.27 (.050) SQ. 2 PLCS. Physical Characteristics (.050) Mechanical Stop ...... Wiper idles Torque...... 180 g-cm max. 3214W Top Adjust 3214X Top Adjust Weight ...... Approximately 0.01 oz. 3.9 .80 2 PLCS 2.54 (.154) (.031) Marking ...... Manufacturer’s code, 3.5 5.1 1.3 3.5 5.1 (.100) resistance code and date code 1 (.138) (.201) (.051) 1 (.138) (.201) Solderability ...... Per MIL-STD-202, Method 208 1.3 1.2 Wiper ...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.051) 4.8 Flammability ...... UL94V0 2.54 (.047) 4.8 (.189) Pushover Strength (.100) 2 (.189) 2 J, G...... 4.4 lbs. 1.52 DIA. 1.2 W, X...... 2.2 lbs. 3 2.6 (.060) (.047) Adjustment Tool ...... H-91 (.102) 1.0 3 PLCS. ADJUSTMENT SLOT 1.0 (.039) 3 PLCS. 0.56 (.039) WIDE ADJUSTMENT SLOT 5.3 (.022) How To Order 3.9 5.3 0.56 (.209) .51 WIDE X DEEP (.155) (.209) 3214 J - 1 - 502 E (.022) 0.9 (.020) .51 (.035) X DEEP Data Sheets Trimmer Model (.020) Style 5.7 (.225) Standard or Modified Product Indicator 1.2 0.2 -1 = Standard Product (.008) 1.3 (.047) 1.32 -2* = Wave Solderable 2 PLCS. 2 PLCS. -FW5 = .070 ˝ ±.010 ˝ Shaft Extension (.051) 0.2 (.052) .008 5.1 Resistance Code (see next page) 2.9 (.200) 2.0 (.114) Embossed Tape Designator 2.0 (.079) E = Style J, G: 500 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) (.079) Style W: 250 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) Style X: 200 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) 1.6 G = Style J, G: 1500 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) 3 PLCS. 1.9 Style W: 1000 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) (.063) 2.54 0.8 TYP. 0.80 2 PLCS. (.074) 2 PLCS. Style X: 850 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) (.100) (.031) (.031) G = Style J, G: 1500 pcs./13 ˝ reel (FW5) 2.54 Style W, X: 600 pcs./13 ˝ reel (FW5) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.100) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Consult factory for other available options. Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) * -2 has a treated stainless steel shaft their specific applications. REV 09/04 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

29 3214 – Packaging Specifications

J & G Styles W Style X Style

.04 8.60 MAX. 5.75 6.10 ± .10 MAX (.002) MAX. (.339) (.226) .04 (.240 ± .004) MAX. .3 (.002) MAX 4.5 (.002) MAX. (.177) 5.52 ± .05 (.217 ± .002) 7.50 ± .05 (.295 ± .002) 7.50 ± .10 5.56 ± .10 (J) 1.5 + .10/ –.00 (.295 ± .004) DIA. (.219 ± .004) (.059 + .004/ –.000) 6.25 ± .10 1.5 + .10/ –.00 1.5 + .10/ –.00 (G) DIA. DIA. (.246 ± .004) (.059 + .004/ –.000) (.059 + .004/ –.000) 4.00 ± .10 5.32 ± .10 (.157 ± .004) 4.00 ± .10 (.209 ± .004) 4.00 ± .10 (.157 ± .004) (.157 ± .004) 6.70 ± .10 (.264 ± .004) 5.10 ± .10 2.00 ± .05 (.201 ± .039) 4.50 ± .10 (.079 ± .002) 2.00 ± .05 (.177 ± .039) (.079 ± .002) 2.00 ± .005 (.079 ± .002) 12.00 ± .30 (.472 ± .012) 8.00 ± .20 (.315 ± .008) 12.00 ± .20 1.75 ± .10 (.472 ± .008) (.069 ± .004) 1.75 .10 1.75 ± .10 ± (.069 .004) 12.00 ± .30 (.069 ± .004) ± 5.70 ± .10 (.224 ± .004) (.472 ± .012) 16.00 ± .30 16.0 ± 0.30 TAPE (.630 ± .012) (.630 ± .012) TAPE TAPE

1.78 ± .25 EQUAL SPACED W & X Style Reel DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) (.070 ± .010) 3 PLCS. 1.78 .25 ± EQUAL SPACED EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.070 ± .010) 3 PLCS. 21.01 ± .79 13.0 ± .51 DIA. 21.01 .79 DIA. (.827 ± .031) ± DIA.

TrimmerSheets Data (.512 ± .020) 2.67 ± .25 (.827 ± .031) 2.67 .25 Standard Resistance Table (.105 ± .010) 13.0 ± .508 DIA. ± (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 10 100 59.18 ± 2.03 (2.330 ± .080) 59.18 ± 2.03 20 200 (2.330 ± .080) 50 500 100 101 200 201 178 ± 2.0 500 501 DIA.* 178 ± 2.03 (7.008 ± .079) DIA.* 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 (7.000 ± .080) 1,000 102 330.2 ± 2.0 DIA.** (.488 + .079/ -.000) 330.2 ± 2.0 16.4 + 1.81/ -.000 (13.00 .079) DIA.** 2,000 202 ± (13.00 ± .079) (.646 ± .071/ -.000) REEL REEL 5,000 502

* Embossed Tape Designator "E" * Embossed Tape Designator "E" 10,000 103 **Embossed Tape Designator "G" **Embossed Tape Designator "G" 20,000 203 (See How To Order chart for further information.) (See How To Order chart for further information.) 50,000 503 Cover tape peel strength: Meets EIA specification 481. Cover tape peel strength: Meets EIA specification 481. 100,000 104 200,000 204 WIPER 2 500,000 504 1,000,000 105 CCW 1 3 CW CLOCKWISE 2,000,000 205 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available.

30 201 3223 – 3 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer 2GM Features 3223W I Surface Mount 3 mm Square / I Flush adjustment screw Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I Meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VECI SMD Sealed standard trimmer footprint I Sealed to withstand standard board I Top adjust wash processing I RoHS compliant† - see page 155 for I Pick and place centering design for processing information on lead free automated placement compatibility surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3.18 ...... 10 " to 2 M" (0.125) (see standard resistance table) 2 Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. 1 Absolute Minimum Resistance 0.98 ...1 % or 3 max. (whichever is greater) (0.039) " 0.56 3.9 Contact Resistance Variation (0.022) (0.153) ...3 % or 3 " max. (whichever is greater) 2 PLCS. 3223W Resolution...... Essentially infinite 1.97 Insulation Resistance...... 500 VDC (0.077) (100 M" min.) 103 2FM Dielectric Strength 3 Sea Level...... 600 VAC (1 minute) ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT SLOT 2.76 0.38 0.30 (0.109) Adjustment Angle ...... 11 turns nom. 2.31 WIDE X DEEP (0.090) (0.014) (0.011) 3.9 (0.153) Environmental Characteristics Recommended Land Pattern Power Rating (200 volts max.) 3.52 1.3 70 °C ...... 0.125 watt 1.3 (0.139) (0.051) 150 °C ...... 0 watt (0.051) Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 2.43 TRS ±3 %; IR 10 M" (0.096) 4.16 Vibration ...... 20 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % (0.164) Shock ...... 100 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % Load Life @ 70 °C rated power 1000 hours 1.6 2.8 CRV .....4 " or 4 % (whichever is greater) (0.063) (0.110) Rotational Cycling...... 200 cycles 0.9 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 0.81 0.63 0.22 CRV .....4 " or 4 % (whichever is greater) (0.035) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) (0.032) (0.025) (0.009) Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles 2 PLCS. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED REF. TRS ±2 %; VRS ±2 %

Physical Characteristics Standard Resistance Table How To Order Mechanical Stop ...... Wiper idles 3223 W - 1 - 502 E Torque ...... 2.50 oz-in. max Resistance Resistance Weight ...... Approximately 0.01 oz. Model Ohms Code Ohms Code Marking ...... Manufacturer’s code, Style resistance code and date code 10 100 10,000 103 Standard or Modified

Solderability ...... Per MIL-STD-202, Product Indicator Data Sheets Trimmer 20 200 20,000 203 Method 208 -1 = IR Reflow (Standard) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 50 500 50,000 503 Resistance Code Flammability ...... UL94V-0 100 101 100,000 104 Embossed Tape Designator E = 500 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) Adjustment Tool...... H-92-1 200 201 200,000 204 500 501 500,000 504 1,000 102 1,000,000 105 2 WIPER 2,000 202 2,000,000 205 CCW 1 3 CW 5,000 502 CLOCKWISE Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

31 3224 4 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer AVAILABLE THROUGH DISTRIBUTION Features I Surface Mount 4 mm Square / I 4 mm design meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VECI Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / SMD standard trimmer footprint Sealed I Low CRV - 1 % I Sealed to withstand board wash I DESC selected material drawing processing #92021 I Pick and place centering design, with I RoHS compliant† - see page 155 for flush adjustment processing information on lead free surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range ...... 10 to 2 megohms 3224J Side Adjust 3224G Side Adjust (see standard resistance table) 1.52 1.52 DIA. 1 DIA. 1 (.060) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.060) 1.2 2 1.2 2 Absolute Minimum Resistance (.047) (.047) ...... 1 % or 2.0 ohms (whichever is greater) 4.8 4.8 Contact Resistance Variation (.189) ...... 1 % or 3 ohms max. (.189) Resolution ...... Essentially Infinite 2.6 2.74 2.4 Insulation Resistance...... 500 vdc. 2.4 3 2.3 3 2.3 (.102) (.108) (.094) 100 megohms min. (.094) (.090) (.090) Dielectric Strength 5.0 6.0 Sea Level...... 600 vac (1minute) (.236) ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.197) ADJUSTMENT SLOT Adjustment Angle...... 11 turns nom. 4.6 4.57 0.56 0.56 WIDE (.181) WIDE (.180) Environmental Characteristics (.022) (.022) .51 .51 X DEEP 3.7 X DEEP 3.91 Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.020) (.020) 85 °C...... 0.25 watt (.146) (.154) 150 °C...... 0 watt Temperature Range ...... -65 °C to +150 °C 0.2 0.8 0.2 (.008) (.031) 1.27 (.008) 0.61 Temperature Coefficient...... ±100 ppm/°C 2.0 TYP. TYP. TYP. (.050) (.024) Humidity ...... MIL-STD 202 Method 106 (.079) 5.2 1.3 TRS ±2 %; IR 10 megohms 4.0 1.3 2 PLCS. (.205) (.050) Vibration ...... 20 G TRS±1 %; VRS ±1 % (.157) (.050) Shock ...... 100 G TRS ±1 %; VRS±1 % Load Life....@ 85 °C rated power 1,000 hours TRS ...... 3 ohms or 3 % (whichever is greater) Rotational Cycling ...... 200 cycles 2.0 2.0 TRS ...... 3 ohms or 3 % (whichever is greater) (.079) 2.3 0.9 (.079) 2.3 1.3 Thermal Shock..5 cycles, TRS±2 %; VRS±1 % 0.9 (.090) (.034) (.090) (.050) (.034) 1.3 2 PLCS. 1.27 2 PLCS. Physical Characteristics (.051) 2 PLCS. (.050) 2 PLCS. Mechanical Stop...... Wiper idles Torque ...... 180 g-cm max. 3224W Top Adjust 3224X Top Adjust

TrimmerSheets Data Weight...... Approximately 0.01 oz. .80 Marking...... Manufacturer’s code, 3.9 2 PLCS 2.54 resistance code and date code (.155) 3.5 5.1 1.3 (.031) 3.5 5.1 (.100) Solderability ...Per MIL-STD-202, Method 208 1 (.138) (.201) (.051) 1 (.138) (.201) 1.3 Wiper ...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 1.2 (.051) Flammability...... UL94V0 2.54 (.047) 4.8 4.8 (.189) (.189) Pushover Strength (.100) 2 2 J, G...... 4.4 lbs. 1.52 1.2 W, X...... 2.2 lbs. DIA. Adjustment Tool...... H-91 3 2.6 (.060) (.047) 1.0 1.0 (.102) 3 PLCS. 3 PLCS. (.039) ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.039) How To Order 0.56 5.3 WIDE ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.209) (.022) 3.9 5.3 3224 J - 1 - 502 E 0.56 0.9 .51 (.155) (.209) WIDE X DEEP Model (.022) (.035) (.020) .51 Style X DEEP (.020) 5.7 Standard or Modified (.225) Product Indicator -1 = IR Reflow (standard) 1.2 0.2 1.3 1.32 -2* = Wave Solderable 2 PLCS. (.047) 2 PLCS. (.008) -FW5 = .070 ˝ ±.010 ˝ Shaft Extension (.051) 0.2 (.052) (.008) 5.1 Resistance Code 2.9 (.200) 2.0 (.114) Embossed Tape Designator 2.0 (.079) E = Style J, G: 500 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) (.079) Style W: 250 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) Style X: 200 pcs./7 ˝ reel (standard) 1.6 G = Style J, G: 1500 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) TYP. 1.9 Style W: 1000 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) (.063) 2.54 0.80 TYP. 0.80 2 PLCS. (.074) 2 PLCS. Style X: 850 pcs./13 ˝ reel (standard) (.100) (.031) 2.54 (.031) G = Style J, G: 1500 pcs./13 ˝ reel (FW5) (.100) Style W, X: 600 pcs./13 ˝ reel (FW5) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Consult factory for other available options. Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) * -2 has a treated stainless steel shaft their specific applications. REV 09/04 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

32 Additional Features I Top and side adjust styles I J-hook, and gull-wing I Patent #5047746 advanced drive/wiper mechanism

3224 – Packaging Specifications

J & G Styles W Style X Style

8.60 .04 5.75 6.10 ± .10 MAX MAX. MAX. (.339) (.002) (.226) .04 (.240 ± .004) MAX. .3 (.002) MAX 4.5 (.002) MAX. (.177) 5.52 ± .05 (.217 ± .002) 7.50 ± .05 (.295 ± .002) 7.50 ± .10 5.56 .10 ± (J) (.295 ± .004) 1.5 + .10/ –.00 DIA. (.219 ± .004) (.059 + .004/ –.000) 6.25 .10 1.5 + .10/ –.00 1.5 + .10/ –.00 ± (G) DIA. DIA. (.246 ± .004) (.059 + .004/ –.000) (.059 + .004/ –.000) 4.00 ± .10 5.32 ± .10 (.157 ± .004) 4.00 ± .10 (.209 ± .004) 4.00 ± .10 (.157 ± .004) (.157 ± .004) 6.70 ± .10 (.264 ± .004) 5.10 ± .10 2.00 ± .05 (.201 ± .039) 4.50 ± .10 (.079 ± .002) 2.00 ± .05 (.177 ± .039) (.079 ± .002) 2.00 ± .005 (.079 ± .002) 12.00 ± .30 (.472 ± .012) 8.00 ± .20 (.315 ± .008) 12.00 ± .20 1.75 ± .10 (.472 ± .008) (.069 ± .004) 1.75 .10 1.75 ± .10 ± (.069 ± .004) 5.70 ± .10 12.00 ± .30 (.069 ± .004) (.224 ± .004) (.472 ± .012) 16.00 ± .30 16.0 ± 0.30 TAPE (.630 ± .012) (.630 ± .012) TAPE TAPE W & X Style Reel DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 1.78 ± .25 EQUAL SPACED TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) (.070 ± .010) 3 PLCS. 1.78 ± .25 EQUAL SPACED EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.070 ± .010) 3 PLCS. 21.01 ± .79 13.0 ± .51 DIA. 21.01 ± .79 DIA. (.827 ± .031) DIA. (.512 ± .020) 2.67 ± .25 (.827 ± .031) Standard Resistance Table 13.0 ± .508 2.67 ± .25 (.105 ± .010) DIA. (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code

10 100 59.18 ± 2.03 20 200 (2.330 ± .080) 59.18 ± 2.03 (2.330 ± .080) 50 500 100 101 200 201

500 501 Data Sheets Trimmer 178 ± 2.0 178 ± 2.03 DIA.* DIA. (7.008 ± .079) * 1,000 102 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 (7.000 ± .080) 330.2 ± 2.0 330.2 ± 2.0 16.4 + 1.81/ -.000 DIA.** (.488 + .079/ -.000) DIA.** 2,000 202 (13.00 ± .079) (13.00 ± .079) (.646 ± .071/ -.000) REEL 5,000 502 REEL 10,000 103 * Embossed Tape Designator "E" * Embossed Tape Designator "E" **Embossed Tape Designator "G" **Embossed Tape Designator "G" 20,000 203 (See How To Order chart for further information.) (See How To Order chart for further information.) 50,000 503 Cover tape peel strength: Meets EIA specification 481. Cover tape peel strength: Meets EIA specification 481. 100,000 104 200,000 204 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 2 WIPER Customers should verify actual device performance in 500,000 504 their specific applications. 1,000,000 105 CCW 1 3 CW 2,000,000 205 CLOCKWISE Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available.

33 3250 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/2 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Wirewound / Sealed I Panel Mount option available I Listed on the QPL for style RT22 I RoHS compliant† per MIL-R-27208 and RTR22 per High-Rel MIL-R-39015

3250P Common Dimensions Electrical Characteristics (Pin Styles) RED 2 WIPER Standard Resistance Range ...... 10 to 50K ohms (see standard resistance table) 1.98 DIA. THRU (.078) (2 PLACES) YELLOW 1 3 GREEN Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. CCW CW (tighter tolerance available) ADJ. SLOT CLOCKWISE Absolute Minimum Resistance 2.03 ± .38 13.21 DIA...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. (whichever is greater) TYP. (.080 ± .015) (.520) .64 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. X WIDE Standard Resistance Table Resolution...... See Resistance Table (.024) 12.7 Insulation Resistance...... 500 vdc. TYP. 3.1 (.500) X DEEP Nominal 1,000 megohms min. .89 (.122) Resistance Resistance Dielectric Strength (.035) Resolution TYP. (Ohms) Code Sea Level...... 1,000 vac 2.54 (Percent) 80,000 Feet ...... 400 vac (.100) 1.78 Adjustment Travel...... 25 turns nom. TYP. 2.54 10 100 1.30 5.59 (.070) .71 ± .08 (.100) 20 200 1.00 (.220) Environmental Characteristics (.028 ± .003) DIA. TYP. 6.35 (.250) 50 500 0.80 Power Rating @ 85 °C ...... 1.0 watt 3 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt 12.7 100 101 0.90 (.500) 2 Temperature Range ...... -65 °C to +150 °C TYP. 200 201 0.70 Temperature Coefficient...... ±50 ppm/°C 1 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (pin styles only) 500 501 0.60 2.54 Humidity ...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 13.33 ± .64 (.100) 1,000 102 0.40 ...... (2 % !TR; 100 Megohms IR) (.525 ± .025) 6.35 Vibration ...... 30 G (.250) 2,000 202 0.30 (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) 3250W 5,000 502 0.25 Shock....100 G (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) 2.79 Load Life...... 1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 85 °C 2 3 (.110) 10,000 103 0.19 (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) 1 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 20,000 203 0.16 ...... (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) 25,000 253 0.14 6.35 Physical Characteristics 2.54 2.54 (.250) 50,000 503 0.13 (.100) (.100) Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Special resistances available. Terminals...... Solderable printed circuit pins 3250W-66 2.79 Flexible leads (7 strands of 30 AWG) 3 2 (.110) How To Order Weight ...... 0.06 oz. 1 TrimmerSheets Data Machine Screw Mounting Torque ...... 12 oz-in. max. 3250 L - 1 - 103 M Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 6.35 Model resistance code, terminal numbers, 2.54 2.54 (.250) date code, manufacturer’s model (.100) (.100) Style number and style Standard or Modified Wiper ...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 3250L Product Indicator Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 -1 = Standard Product Standard Packaging 13.21 TYP. Resistance Code P&W Styles...... 25 pcs. per tube (.520) Optional Suffix Letter L Style ...... 25 pcs. per bag M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 2.36 DIA. THRU Consult factory for other available options. (.093) (2 PLACES)

.89 TYP. 12.70 (.035) TYP. (.500) 1.40 (.055) 152.4 LENGTH MIN. 4.75 (6.00) (.187)

1.52 12.7 TYP. (.060) (.500)

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. † RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Specifications are subject to change without notice. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

34 3252 1/2 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Sealed I RoHS compliant† version available I Listed on the QPL for style RJ22 per MIL-R-22097 I Panel mount option available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range.....10 to 2 megohms 3252P (see standard resistance table) Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. Common Dimensions 12.7 (Pin Styles) TYP...... (tighter tolerance available) (.500) Absolute Minimum Resistance 10 100 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (whichever is greater) ADJ. SLOT 20 200 Contact Resistance Variation 2.03 ±.38 DIA...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (whichever is greater) (.080 ±.015) 50 500 Adjustability .64 13.21 TYP. X WIDE 100 101 Voltage ...... ±0.01 % (.520) (.025) .50 200 201 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % X DEEP (.020) Resolution ...... Infinite 1.98 DIA. THRU 500 501 Insulation Resistance...... 500 vdc. 12.7 (.078) (2 PLACES) TYP. 1,000 megohms min. (.500) 1,000 102 Dielectric Strength 1.78 TYP. 2.54 2,000 202 Sea Level...... 1,000 vac (.070) .71 ±.08 (.028 ±.003) DIA. TYP. (.100) 80,000 Feet ...... 400 vac 5.59 1 3 2.54 5,000 502 Effective Travel ...... 25 turns nom. (.220) (.100) 10,000 103 20,000 203 Environmental Characteristics 1.52 2 (.060) Power Rating @ 85 °C (400 volts max.) 25,000 253 ...... 0.75 watt 50,000 503 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt 2.54 6.35 Temperature Range ...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.100) (.250) 100,000 104 Temperature Coefficient...... ±100 ppm/°C 13.34 ±.64 6.35 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (pin styles only) (.525 ±.025) (.250) 200,000 204 Humidity ...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103; 500,000 504 96 hours (1 % !TR; 100 Megohms IR) 2.79 2.54 Vibration...... 30 G (1 % TR; 1 % VR) 3252W (.110) 1,000,000 105 ! ! (.100) Shock...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 5.59 2.54 2,000,000 205 (.220) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85 °C 1 3 (.100) (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 2 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. whichever is greater, CRV) Special resistances available. Rotational Life...... 200 cycles ...... (2 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, whichever is greater, CRV) How To Order 6.35 3252 L - 1 - 103 M LF Physical Characteristics (.250) Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Model 3252L Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Style Terminals...... Solderable printed circuit pins Standard or Modified Flexible leads ...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) 2.36 TYP. Weight ...... 0.065 oz. 13.21 (.093) Product Indicator Wiper ...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.520) -1 = Standard Product Resistance Code Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 1.52 (.060) 12.70 .89 Optional Suffix Letter Machine Screw Mounting TYP. (.500) (.035) M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) Torque ...... 12 oz-in. max. 152.4 Terminations LENGTH MIN. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 4.75 (6.00) LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) resistance code, wiring diagram, date code, (.187) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Data Sheets Trimmer manufacturer’s model number and style (Standard) Standard Packaging 1.52 12.70 Consult factory for other available options. X, P&W Styles ...... 25 pcs. per tube (.060) (.500) L Style ...... 25 pcs. per bag Adjustment Tool ...... H-90

3252X RED 2 WIPER 2.54 5.59 (.100) (.220) 1.78 3 2.54 YELLOW GREEN 1 (.070) 1 3 2 (.100) CCW CW CLOCKWISE

6.35 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. (.250) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) their specific applications. REV 09/04 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

35 3260 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL for style RT26 per MIL-R-27208 I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3260H Common Dimensions Nominal ...... 10 to 25K ohms Resistance Resistance Resolution (see standard resistance table) 6.35 ± .51 (Ohms) Code (.250 ± .020) (Percent) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. .89 (tighter tolerance available) (.035) 10 100 1.30 Absolute Minimum Resistance 20 200 1.00 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. 1 2 3 50 500 0.80 (whichever is greater) 6.35 ± .51 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. (.250 ± .020) 100 101 0.90 4.78 ± .38 Resolution...... See resistance table (.188 ± .015) 200 201 0.70 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. .76 500 501 0.60 ...... 1,000 megohms min. 2.54 (.030) (.100) Dielectric Strength 2.54 1,000 102 0.40 Sea Level ...... 600 vac (.100) 2,000 202 0.30 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 1.02 ± .38 2.54 5,000 502 0.25 Adjustment Angle ...... 11 turns nom. (.040 ± .015) (.100) 10,000 103 0.19 4.32 ± .38 (.170 ± .015) 1.27 20,000 203 0.16 Environmental Characteristics (.050) 25,000 253 0.14 Power Rating 85 °C ...... 0.25 watt 1.27 ADJ. SLOT Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. (.050) Special resistances available. 1.78 DIA. 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.070) .41 ± .03 Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C DIA. .51 (.016 ± .001) X WIDE Temperature Coefficient ...... ±70 ppm/°C (.020) .51 How To Order Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* X DEEP (.020) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 3260 H - 1 - 502 ...... (2 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) Model Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1% 3260W Style + resolution !VR) 1.27 Shock ...... 100 G (.050) Standard or Modified Product Indicator (1 % !TR; 1 % + resolution !VR) -1 = Standard Product TrimmerSheets Data Load Life...1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C Resistance Code (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) 1 2 3 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 6.35 ± .51 Consult factory for other available options. (.250 ± .020) (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) 4.32 ± .38 (.170 ± .015) 1.27 Physical Characteristics (.050) Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles .89 Terminals.....Solderable printed circuit pins (.035) Weight ...... 0.015 oz. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code, wiring diagram, DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) date code, manufacturer’s model TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED number and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... UL 94V-0 WIPER Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube 2 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 CCW 1 3 CW CLOCKWISE

36 3262 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Cermet / I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism Industrial / Sealed I RoHS compliant† version available I Listed on the QPL for style RJ26 per MIL-R-22097 and RJR26 per High-Rel MIL-R-39035

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3262W ...... 10 to 1 megohm Common Dimensions Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) 4.32 ±.38 6.35 ±.51 (.170 ±.015) (.250 ±.020) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 10 100 (tighter tolerance available) ADJ. SLOT 20 200 1.78 Absolute Minimum Resistance DIA. 6.35 ±.51 (.070) 50 500 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (.250 ±.020) .51 (whichever is greater) X (.020) WIDE 100 101 Contact Resistance Variation .64 200 201 X (.025) DEEP ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. 1.02 (.040) 1 2 3 500 501 (whichever is greater) .46 ±.025 DIA. 1,000 102 Adjustability (.018 ±.001) Voltage...... ±0.02 % 4.78 ±.38 2,000 202 (.188 ±.015) 2.54 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % 2.54 (.100) 5,000 502 Resolution...... Infinite (.100) 10,000 103 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. .76 2.54 (.030) 20,000 203 (1,000 megohms min.) (.100) Dielectric Strength 25,000 253 Sea Level ...... 600 vac 1.02 50,000 503 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac (.040) 100,000 104 Effective Travel...... 12 turns nom. 3262X 200,000 204 1.52 ±.38* 250,000 254 Environmental Characteristics 1.02 (.060 ±.015) 500,000 504 Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.040) 85 °C ...... 0.25 watt 1,000,000 105 150 °C ...... 0 watt 1 2 3 1.02* Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.040) Special resistances available. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 2.54 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.100) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 How To Order .76 2.54 96 hours (2 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) (.030) Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.100) 3262 P - 1 - 103 LF Model Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 1.02 Load Life...1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C (.040) Style (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, Standard or Modified Product Indicator whichever is greater, CRV) 3262P Rotational Life...... 200 cycles -1 = Standard Product (2 % TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, Resistance Code ! 1.02 1 2 3 Terminations whichever is greater, CRV) (.040) 4.70 .64 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) (.185) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated

(.025) Data Sheets Trimmer Physical Characteristics (Standard) Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. Consult factory for other available options. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 2.54 2.54 (.100) Terminals...... Solderable pins (.100) 2.54 (.100) Weight ...... 0.015 oz. .64 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (.025) resistance code, wiring diagram, date code, manufacturer’s model number and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

37 3266 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I Tape and reel packaging available Sealed I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism I Standoffs allow thorough PC board I RoHS compliant† version available washing

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3266W ...... 10 to 1 megohm Common3266W Dimensions 3266Y 1.24 ± .25* Common Dimensions (.049 ± .010) 4.50 .38 6.71 ± .38 (see standard resistance table) 1.24 ± .25* ± Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.177 ± .015) (.264 ± .015) (.049 ± .010) 6.71 ± .38 TYP. Absolute Minimum Resistance (.264 ± .015) ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. ADJ. SLOT (whichever is greater) 1.78 1.02 DIA. 1.22 .25 (.040 ) 4.50 ± .38* (.070) ± Contact Resistance Variation .56 (.048 ± .010) (.177 ± .015) X WIDE ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. (.022) 0.46 ± .13 1.22 ± .25 MIN. (.018 .005) (whichever is greater) 7.24 ± .51 (.048 ± .010) .64 ± TYP.* X DEEP Adjustability (.285 ± .020) (.025) 1 2 3 .46 ± .13 6.85 ± .51 Voltage...... ±0.02 % 4.78 ± .38* (.018 .005) (.270 ± .020) Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.188 ± .015) 1 2 3 ± 2.54 Resolution...... Infinite .46 ± .03 4.32 (.100) DIA.* 2.54 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.018 ± .001) (.170) (.100) 1,000 megohms min. 2.54 2.54 (.100) Dielectric Strength 3.18 .76* (.100) 2.16 Sea Level ...... 600 vac 2.54 (.085) (.125) (.100) (.030) 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 3266Z Effective Travel...... 12 turns nom. 1.24 ± .25* 7.24 ± .51 1.02 (.049 ± .010) (.285 ± .020) (.040) Environmental Characteristics 3266P3266P .46 ± .13 4.50 ± .38 1.22 ± .25 Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.018 ± .005) 1 2 3 (.177 ± .015) 70 °C ...... 0.25 watt 4.88 ± .38 (.048 ± .010) (.192 ± .015) 1.02 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.040) Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 1.02 0.38 MIN. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C (.040) (.015) 4.50 ± .38 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 2.54 .76 1 2 3 (.177 ± .015) (.100) (.030) 2.54 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 6.85 .51 2.54 (.100) ± (.270 .020) 96 hours (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) .76 (.100) ± Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.030) 2.54 (.100) TrimmerSheets Data Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 4.32 2.54 Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.25 watt 70 °C (.170) (.100) (3 % !TR; 3 % CRV) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 2.16 3.18 3266X (4 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.085) (.125) whichever is greater, CRV) 1.24 ± .25 1.02 (.049 ± .010) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.040) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Physical Characteristics Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. 1.22 ± .25 2 WIPER Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 1 2 3 (.048 ± .010) Terminals...... Solderable pins .46 ± .13 MIN.* CCW 3 CW Weight ...... 0.015 oz. 2.54 (.018 ± .005) 1 Marking ...... Manufacturer’s (.100) 2.54 CLOCKWISE trademark, resistance code, (.100) 2.54 .76 wiring diagram, date code, (.100) (.030) manufacturer’s model number and style 1.02 Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.040) Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 *Common dimensions Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Adjustment Tool ...... H-90

38 3266 – Ordering Information and Packaging Specifications

Standard Resistance Table Packaging Specifications SIDE ADJUST TOP ADJUST Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code SIDE ADJUST TOP ADJUST 3266Z-1 3266Y-13266Y-1 10 100 3.81 ± .71 3.81 ± .71 (.150 ± .028) (.150 ± .028) 20 200 12.70 12.70 50 500 24.9 + .76 REF. (.500) REF. (.980 + .030) (.500) 100 101 8.9 + .76 /- .5 200 201 (.035 + .030/ .020) 8.9 + .76 /- .5 3 2 25.9 ± 0.76 (.035 + .030/ .020) 2 1 (1.020 ± .030) 500 501 3 1 1,000 102

2,000 202 18 ± .76 18 ± .76 5,000 502 (.709 ± .030) (.709 ± .030) 4.0 ± .03 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 4.0 ± .03 10,000 103 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 (.157 ± .001) (709 + .040/ - .020) (.157 ± .001) DIA. 20,000 203 (709 + .040/ - .020) DIA. 12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25 12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25 (.500 + .012/ - .010) 25,000 253 (.500 + .012/ - .010) 3.81 ± .71 50,000 503 (.150 ± .028)

100,000 104 4.32 ± .38 (.170 ± .015) 4.32 ± .38 200,000 204 (.170 ± .015) 250,000 254 500,000 504 2.16 ± .25 (.085 ± .010) 2.16 ± .25 2.54 (.085 ± .010) 1,000,000 105 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER .43 ± .05 (.100) DIA. TYP. 2.54 MM (017 ± .002) ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. DIMENSIONS: (.100) Special resistances available. (INCHES) MM DIMENSIONS: 1000/REEL/BOX (INCHES) 1000/REEL/BOX How To Order DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 3226 W - 1 - 103 __ LF Model Meets EIA Specification 468. Meets EIA Specification 468. Style Standard or Modified Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product Resistance Code Packaging Designator Blank = Tube (Standard) R = Tape and Reel (Z and Y Pin Styles Only) A = Ammo Pack

(Z and Y Pin Styles Only) Data Sheets Trimmer Terminations LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) Consult factory for other available options.

39 3269 1/4 ˝ Square SMD Trimming Potentiometer Features I Stable, infinite resolution cermet I Compatible with surface mount element manufacturing processes I Vertical and horizontal adjust styles I RoHS compliant† - see page 155 for I Optional packaging on processing information on lead free embossed tape surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3269P3269P RECOMMENDEDRECOMMENDED PCB PCB RECOMMENDED PCB PCB ...... 10 ohms to 1 megohm CommonCommon Dimensions Dimensions LAYOUTLAYOUT – -“P” "P" LAYOUT -– "W"“W” & & "X" “X” 1.78 .51 .51 (see standard resistance table) ADJ. SLOT DIA. XWIDE X DEEP 1.19 (.070) (.020) (.020) TYP. Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.047) (closer tolerance available) 1.02 6.35 ± .51 (.040) (.250 ± .020) Absolute Minimum Resistance 1.02 9.70 2.79 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (.040) (.382) (.110) TYP. (whichever is greater) TYP 2.54 7.62 5.21 3 PLCS. (.100) (.300) Contact Resistance Variation (.205) ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. 2.54 (.100) (whichever is greater) 2.54 TYP. 3 PLCS. Adjustability 1 2 3 (.100) 3.30 1.19 (.130) 2.54 2.54 1.52 ± .38 TYP. Voltage...... ±0.02 % 2.54 (.047) (.100) (.100) (.060 ± .015) TYP. Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.100) 2.54 Resolution...... Infinite .46 ± .03 (.100) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.018 ± .001) Standard Resistance Table 1,000 megohms min. DIA. TYP. Resistance Resistance Dielectric Strength 3269W Sea Level ...... 600 vac .43 ± .05 Ohms Code Ohms Code 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac (.017 ± .002) 3 DIA. TYP. Effective Travel...... 12 turns nom. 1 10 100 10,000 103 20 200 20,000 203 1.52 ± .38 Environmental Characteristics (.060 ± .015) 50 500 25,000 253 Power Rating (300 volts max.) 2 1.02 100 101 50,000 503 (.040) 85 °C ...... 0.25 watt 4.32 200 201 100,000 104 150 °C ...... 0 watt 6.35 ± .51 (.170) SQ. 500 501 200,000 204 Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.250 ± .020) 1.02 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 1.02 (.040) 1,000 102 250,000 254 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.040) TYP 2,000 202 500,000 504 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 7.44 5,000 502 1,000,000 105 TrimmerSheets Data (.293) (2 % !TR; IR 100 Megohms) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Special resistances available. Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2.54 2.54 2.29 TYP. Load Life....1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C (.100) (.100) (.09) 3 PLCS. How To Order (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms whichever is greater, CRV) 3269X 3269 X - 1 - 103 G LF Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 1.52 ± .38 (.060 .015) Model (2 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 1.02 ± (.040) Style whichever is greater, CRV) 1.02 (.040) Standard or Modified 7.44 Product Indicator Physical Characteristics (.293) For P pin style: -1 = Terminals away from Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. sprocket holes Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 2 -2 = Terminals toward 2.29 sprocket holes Terminals...... Solderable pins (.090) Weight ...... 0.015 oz. TYP. For W & X pin styles: Marking ...... Manufacturer’s 3 PLCS. -1 = Terminals toward sprocket holes trademark, resistance code, -2 = Terminals away from wiring diagram, date code, 3 1 sprocket holes manufacturer’s model DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) For P, W & X pin styles: number and style TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED -11 = ±5 % TR Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Resistance Code Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Embossed Tape Designator Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % G = Embossed Tape 2 WIPER “P” Style – 750 pcs./13 ˝ reel *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. “W, X” Style – 500 pcs./13 ˝ reel †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. CCW 1 3 CW Terminations LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Customers should verify actual device performance in CLOCKWISE their specific applications. REV 09/04 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard)

40 3269 – Packaging Specifications

P Style W and X Styles

EMBOSSED EMBOSSED CARRIER TAPE CARRIER TAPE COVER TAPE COVER TAPE 7.50 ± .10 7.50 ± .10 (.295 ± .004) (.295 ± .004) 1.5 + .10/ –.00 1.5 + .10/ –.00 DIA. DIA. (.059 + .004/ –.000) (.059 + .004/ –.000) 4.00 ± .01 4.00 ± .01 (.157 ± .004) (.157 ± .004)

2.00 ± .05 2.00 ± .05 (.079 ± .002) (.079 ± .002)

12.00 ± .10 12.00 ± .10 (.472 ± .004) (.472 ± .004)

1.75 ± .10 (.069 ± .004) 16.0 ± .10 (.630 ± .004) 1.75 ± .10 TAPE (.069 ± .004) 16.0 ± .10 (.630 ± .004) TAPE 17.78 ± .25 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.700 ± .010) 17.78 ± .25 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. 18.69 .79 ± DIA. (.700 ± .010) (.736 .031) ± 18.69 ± .79 13.0 ± .51 DIA. DIA. (.736 ± .031) (.512 ± .020) 13.0 ± .51 DIA. (.512 ± .020)

99.06 ± 1.02 (3.90 .040) ± 99.06 ± 1.02 (3.90 ± .040)

330.2 ± 5.08 DIA. (13.000 ± .200) 16.51 2.03/ -.000 330.2 ± 5.08 ± DIA. (.650 .080/ -.000) (13.000 ± .200) REEL ± 16.51 ± 2.03/ -.000 REEL (.650 ± .080/ -.000) Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer

-1 Meets EIA Specification 481. -2 Meets EIA Specification 481. Units packaged 750 pieces per reel. Units packaged 500 pieces per reel.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

41 3290 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn/ Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL for style RT24 per MIL-R-27208 and RTR24 per High-Rel MIL-R-39015 I Panel mount option available I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3290H Nominal ...... 10 to 50K ohms Common Dimensions Resistance Resistance Resolution (see standard resistance table) 3.81 1.02 (Ohms) Code (Percent) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. (.150) 1.27* (.040) 9.53 .38* (tighter tolerance available) (.050) (.375 .015) 10 100 1.11 Absolute Minimum Resistance 20 200 0.93 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. 1.52* 9.53 .38* (.060) (.375 .015) 50 500 0.62 (whichever is greater) 3 2 1 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. 8.00 .38 100 101 0.60 Resolution (.315 .015) 200 201 0.54 ...... (see standard resistance table) TYP.* .51 .03 1.91 (.020 .001) 500 501 0.42 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. DIA. TYP. (.075) * 1,000 megohms min. ADJ. SLOT 1,000 102 0.33 2.54 Dielectric Strength 1.52 DIA. 2,000 202 0.26 (.060) (.100) 2.54 Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac .51 (.100) 5,000 502 0.20 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac X WIDE 4.75 (.020) (.187) .64 10,000 103 0.17 Adjustment Travel...... 25 turns nom. X DEEP (.025) *Common dimensions 20,000 203 0.14 Environmental Characteristics 25,000 253 0.13 3290P Power Rating @ 85 °C ...... 1.0 watt 50,000 503 0.11 4.75 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.187) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C 1 Special resistances available. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C 4.75 2 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.187) 3 How To Order Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 2.54 2.54 (.100) 96 hours (2 % !TR; 100 Megohms IR) (.100) 3290 H - 1 - 103 M Vibration ...... 30G 2.54 (.100) (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) Model Shock ...... 100G Style TrimmerSheets Data (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) 3290W Standard or Modified Load Life.....1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 85 °C 2.54 Product Indicator (.100) -1 = Standard Product (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) 3 Resistance Code Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 2 1 Optional Suffix Letter ...... (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) M = Panel Mount (Factory Installed) 2.54 Consult factory for other available options. Physical Characteristics 1.19 (.100) (.075) Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Terminals.....Solderable printed circuit pins TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Weight ...... 0.025 oz. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, WIPER resistance code, wiring diagram, 2 date code, manufacturer’s model CCW CW number and style 1 3 Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % CLOCKWISE Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Adjustment Tool ...... H-90

42 3292 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed I Optional panel mount available I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism I Thin body profile I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions RED 2 WIPER Standard Resistance Range 3292L ...... 10 to 1 megohm Common Dimensions YELLOW 1 3 GREEN CCW CW (see standard resistance table) 9.53 ± .38 1.02 CLOCKWISE Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.375 ± .015) (.040) 45° ± 3° .381 + .25/-.13* (tighter tolerance available) (.150 +.010/-.005) Absolute Minimum Resistance 9.53 ± .38 Standard Resistance Table 1 % or 2 ohms max. (whichever is greater) (.375 ± .015) Contact Resistance Variation Resistance Resistance 3292 ...... 1.0 % or 3 ohms max. (whichever is greater) 10.64 Ohms Code Ohms Code Adjustability ADJ. SLOT (.419) 1.52 1.57 10 100 10,000 103 Voltage...... ±0.01 % DIA. (.062) (.060) 20 200 20,000 203 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % .51 MIN. 152.4 X WIDE Resolution...... Infinite (.020) (6.00) 50 500 25,000 253 .64 MIN. LENGTH DEEP Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. X (.025) WIRE SIZE: 30AWG 100 101 50,000 503 1,000 megohms min. 3292P 200 201 100,000 104 Dielectric Strength 4.75 ± .51 Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.187 ± .020) 500 501 200,000 204 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac 1,000 102 250,000 254 Effective Travel...... 25 turns nom. 2.54 ADJ. SLOT 8.26 ± .635 (.100) 2.29 2,000 202 500,000 504 (.325 ± .025) DIA. (.090) 5,000 502 1,000,000 105 .56 X WIDE Environmental Characteristics 1 (.022) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 2 .76 Special resistances available. Non-boldface items are Power Rating (400 volts max.) X DEEP* 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt 3 (.030) typically not stocked by distributors and are not 4.75 ± .51* recommended for new designs. 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.187 ± .020) 2.54 2.54 (.100) Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.100) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C *Common dimensions How To Order Seal Test...85 °C Fluorinert* (pin styles only) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 3292W 3292 W - 1 - 103 M LF 96 hours (1 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) Model Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Style Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Standard or Modified .254 MIN. Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C (.010) Product Indicator 1 2 3 (2 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, -1 = Standard Product whichever is greater, CRV) Resistance Code Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 1.91 8.26 ± .635* Optional Suffix Letter (2 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.075) 2.54 (.325 ± .025) M = Panel Mount 3292L, W & X (.100) (Factory Installed) whichever is greater, CRV) 2.54 Terminations (.100) LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer Physical Characteristics Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated 3292X (Standard) Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 1.52* (.060) Consult factory for other available options Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 9.53 ± .38 1.02* TYP.* Terminals.....Solderable printed circuit pins (.375 ± .015) (.040) Weight ...... 0.025 oz. 9.53 ± .38 Machine Screw Mounting 2.54 TYP.* 1.27 (.375 ± .015) Torque ...... 12 oz-in. max. * (.010) 3 2 1 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (.050) MIN.* resistance code, wiring diagram, 1.91 8.26 ± .635* date code, manufacturer’s * 2.54 (.075) (.325 ± .025) model number and style (.100) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 2.54 .51 ± .03 (.100) (.020 ± .001) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 DIA. TYP. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 4.75 ± .51* Specifications are subject to change without notice. Standard Packaging (.187 ± .020) P, W & X Styles ...... 50 pcs. per tube Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04 L Style ...... 50 pcs. per bag DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

43 3296 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I Listed on the QPL for style RJ24 per Sealed MIL-R-22097 and RJR24 I 5 terminal styles per High-Rel Mil-R-39035 I Tape and reel packaging available I Mounting hardware available (H-117P) I Chevron seal design I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions 2 WIPER Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions ...... 10 ohms to 2 megohms CCW 1 3 CW (see standard resistance table) 6.40 ± 1.32 10.03 CLOCKWISE Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.252 ± .052) (.395) (tighter tolerance available) .38 1.52 4.83 ± .13 MIN. Absolute Minimum Resistance (.015) (.060) (.190 ± .005) Standard Resistance Table ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. 1.27 ± 0.1 (.050 ± .004) 9.53 Resistance Resistance (whichever is greater) (.375) Contact Resistance Variation 2.54 Ohms Code Ohms Code ...... 1.0 % or 3 ohms max. (.100) 1.27 ± 0.1 ADJ. SLOT (whichever is greater) 2.54 (.050 ± .004) 10 100 20,000 203 2.19 (.100) DIA. Adjustability (.086) 20 200 25,000 253 Voltage...... ±0.01 % .56 .51 ± .03 DIA. X WIDE 50 500 50,000 503 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.020 ± .001) (.022) .76 DEEP 100 101 100,000 104 Resolution...... Infinite X (.030) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 200 201 200,000 204 1,000 megohms min. 3296P 8.26 ± .64 500 501 250,000 254 Dielectric Strength 2.54 2.54 (.325 ± .025) Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.100) (.100) 1,000 102 500,000 504 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac 3 2,000 202 1,000,000 105 Effective Travel...... 25 turns nom. 2 5,000 502 2,000,000 205

1 2.54 10,000 103 5.23 (.100) Environmental Characteristics (.206) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Power Rating (300 volts max.) Special resistances available. 3296W 70 °C ...... 0.5 watt 2.54 2.41 125 °C ...... 0 watt (.100) (.095) Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 3 How To Order Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 2 3296 W - 1 - 103 __ LF Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 2.54 1 TrimmerSheets Data Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 (.100) Model 96 hours (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) Style Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Standard or Modified 3296X Product Indicator Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2.54 -1 = Standard Product Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70 °C (.100) Resistance Code (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 3 whichever is greater, CRV) 2 Packaging Designator 1 Blank = Tube (Standard) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 2.54 R = Tape and Reel (.100) 2.41 (4 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.095) (X and W Pin Styles Only) whichever is greater, CRV) A = Ammo Pack (X and W Pin Styles Only) 3296Y (Commercial Only) Terminations Physical Characteristics 1.14 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) 2.54 (.045) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. (.100) 3 (Standard) Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 2 Consult factory for other available options. Terminals...... Solderable pins 1 Weight ...... 0.03 oz. 2.54 2.54 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (.100) (.100) resistance code, wiring diagram, date code, manufacturer’s model 3296Z (Commercial Only) number and style 1.14 2.54 (.045) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.100) Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 3 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube 2 1 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 2.54 2.54 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.100) (.100) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Specifications are subject to change without notice. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Customers should verify actual device performance in EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

44 3296 – Packaging Specifications

SIDESIDE ADJUSTADJUST TOP ADJUST 3296X-13296X-1 3296W-1 3.81 ± .71 (.150 ± .028) 28.07 ± .76 12.70 REF. 8.89 + .76 /- .51 (1.105 ± .030) (.500) 12.70 (.350 + .030 /- .020) REF. (.500) 18 ± .76 3.81 ± .71 18 ± .76 (.709 ± .030) (.15 ± .028) (.709 ± .030) 8.89 + .76 /- .51 29.59 ± .76 3 2 (.350 + .030 /- .020) 1 (1.165 ± .030) 3 2 1

18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 4.0 ± .03 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 4.0 ± .03 (709 + .040/ - .020) (.157 ± .001) DIA. (709 + .040/ - .020) (.157 ± .001) 12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25 DIA. 12.7 + 0.3/ - 0.25 (.500 + .012/ - .010) (.500 + .012/ - .010)

4.83 + .30/ -.25 4.83 + .30/ -.25 (.190 + .012/ -.010) (.190 + .012/ -.010) 2.54 (.100) 2.41 ± .25 2.41 ± .25 (.095 ± .010) (.095 ± .010) 2.54 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER (.100) 2.54 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER MM (.100) .51 ± .051 DIMENSIONS: DIA. TYP (INCHES) MM (020 ± .002) DIMENSIONS: 1000/REEL/BOX (INCHES) 1000/REEL/BOX

Meets EIA Specification 468. Meets EIA Specification 468. Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

45 3296-LC2 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I High Performance Series 3/8 ˝ Square I Patent #4427966, #4732802, #4824694 / Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I Low current applications <50 uA Sealed I Mounting hardware available I Thin body profile I RoHS compliant† version available I Sealed to withstand board washing processes

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions ...... 500 ohms to 100K ohms Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) 10.03 5.97 ± .89 (.395) 500 501 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.235 ± .035) 1.52 2.54 (.060) 1,000 102 Absolute Minimum Resistance .38 4.83 (.100) ...... 2 ohms or 1 % max. (.015) MIN. (.190) 2,000 202 (whichever is greater) 1.27 ± 0.1 (.050 ± .004) 9.53 5,000 502 Contact Resistance Variation ...0.5 % max. (.375) Contact Resistance (D.C. mode) 10,000 103 .51 ...... 0.3 % max. DIA. ADJ. SLOT 20,000 203 (.020) D.C. Offset...... 0.5 % max. 2.19 DIA. (.086) 1.27 ± 0.1 25,000 253 Adjustability .56 (.050 ± .004) X WIDE 50,000 503 Voltage...... ±0.1 % (.022) .76 100,000 104 Resistance ...... ±0.2 % X DEEP (.030) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. Non-boldface items are 1,000 megohms min. 3296P 2.54 2.54 typically not stocked by distributors and are not (.100) (.100) Dielectric Strength recommended for new designs. Sea Level ...... 900 vac 3 70,000 feet...... 350 vac 2 Adjustment Angle, Electrical ....25 ±5 turns 2.54 How To Order 1 5.23 (.100) (.206) Environmental Characteristics 3296 W - LC2 - 103 LF Power Rating (400 volts max.) Model 3296W Style 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt 2.54 2.41 125 °C ...... 0 watt (.100) (.095) Product Indicator Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C 3 Resistance Code Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 2 Terminations Humidity ...... 80-90 %, RH, 10 cycles 1 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) 2 % max. TRS, IR 10 megohms 2.54 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated TrimmerSheets Data (Standard) 0.2 % max. contact resistance shift (.100) Consult factory for other available options. Seal Test...... 85 °C Flourinert* Vibration...... 20 G - 0.5 % VRS 3296X 2.54 0.2 % contact resistance shift (.100) Shock...... 100 G - 0.5 % VRS 3 0.2 % contact resistance shift 2 Load Life @ 85 °C Rated Power 1 2.54 2.41 ...... 1,000 hours 3 % TRS, (.100) (.095) 0.2 % contact resistance shift - 0.5 % CRV Rotational Life ...... 200 cycles, 4 % TRS WIPER 0.2 % contact resistance shift 2 Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles CW 2 % TRS, 0.5 % VRS CCW 1 3 0.2 % contact resistance shift CLOCKWISE

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Physical Characteristics TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Terminals...... Solderable PC pins Weight ...... 0.03 oz. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code and date code Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Specifications are subject to change without notice. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

46 3296-OT1 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I 3/8 ˝ Square/ Multiturn / Cermet I Vertical and horizontal adjust types Industrial / Sealed available I Designed for operational amplifier I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism offset voltage adjustment applications I Mounting hardware available I Reduces power supply drift errors I RoHS compliant† version available I Unique center tapped trimming potentiometer

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions (Pin 1 to Pin 3) ...100 ohms to 1 megohm Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 10.03 (see standard resistance table) 6.40 1.32 ± (.395) 100 101 Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. (.252 ± .052) 1.52 Absolute Minimum Resistance (.060) 200 201 2.54 .38 4.83 MIN...... 2 ohms max. (.100) (.015) (.190) 500 501 TYP. Voltage Output Variation ...... +0.25 % 1.27 1,000 102 Adjustability (VR) ...... ±0.025 % 9.53 (.05) (.375) 2,000 202 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. TYP. .51 1,000 megohms min. DIA. 1.27 5,000 502 (.020) ADJ. SLOT TYP. Dielectric Strength (.05) 2.19 DIA. 10,000 103 Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.086) .56 20,000 203 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac X WIDE (.022) 50,000 503 Effective Electrical Travel, Nom. ....25 turns .76 X DEEP Center Tap Resistance...... 2 ohms max. (.030) 100,000 104 Center Tap Electrical Center ...... ±5 % .94 200,000 204 3296W-OT1 2.41 Center Tap Dead Band...... 0.5 turn (.037) (.095) 500,000 504 4 1,000,000 105 Environmental Characteristics 3 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Power Rating 2 1 2.54 Special resistances available. Non-boldface items are 70 °C ...... 0.5 watt (.100) typically not stocked by distributors and are not 125 °C ...... 0 watt recommended for new designs. Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C

Temperature Stability (!VR)....±0.5 % max. 3296X-OT1 .94 How To Order Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.037) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 4 3296 X - OT1 - 103 LF 96 hours ...... 10 megohms min. 3 Model Vibration, 20 G...... ±1 % !TR 2 2.54 1 Style Shock, 100 G...... ±1 % !TR (.100) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Catalog Product Load Life, 1,000 Hours...... ±3 % !TR 2.41 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Resistance Code Rotational Life, 200 cycles ...... ±4 % !TR EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.095) Terminations LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Physical Characteristics Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles CLOCKWISE Terminals...... Solderable pins 2 WIPER Weight ...... 0.03 oz. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, Data Sheets Trimmer CCW 1 3 CW resistance code, wiring diagram, date code, manufacturer’s model 4 CENTER TAP number and style Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Standard Packaging Suggested Offset Voltage Adjustment Circuit ...... 50 pcs. per tube/tray Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 +V 3 Also see Model 3386-OT1. R3

R2 100" 2 - 4 1M" OUTPUT INPUT +

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 1 OFFSET Specifications are subject to change without notice. –V ADJUSTMENT Customers should verify actual device performance in R1 100K" RANGE = ±V (R3/R2) their specific applications. REV 09/04 BOURNS OFFSET TRIMMER

47 3299 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 3/8 ˝ Square / Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed I Five popular terminal styles I Standoffs I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3299P 3299P Resistance Resistance ...... 10 to 2 megohms CommonCommon DimensionsDimensions (see standard resistance table) 2.54 Ohms Code Ohms Code 1.09 (.100) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. .38 2.54 (.043) (tighter tolerance available) (.015) (.100) 10 100 20,000 203 Absolute Minimum Resistance 1.12 9.53 20 200 25,000 253 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (.044) (.375) 50 500 50,000 503 (whichever is greater) 1.52 Contact Resistance Variation 6.22 ± 1.14 100 101 100,000 104 (.060) (.245 ± .045) ...... 1.0 % or 3 ohms max. 10.03 200 201 200,000 204 (whichever is greater) (.395) 6.10 +.30/-.25 500 501 250,000 254 Adjustability (.240 +.012/-.010) 3 .51 ADJ. SLOT DIA. TYP. 1,000 102 500,000 504 Voltage...... ±0.01 % 2 (.020) 2.29 DIA. 1 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.090) 2,000 202 1,000,000 105 Resolution...... Infinite .56 X WIDE 5,000 502 2,000,000 205 (.022) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 5.23 .64 2.54 10,000 103 1,000 megohms min. X DEEP (.206) (.025) (.100) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Dielectric Strength BOTTOM VIEW Special resistances available. Sea Level ...... 900 vac 3299W 1.91 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac (.075) 2.54 Effective Travel...... 25 turns nom. (.100) How To Order 3 3299 W - 1 - 103 LF Environmental Characteristics 2 Power Rating (300 volts max.) 1 Model 70 °C ...... 0.5 watt 2.54 BOTTOM VIEW Style 125 °C ...... 0 watt (.100) Standard or Modified MIN. Product Indicator Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C -1 = Standard Product Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 3299X 1.91 Resistance Code Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 2.54 2.54 (.075)

TrimmerSheets Data (.100) (.100) 3 Terminations Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) 96 hours (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) 2 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 1 (Standard) Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) BOTTOM VIEW Consult factory for other available options. Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70 °C (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 3299Y 1.91 2.54 2.54 (.075) whichever is greater, CRV) (.100) (.100) 3 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (4 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 2 whichever is greater, CRV) 1 2.54 (.100) Physical Characteristics BOTTOM VIEW Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. 3299Z 1.91 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles 2.54 2.54 (.075) (.100) (.100) Terminals...... Solderable pins 3 Weight ...... 0.035 oz. 2 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 1 resistance code, wiring diagram, 2.54 date code, manufacturer’s model (.100) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) BOTTOM VIEW number and style TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube WIPER Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 2 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW 1 3 CW Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in CLOCKWISE their specific applications. REV 09/04

48 3302 2 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer Features I Single-Turn Cermet / Open Frame I 2 mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard I Recommended for reflow processing trimmer footprint I Rotor design compatible with I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for automatic adjustment equipment processing information on lead free I Supplied in 8 mm embossed tape, surface mount trimmers compatible with automatic assembly equipment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Range 3302W, X-3 3302W, X-3 2.26 ± 0.20 ...... 200 to 1 megohm MAX. 33 TerminalsTerminals for for (.089 ± .008) 0.60 (see standard resistance table) Automatic Trimming Adjustment MAX. Automatic Trimming Adjustment (.024) Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. LowLow ProfileProfile Absolute Minimum Resistance 1K ...... 20 ohms max. ADJ. SLOT # 2.20 + 0.25/– 0.15 1.45 >1K ...... 5 % max. DIA. (.057) (.087 + .010/– .006) 3.50 ± 0.10 Contact Resistance Variation .45 ± 0.10 (.138 ± .004) X WIDE 4.00 ± 0.10 ...... 5 % max. (.017 ± .004) 2 Resolution...... Infinite .35 ± 0.10 2.75 (.157 ± .004) X DEEP (.108) Adjustment Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 ° (.014 ± .004) 0.45 ± 0.10 4.00 ± 0.10 (.018 ± .004) (.157 ± .004) Environmental Characteristics 2.00 ± 0.05 (.079 ± .002) Power Rating (50 VDC max.) 1.45 70 °C ...... 0.15 watt (.057) Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +85 °C 1.30 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C (.051) 1 3 Humidity ...... 95 % RH (500 hours) 2.44 ± 0.20 TRS max...... ±5 % 1.05 (.096 ± .008) Load Life....@ 70 °C rated power 500 hours (.041) 1.20 1.75 ± 0.10 1.40 (.047) (.069 ± .004) 2.90 ± 0.20 TRS ±5 % (.055) 8.00 ± 0.31 (.114 ± .008) Rotational Cycling...... 10 turns (.315 ± .012) TRS ±15 % TAPE

178.0 ± 2.00 Physical Characteristics 0.65 DIA. 1.20 ± 0.50 (7.008 ± .079) (.026) (.047 ± .020) Torque ...... 10-150 g-cm max. 0.75 1.30 Mechanical Angle ...... Continuous (.030) (.051) Marking...... Part marking code 1.90 Standard Packaging...... 2000 pcs./7 ˝ reel 0.95 (.075) Adjustment Tool ...... H-91 (.035)

50.03 Standard Resistance Table SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT (1.970) MIN. DIA. 1.20 Resistance Part Marking Resistance (.047) 12.95 ± 0.51 9.00 ± 1.50 (Ohms) Code Code 0.65 DIA. (.510 ± .020) (.354 ± .059) (.026) 200 22 201 1.75 (.069) 0.90 500 52 501 (.035) REEL Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer 1,000 13 102 Meets EIA 481 2,000 23 202 0.75 5,000 53 502 1.70 (.030) How To Order 10,000 14 103 (.067) 1.90 3302 X - 3 - 103 E 20,000 24 203 (.075) Model 50,000 54 503 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Style 100,000 15 104 Orientation of Parts in Tape 200,000 25 204 Style W = Terminals Toward Sprocket Holes 500,000 55 504 Standard or Modified 1,000,000 16 105 Product Indicator -3 = Continuous Rotation Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. Resistance Code Specifications are subject to change without notice. Embossed Tape Designator †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in Consult factory for other available options. their specific applications. REV 09/04

49 3303 3 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer Features I Recommended for reflow processing I Rear adjust version available I Rotor design compatible with pick I 3 mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard and place and automatic adjustment trimmer footprint equipment I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Supplied in 8 mm embossed tape, processing information on lead free compatible with automatic assembly surface mount trimmers equipment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3303W,3303W, X-3X-3 3303C,D-1 ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm 33mm mm OpenOpen FrameFrame 3-Terminal (see standard resistance table) forfor ReflowReflow Soldering Both Sides Adjust Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 3-Terminal3-Terminal (OPTIONAL) 3.00 Absolute Minimum Resistance LowLow ProfileProfile (.118) # 1K Ohms ...... 20 ohms max. 3.1 3.75 2.50 ± 0.15 (.122) (.148) (.098 ± .006) >1K Ohms...... 2 % max. of TR 2 Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. 1.85 1.85 (.073) (.073) Resolution...... Infinite .0.55 ± 0.15

Adjustment Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 ° 1.95 2 4 (.022 ± .006) (.077) Environmental Characteristics 1.55 1.59 ADJ SLOT (.061) (.060) 2.50 ± .15 LONG Resistance to Soldering Heat (.098 ± .006) ...... 260 °C, 10 seconds, TRS max. 5 % 1.9 1.90 3 .55 ± .15 (.075) 1 (.075) 1 2 3 X WIDE Power Rating (50 VDC max.) (.022 ± .006) 70 °C ...... 0.15 watt 1.3 .30 ± .15 X DEEP 1.2 (.051) 1.40 (.012 ± .006) Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +125 °C 1.85 1.62 MAX. (.047) (.055) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C (.073) (.064) 0.31 Humidity ...... 95 % RH (500 hours) 0.31 ± 0.15 (.012) (.012 ± .006) 0.51 TRS max...... ±5 % 1.9 (.075) (.020) Load Life....@ 70 °C rated power 500 hours TRS ± 5 % 0.9 (.075) Rotational Cycling...... 20 turns 0.9 1.31 1.3 DIA. TRS ±15 % (.035) (.051) (.051)

0.95 0.95 Physical Characteristics 0.41 (.037) (.037) Torque ...... 20-200 g-cm max. (.016) TrimmerSheets Data 0.95 1.19 Mechanical Angle ...... Continuous (.037) (.047) Marking...... Part marking code SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT Standard Packaging...... 2000 pcs./7 ˝ reel 2.4 1.6 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.094) (.063) 0.90 (.035) 1.10 2.2 (.043) (.087) 0.80 (.031) 0.9 0.56 0.56 (.022) (.022) (.075) 0.56 (.022) 0.8 1.0 (.031) (.039) 3.2 SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT (.126) 1.40 2.30 (.055) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.091) 1.10 TOLERANCES: ±.30/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.043) 1.80 DIA. 1.10 (.071) (.043)

2.30 WIPER (.091) 1.70 2 DIMENSIONS: (.067) MM/(INCHES) 0.70 CCW CW Specifications are subject to change without notice. 1 3 TOLERANCES: (.028) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CLOCKWISE ±.38/(±.015) EXCEPT 3.20 Customers should verify actual device performance in WHERE NOTED (.126) their specific applications. REV 09/04

50 3303 – Ordering Information and Packaging Specifications

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table How To Order

2.00 ± 0.20 3303 X - 3 - 103 E MAX. Resistance Part Marking Resistance (.079 ± .008) 0.60 MAX. (Ohms) Code Code Model (.024) 100 12 101 Style Orientation of Parts in Tape 200 22 201 • Styles W & C Terminals Toward 3.50 ± 0.10 500 52 501 Sprocket Holes (.138 ± .004) 1,000 13 102 • Styles X & D 4.00 ± 0.010 Terminals Away (.157 ± .004) 2,000 23 202 from Sprocket Holes (preferred) 5,000 53 502 4.00 ± 0.10 Standard or Modified (.157 ± .004) 10,000 14 103 Product Indicator 2.00 ± 0.05 -1 = Single Slot (.078 ± .002) 20,000 24 203 -3 = Cross Slot Low Profile* 50,000 54 503 (Standard) 100,000 15 104 Resistance Code 200,000 25 204 Embossed Tape Designator 3.30 ± 0.20 Consult factory for other available options. (.130 .008) 500,000 55 504 ± *Not available in C and D styles. 1.75 ± 0.10 1,000,000 16 105 (.069 ± .004) 3.99 ± 0.20 (.157 .008) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 8.00 ± 0.31 ± Special resistances available. (.314 ± .012) TAPE

178.0 ± 2.00 DIA. 1.20 ± 0.50 (6.980 ± .078) (.047 ± .020)

50.03 MIN. DIA. (1.962)

12.95 ± 0.51 8.89 ± 1.52 DIA. (.508 ± .020) (.350 ± .060)

REEL

Meets EIA 481 Data Sheets Trimmer

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

51 3306 AVAILABLE THROUGH 6 mm Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 6 mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet I Dust resistant/ Industrial / Open Frame splash resistant covers I Cross slot adjustment options I PC board stand-offs and I Horizontal and vertical retention feature mounting styles I Front and top adjust styles I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range Top Adjust Side Adjust ADJ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm Common Dimensions Common Dimensions CROSS SLOT .80 ± .15 (see standard resistance table) WIDE 6.81 ± .51 3.4 6.81 ± .51 (.031 ± .006) Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 3.4 ± .15 (.268 ± .020) (.134) (.268 ± .020) X LONG (tighter tolerance available) (.134 ± .006) 2.01 ± .15 Absolute Minimum Resistance X DEEP (.079 ± .006) ...... 2 % max. (#2K = 30 ohms) 8.10 ± .51 8.4 ± .51 Contact Resistance Variation ...... 3 % max. (.319 ± .020) 5.0 ± .51 (.331 ± .020) Resolution...... Essentially infinite (.197 ± .020) Adjustment Angle ...... 215 ° nom. ADJ. MOUNTING CROSS SLOT SURFACE 3.0 .80 ± .15 1 2 3 WIDE (.118) Environmental Characteristics (.031 ± .006) 2.5 3.4 ± .15 (.098) LONG Power Rating (100 volts max.) (.134 ± .006) 5.0 70 °C ...... 0.2 watt 2.01 ± .15 (.197) X DEEP Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +100 °C (.079 ± .006) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C 3306W Load Life.....1,000 hours 0.2 watt @ 70 °C (5 % !TR)

3 1 2 Physical Characteristics 2.5 2 5.0 (.098) Mechanical Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 ° (.197) Torque (Operating) ...... 4.5 oz-in. max. 2.50 ± .51 Stop Strength...... 6.5 oz -in. min. (.098 ± .020) Terminals...... Solderable pins 3306P 4.5 ± .51 (.177 ± .020) Marking ...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code 7.62 ± .76 3306K Standard Packaging ...... 300 pcs. per bag MOUNTING (.300 ± .030) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 SURFACE TrimmerSheets Data Aqueous cleaning not recommended 2 3.51 (.138) 2.50 ± .51 Standard Resistance Table (.098 ± .020) 3.05 ± .76 2 (.120 ± .030) Resistance Resistance 2.50 ± .51 3306F (.098 ± .020) Ohms Code Ohms Code 4.5 ± .51 (.177 ± .020) 100 101 25,000 253 7.62 ± .76 (.300 ± .030) 200 201 50,000 503 MOUNTING SURFACE SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - STYLES K, P, W 500 501 100,000 104 3.51 1,000 102 200,000 204 (.138) 1.0 ± .10 DIA. 2.50 ± .18 2 (.039 ± .004) 3 PLCS. (.098 ± .007) 2,000 202 250,000 254 5.0 ± .51 3.05 ± .76 (.120 ± .030) 5,000 502 500,000 504 (.197 ± .020) 2.50 ± .18 10,000 103 1,000,000 105 SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - STYLE F (.098 ± .007) 5.0 ± .18 20,000 203 (.197 ± .007) 1.0 ± .10 DIA. Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. (.039 ± .004) 3 PLCS. Special resistances available. 5.0 ± .18 (.197 ± .007) 2 WIPER How To Order CCW 1 3 CW 2.50 ± .18 3306 W - 1 - 103 (.098 ± .007) CLOCKWISE Model 5.0 ± .18 (.197 ± .007) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Style †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Standard Product DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in Resistance Code TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

52 3309 AVAILABLE THROUGH 9 mm Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 9 mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet / I Horizontal and vertical Industrial / Open Frame mounting styles I Both sides adjust I Dust resistant/ I Cross slot and hexagon splash resistant covers adjustment designs I PC board stand-offs and retention feature I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Top/Bottom Adjust 3309P-3 Both Sides Adjust Hex Common Dimensions 3309P Standard Resistance Range 9.0 ± .51 ...... 100 ohms to 2 megohms 9.0 ± .51 (.354 ± .020) (.354 ± .020) (see standard resistance table) Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 11.5 ± .51 5.0 11.5 ± .51 (tighter tolerance available) 5.0 (.453 ± .020) (.197) Absolute Minimum Resistance (.453 ± .020) (.197) ...... 2 % max. (#2K = 30 ohms) ADJ. Contact Resistance Variation ...... 3 % max. CROSS SLOT Resolution...... Essentially infinite .80 ± .15 (.031 ± .006) WIDE Adjustment Angle ...... 235 ° nom. 3.4 ± .15 X LONG (.134 ± .006) 2.0 ± .15 X Environmental Characteristics (.079 ± .006) DEEP Power Rating (250 volts max.) 70 °C ...... 0.5 watt Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +100 °C 1 3 1 3 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C 2.5 2 2 2.5 Load Life ...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt (.098) (.098) @ 70 °C (5 % !TR) 5.0 5.0 (.197) (.197)

Physical Characteristics Mechanical Angle ...... 260 °±10 ° 3309P-1 Top Adjust Torque (Operating) ...... 5 oz-in. max. Stop Strength...... 11.0 oz -in. min. MOUNTING Terminals...... Solderable pins SURFACE Marking ...... Manufacturer’s 5.80 ± .51 (.228 ± .020) trademark, resistance code MOUNTING 2 4.0 Standard Packaging ...... 200 pcs. per bag SURFACE 6.35 ± .51 10.34 ± .51 (.157) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.250 ± .020) (.407 ± .020) 2 Aqueous cleaning not recommended 4.0 10.34 ± .51 (.157) (.407 ± .020) 2.0 HEX THRU HOLE ACROSS FLATS 2 WIPER (.079)

CCW 1 3 CW 3309P-2 Both Sides Adjust/Cross Slot CLOCKWISE

MOUNTING SURFACE Data Sheets Trimmer 5.8 ± .51 (.228 ± .020) 2 4.0 (.157) 10.34 ± .51 SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3309P (.407 ± .020)

1.2 ± .18 2.29 ± .51 (.047 ± .007) 10.0 ± .18 (.090 ± .020) DIA. 3 PLCS. (.394 ± .007)

4.0 (.157) DIA. -2, -3 ONLY 2.5 ± .18 (.098 ± .007) 1.2 5.0 ± .18 Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.047) (.197 ± .007) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) their specific applications. REV 09/04 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

53 3309 – Ordering Information and Packaging Specifications

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table

Side Adjust Common 3309W-3 Both Sides Adjust Hex Dimensions Resistance Resistance 3309W ADJ. CROSS SLOT Ohms Code Ohms Code .80 ± .15 WIDE (.031 ± .006) 9.0 ± .51 100 101 25,000 253 3.4 ± .15 X LONG (.354 ± .020) (.134 ± .006) 200 201 50,000 503 9.0 ± .51 2.0 ± .15 (.354 ± .020) X DEEP 500 501 100,000 104 (.079 ± .006) 11.0 ± .51 12.5 ± .51 (.433 ± .020) (.492 ± .020) 1,000 102 200,000 204 8.0 ± .51 12.5 ± .51 11.0 ± .51 (.315 ± .020) 2,000 202 250,000 254 (.492 ± .020) (.433 ± .020) MOUNTING 5,000 502 500,000 504 8.0 ± .51 SURFACE (.315 ± .020) 3 10,000 103 1,000,000 105 4.0 MOUNTING 1 (.157) 20,000 203 2,000,000 205 SURFACE 3 2 4.0 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 1 (.157) 2.5 Special resistances available. 5.0 (.098) 2 (.197) 2.5 5.0 (.098) How To Order (.197) 3309 W - 2 - 103 3309W-1 Single Side (Front) Adjust Model Style Rotor Style -2 = Cross Slot/Single Slot Rear Adjust -3 = 2 mm Hex Thru Hole Resistance Code 4.22 2 (.166) TrimmerSheets Data 2.5 4.72 (.098) 2 (.186)

2.5 (.098) 2.01 HEX THRU HOLE ACROSS FLATS (.079) 3309W-2 Both Sides Adjust - Cross Slot

4.22 2 (.166) 2.5 (.098) SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3309W 2.29 (.090) 1.20 ± .18 2.5 ± .18 (.047 ± .007) (.098 ± .007) DIA. 3 PLCS. .71 (.028) 2.5 ± .18 (.098 ± .007) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 5.0 ± .18 Specifications are subject to change without notice. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) (.197 ± .007) Customers should verify actual device performance in EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications.

54 3313 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3 mm Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Surface Mount 3 mm Square Single- I 100 cycle rotational and seal life Turn / Cermet / Sealed I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Compatible with surface mount processing information on lead free manufacturing processes surface mount trimmers I Rotor stop for “in-circuit” adjustment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3313J 3313S ...... 10 ohms to 2 megohms 3.2 ± 0.2 (see standard resistance table) 2 (.126 ± .008) Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. Position Rotor As Shown Within ±11° Of Centerline End Resistance ...... 1 % or 3 ohms max. ADJ. SLOT Of Terminal 2 3.5 ± 0.2 (whichever is greater) 0.52 (.138 ± .008) WIDE 3.61 ± .20 (.020) Contact Resistance Variation (.142 ± .008) 1.93 X LONG 3.02 ...... 3 % or 3 ohms (.076) (.119) ADJ. SLOT Adjustability 3 1 0.51 .52 0.03 X DEEP ± WIDE Voltage Divider...... ±0.1 % (.020) (.020 ± .001) 1.3 ± 0.1 Rheostat ...... ±0.2 % X 1.93 ± 0.03 LONG Resolution...... Infinite (.051 ± .004) (.076 ± .001) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 1.47 ± 0.15 X .51 ± 0.06 DEEP (.058 ± .006) (.020 ± .002) 100 megohms min. 3 Dielectric Strength 1.5 ± 0.15 2 1 Sea Level ...... 500 vac (.059 ± .006) 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac 2 PLCS 3.71 Adjustment Angle ...... 220 ° nom. 0.66 ± 0.1 (.146) 2 PLCS 2.77 (.026 ± .004) 2.3 ± 0.2 (.109) Environmental Characteristics (.091 ± .008) 2.2 ± 0.2 Max. Soldering Exposure (.087 ± .008) ...... 260 °C/5 seconds 5.35 (.211) Power Rating (200 volts max.) 1.30 70 °C ...... 0.125 watt (.051) 125 °C ...... 0 watt 0.15 ± 0.03 (.006 ± .001) Operating Temp. Range 0.15 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C (.006) Temperature Coefficient 0.71 ± 0.20 TYP ...... #100 ohms ±150 ppm/°C; RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN (.028 ± .008) >100 ohms ±100 ppm/°C 1.6 1.15 TYP Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 1.6 (.063) (.045) Humidity...... MIL-STD 202, Method 106 (.063) (no vibration) TRS ±3 %; IR 10 megohms 4.5 (.177) Vibration ...... 20 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % 0.65 (.026) 2.39 Shock ...... 100 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % 1.60 Load Life ...... 1000 hours (.094) (.063) 1.1 1.1 @ 70 °C Rated Power;TRS ± 3 % (.043) (.043) Rotational Life...... 100 cycles TRS ±3 % 0.6 RECOMMENDED LAND PATTERN Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles (.024) 0.6 1.57

(.024) 1.57 Data Sheets Trimmer TRS ±2 %; VRS ±1 % 3 PLCS (.062) (.062)

Physical Characteristics 2.62 Mechanical Angle...... 250 ° nom. 2 WIPER (.103) Torque...... 50 g-cm max. Stop Strength ...... 200 g-cm min. CCW 1 3 CW Pushover Strength (“S” only) 1.12 2 PLCS CLOCKWISE (.044) ...... 1.6 Kilograms (3.5 lbs) minimum 2.39 Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 (.094) Weight...... Approx. 0.01 oz. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Marking....Resistance code and date code TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Standard Packaging...... 1000 pcs./7 ˝ reel Adjustment Tool ...... H-91 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

55 Additional Features I Patent #5043695 assembly for seal integrity I Plastic housing for RF applications

3313 – Ordering Information and Packaging Specifications

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table J Style S Style Resistance Part Marking Resistance (Ohms) Code Code 4.0 ± 0.10 5.80 ± 0.10 10 A1 100 (.157 ± .004) 2.50 ± .10 (.228 ± .004) (.098 ± .004) 20 21 200 .40 50 51 500 MAX. .30 ± 0.10 (.016) 100 A2 101 (.012 ± .004) 5.52 ± 0.18 200 22 201 (.217 ± .007) 5° ± 2° 4.20 ± .020 500 52 501 4.0 ± 0.10 (.165 ± .008) (.157 ± .004) 1,000 A3 102 2,000 23 202

7.50 ± 0.10 5,000 53 502 2.0 ± 0.10 (.295 ± .004) 10,000 A4 103 (.079 ± .004) 2.00 ± .010 20,000 24 203 (.079 .004) 1.5 ± 0.10 ± 50,000 54 503 (.059 ± .004) 3.8 ± 0.2 (.150 ± .008) 12.00 ± 0.10 100,000 A5 104 1.5 ± 0.20 4.00 ± .10 (.472 ± .004) 200,000 25 204 (.059 ± .008) (.157 ± .004) 500,000 55 504 1.75 ± 0.10 (.069 ± .004) 1,000,000 A6 105 1.5 ± .10 12.0 ± 0.20 DIA. 2,000,000 26 205 (.059 .004) (.472 ± .008) ± Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. TAPE 1.5 ± 0.20 DIA. Special resistances available. 2.67 (.059 ± .008) 178.0 2.03 (.105) 4.10 ± 0.20 ± DIA. (7.008 ± .080) (.161 ± .008) How To Order

16.00 ± .30 3313 J - 1 - 502 E TrimmerSheets Data (.630 ± .012) TAPE Model Style 2.67 177.8 2.03 (.105) Standard or Modified EQUAL ± DIA. (7.000 ± .080) Product Indicator SPACED -1 = Standard Product 1.78 60.0 ± 2.0 (.070) (2.362 ± .079) Resistance Code 3 PLCS Embossed Tape MIN. 1000 pcs. / 7 ˝ Reel (Standard)

13.0 0.51 21.01 ± 0.79 ± DIA. (.512 ± .020) (.827 ± .031) 12.40 + 2.00/ -.000 EQUAL (.488 + .079/ -.000) SPACED 60.0 ± 2.0 REEL 1.78 Meets EIA 481 (.070) (2.330 ± .080) 3 PLCS DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) MIN. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 13.00 0.51 21.01 ± 0.79 ± DIA. (.512 ± .020) (.827 ± .031) 16.40 + 2.00/ -.000 (.646 + .079/ -.000) REEL

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

56 3314 AVAILABLE THROUGH 4 mm Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Surface Mount / Single Turn / Cermet I J-hook, gull-wing and pinned Industrial / Sealed configurations I Compatible with surface mount I Side adjust available manufacturing processes I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Compatible with popular vacuum processing information on lead free pick-and-place equipment surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3314J-1 2 ...... 10 ohms to 2 megohms 4.50 3314J-1, G-1, R-1, H-1 (.177) 2.55 (Bourns Marking, (see standard resistance table) Straight Slot) Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. 2 (.100) (tighter tolerance available) 0.20 End Resistance ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. 3 1 (.008) (whichever is greater) 4.50 TYP. Contact Resistance Variation (.177) 2 3314J-2, G-2, R-2, H-2 ...... 3 % or 3 ohms (Bourns Marking, Resolution...... Infinite ADJ. SLOT Cross Slot) 2.45 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 3 1 LONG 100 megohms min. (.096) .51 X WIDE Dielectric Strength (.020) 3 1 .51 Sea Level ...... 500 vac (1 minute) X DEEP Adjustment Angle ...... 210 ° nom. (.020) 2 RECOMMENDED PCB 3314J-3, G-3, R-3, H-3 2.35 LAYOUT (Reverse Marking, Environmental Characteristics (.093) 2.3 Straight Slot) 0.8 ± 0.1 (.091) 1.3 Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.031 ± .004) (.051) 70 °C ...... 0.25 watt 2 PLCS. 2 PLCS. 3 1 125 °C ...... 0 watt Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C 1.0 5.00 4.00 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C (.040) (.197) (.157) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Humidity...... 90-98 % RH, 3 PLCS. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 10 cycles, 240 hours TRS ±2 %; IR 10 megohms 1.30 ± 0.1 (.051 ± .004) 2.0 Vibration ...... 20 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % 5.00 (.079) 2.0 WIPER (.197) 2 Shock ...... 100 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % (.079) Load Life 3 PLCS. CW ...... (@ 70 °C Rated Power 1000 Hours) CCW 1 3 TRS ±3 % 3314G-1 CLOCKWISE Rotational Life...... 100 cycles 4.50 2.55 TRS ±3 % (.177) (.100) 2 0.20 Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles (.008) TRS ±2 %; VRS ±1 % TYP.

Physical Characteristics 4.50 0.6 (.177) TYP. Mechanical Angle...... 240 ° nom. (.024) Torque ...... 180 g-cm typical

Stop Strength...... 300 g-cm typical 5° MAX. Data Sheets Trimmer Pushover Strength (Z Style) ADJ. SLOT TYP...... 2 kilograms (4.4 lbs.) minimum 3 1 2.45 LONG Weight ...... Approximately 0.01 oz. (.096) .51 RECOMMENDED PCB Marking ...... Manufacturer’s code, WIDE X(.020) 2.35 LAYOUT resistance code and date code .51 (.093) 2.3 DEEP X(.020) (.091) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 0.8 ± 0.1 1.3 Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 (.031 ± .004) (.051) Standard Packaging 2 PLCS. 2 PLCS. J, G and R ...... 500 pcs./7 ˝ reel S and Z...... 200 pcs./7 ˝ reel H...... 100 pcs./tube 6.20 5.5 (.217) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.244) 1.3 (.051) 3 PLCS.

2.0 1.30 ± 0.1 Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.079) (.051 ± .004) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 5.00 Customers should verify actual device performance in (.197) their specific applications. REV 09/04

57 Additional Features I Meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VECI SMD standard trimmer designs I Model 3314 has been approved for use by DESC on drawings 88039 (3314J) and 90027 (3314G)

3314 – How to Order

Standard Resistance Table How To Order

Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 3314 J - 1 - 502 E Model 10 100 Style 20 200 Standard or Modified 50 500 Product Indicator (Styles J, G, R, H & S) 100 101 -1 = Single Slot -2 = Cross Slot 200 201 -3 = Single Slot w/Reverse Marking 500 501 Product Indicator (Style Z only) -GA4 = Single Slot 1,000 102 -1 = Cross Slot 2,000 202 -3 = Single Slot w/Reverse Marking 5,000 502 Resistance Code Embossed Tape Designator* 10,000 103 E = Styles J, G and R: 500 pcs./7 ˝ reel 20,000 203 Styles S and Z: 200 pcs./7 ˝ reel G = Styles J and G: 3000 pcs./13 ˝ reel 50,000 503 Style R: 2500 pcs./13 ˝ reel 100,000 104 Styles S and Z: 1000 pcs./13 ˝ reel 200,000 204 *Style H is available in tube packaging only. 250,000 254 500,000 504 1,000,000 105 2,000,000 205 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. TrimmerSheets Data

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

58 3314 – Product Dimensions and Packaging Specifications

Product Dimensions (J, G Styles) (R Style)

3314R-1 TAPE TAPE 2.55 5.00 .36 (.197) (.100) MAX. .30 6.20 (.014) MAX. 2 (.244) 0.51 ± 0.13 (0.12) (.020 ± .005) 2.74 ± .10 TYP. (.108 ± .004) 3.29 ± .10 5.52 ± 0.5 (.130 ± .004) 6° ± 2° (.217 ± .020) 5.52 ± 0.05 4.50 0.51 ± 0.13 (.217 ± .002) (.177) (.020 ± .005) 1.5 + .10/ –.00 5.26 ± .10 TYP. DIA. (J) (.060 + .004/ - .000) (.207 ± .004) 1.5 + .10/ –.00 6.45 ± .10 (.059 + .004-.00) (G) 6.45 ± 0.10 R 0.13 4.00 ± .10 (.254 ± .004) DIA. (.254 ± .004) ADJ. SLOT (.005) (.157 ± .004) 4.00 ± .10 3 1 2.45 LONG 0.20 MAX. (.096) (.157 ± .004) (.008) TYP. X 0.51 WIDE TYP. 5.26 ± .10 (.020) 2.00 ± .05 (.207 ± .004) 5.26 ± .10 X 0.51 DEEP (.079 ± .020) 2.00 ± .05 (.207 ± .004) RECOMMENDED PCB (.020) (.079 ± .002) LAYOUT 1.50 + 0.30 2.3 DIA. 2.35 (.090) (.059 ± .012) (.092) 0.80 ± 0.10 1.3 8.00 ± .20 (.031 ± .004) (.051) (.315 ± .008) 2 PLCS. 2 PLCS. DIA. 1.75 ± .10 3.2 (.069 ± .004) 1.75 ± .10 (.126) (.068 ± .004) 6.20 5.5 12.00 ± .30 12.00 ± .30 THRU. (.244) (.216) (.472 ± .012) (4.72 ± .012

REEL REEL 1.78 ± .254 2.0 1.78 ± .25 (.070 ± .010) 1.30 ± 0.10 (.079) EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.051 ± .004) (.070) ± .010) EQUAL SPACED 21.01 ± .789 1.3 3 PLCS. (.000 ± .000) 5.00 21.01 ± .79 (.051) DIA. DIA. (.827 ± .031) 13.0 ± .508 2.67 ± .254 (.197) 2 PLCS. 13.0 ± .51 2.67 ± .25 (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) DIA. DIA. 3314H-1 4.50 5.00 ± 0.10 (.177) (.197 ± .004) 59.18 ± 2.03 2 OUTSIDE WHEN 59.18 ± 2.03 (2.330 ± .080) PINS ARE PARALLEL (2.330 ± .080)

6.30 (.248) 0.20 4.50 (.008) TYP. (.177) 177.8 ± 2.03 Data Sheets Trimmer 177.8 ± 2.03 DIA.* DIA.* (7.00 ± .080) (7.00 ± .080) 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 330.2 ± 2.0 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 DIA.** (.488 + .079/-.000) 330.2 ± 2.0 DIA.** (.488 + .079/ - .000) (13.00 ± .079) 3 1 ADJ. SLOT (13.00 ± .079) 2.45 2.55 4.00 LONG TYP. * Embossed Tape Designator "E" 2.55 (.096) (.100) (.157) .51 * Embossed Tape Designator "E" ** Embossed Tape Designator "G" (.100) WIDE X (.020) ** Embossed Tape Designator "G" (See How To Order chart for further information.) .55 (See How To Order chart for further information.) X DEEP Meets EIA specification 481. (.022) 2.55 (.100) Meets EIA specification 481. 0.6 ± 0.1 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.024 ± .004) 3 PLCS. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 2 WIPER 5.00 (.197) CCW CW 0.80 1 3 (.031) CLOCKWISE Specifications are subject to change without notice. DIA. TYP. Customers should verify actual device performance in 5.00 their specific applications. (.197)

59 3314 – Product Dimensions and Packaging Specifications

Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications

3314S-1 3314S (S Style) (Bourns Marking, Straight Slot) Common Dimensions 3 PLCS. TAPE ADJ. SLOT 1.42 ± 0.13 0.50 ± 0.10 2.41 (0.056 ± 0.005) (.020 ± .004) (.095) 2.54 (0.10) 5.61 LONG (0.221) 1.27 0.51 5° MAX. X (0.50) 1.05 4.5 (0.02) (0.177) WIDE (0.041) 16.00 ± 0.3 0.60 X (.630 ± 0.012) (0.236) DEEP 7.50 ± 0.10 1 2 3 (.295 ± .004) ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN 1.75 0.3 WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE R MAX. OF TERMINAL 2 (.069) (.012) 0.61 1.42 (.024) REF. 5.01 (.056) 3314S-2 1.5 + 0.1/-0.0 (Bourns Marking, Cross Slot) (.197) 4.95 ± 0.13 (0.193 ± 0.005) (0.59 +.004/-0.0) 12.0 3.13 DIA. (.472) ADJ. SLOT (0.123) 2.41 5.81 ± 0.13 (.095) (0.229 ± 0.005) 5.5 8.3 LONG 4.0 (.327) (.358) (.157) 0.51 X (0.02) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT WIDE 3.5 0.60 X (0.138) 2.0 (0.236) 1.1 DEEP (.079) 1.5 (0.43) DIA. MIN. 1 2 3 (.059) 1.2 1.2 ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN TrimmerSheets Data (0.47) (0.47) WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE 1.75 OF TERMINAL 2 (0.069) REEL 1.78 ± .25 1.15 (.070) ± .010) (0.045) 21.01 ± .79 3314S-3 DIA. (Reverse Marking, Straight Slot) (.827 ± .031) 5.8 13.0 ± .51 2.67 ± .25 (.228) (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) ADJ. SLOT DIA. 2.41 (.095) LONG 1.15 (0.045) 0.51 1.6 1.75 X (0.02) (0.063) (0.069) 59.18 ± 2.03 WIDE (2.330 ± .080) 0.60 X (0.236) DEEP 2 WIPER 1 2 3 CCW CW ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN 1 3 177.8 ± 2.03 WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE DIA.* CLOCKWISE (7.00 ± .080) OF TERMINAL 2 16.4 + 2.0/ -.00 330.2 ± 2.0 (.646 + .079/ - .00) DIA.** (13.00 ± .079)

* Embossed Tape Designator "E" ** Embossed Tape Designator "G" (See How To Order chart for further information.) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in Meets EIA specification 481. their specific applications.

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED TOLERANCES: ±.30/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

60 3314 – Product Dimensions and Packaging Specifications

Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications

3314Z-1-(RC) E 3314Z (Z Style) (Cross Slot) Common Dimensions TAPE CROSS ADJUSTMENT SLOT 1.27 2.54 3.32 0.40 2.41 (0.50) (0.10) MAX. LONG (0.131) (.016) (.095) 1.19 0.51 (0.047) X (0.02) WIDE 0.51 X (0.02) DEEP 16.00 ± 0.3 1.29 (.630 ± 0.012) (0.051) 7.5 (.295) 1.75 1 2 3 0.5 0.61 (.069) R TYP. 5.56 (.020) ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN (.024) WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE 5.01 (0.219) OF TERMINAL 2 (.197) 3.08 0.96 1.5 + 0.1/-0.0 3.18 (0.121) (.038) (0.59 +.004/-0.0) 12.0 (.125) 5.76 DIA. (.472) (0.227) 3314Z-GA4-(RC) E (Straight Slot) 5.5 9.1 STRAIGHT ADJUSTMENT SLOT RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 4.0 (.217) (.358) 2.41 (.157) LONG (.095) 2.54 (0.10) 0.51 1.3 X WIDE 2.01 (0.02) (0.051) (.079) 0.26 0.51 2.0 X (0.02) DEEP (.010) (.079) 1.5 6.0 DIA. MIN. 3.48 (.236) (.059) (.137)

1 2 3 0.21 5º MAX. (.008) ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN 2.01 WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE 2.01 (.079) OF TERMINAL 2 (.079) B

REEL 1.78 ± .25 3314Z-3 (.070) ± .010) (Reverse Marking, Straight Slot) WIPER 2 21.01 ± .79 DIA. STRAIGHT ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.827 ± .031) 2.41 CCW CW 13.0 ± .51 LONG 1 3 2.67 ± .25 (.095) (.512 ± .020) (.105 ± .010) CLOCKWISE 0.51 DIA. X (0.02) WIDE Data Sheets Trimmer 0.51 X (0.02) DEEP 59.18 ± 2.03 (2.330 ± .080)

1 2 3 ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN WITHIN ± 22° OF CENTERLINE OF TERMINAL 2 177.8 ± 2.03 DIA.* (7.00 ± .080) 16.4 + 2.0/ -.00 330.2 ± 2.0 DIA.** (.646 + .079/ - .00) (13.00 ± .079)

* Embossed Tape Designator "E" ** Embossed Tape Designator "G" Specifications are subject to change without notice. (See How To Order chart for further information.) Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Meets EIA specification 481. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

61 3318 6 mm Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I Single-Turn / Carbon / Commercial I Enclosed cover Open Frame I PC board stand-offs I Cross slot rotor design suitable for I Adjustable front / back, top / bottom automatic adjustment equipment I RoHS compliant† I Board retention features

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range Model 3318S Model 3318P ...... 100 " to 1 M" (see standard resistance table) .800 ± .10 6.5 (.032 ± .004) (.256) Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % 6.5 3.4 3.1 (.256) .800 ± .10 Contact Resistance Variation (.134) (.122) 3.1 (.032 ± .004) 104 DIA. DIA...... 10 % max. (.122) Resolution...... Infinite 104 Adjustment Angle ...... 210 °± 15 ˚ 4.5 (.178) Environmental Characteristics 3.5 Mounting Surface Power Rating ...... 0.1 watt (.138) Temperature Range...... -10 °C to +70 °C 1 3 6.35 (.250) Temperature Coefficient...... ±1,000 PPM/°C 2 3.5 .800 Load Life...... 240 hours @ 50 °C (.138) Mounting (.031) (+20/-5 % !TR) 2.2 Surface 3.8 (.087) 1 3 (.150) 5.0 Physical Characteristics 2 3.5 (.197) .800 Torque (Operating) ...... 20~250 gf-cm (.031) (.138) Stop Strength 3 PLCS. 2.0 5.0 (.079) Knob Side ...... 800 gf-cm 4.6 ± .30 (.181 ± .01) 4.3 (.197) Reverse Side ...... 350 gf-cm 1.5 (.170) Terminals ...... Solderable pins (.060) Marking...... Resistance code 1.2 4.6 ± .30 (.047) Standard Packaging ...... 500 pcs. per bag 4.3 (.181 ± .012) 1.6 1.8 4.8 1.5 (.170) 7.9 ± .03 (.062) (.070) (.189) (.060) (.311± .001) 3.4 1.2 1.0 2.0 (.134) (.047) (.040) 3.5 DIA. (.079) (.138) .60 R TrimmerSheets Data 4.8 (.024) 3.5 5.0 (.189) DIA. 1.7 1.7 (.138) (.197) (.067) (.067) 1.1 0.3 1.4 (.043) (.112) (.055) 0.6 3.8 2.0 R 1.0 0.8 .800 (.024) (.150) (.079) (.040) (.031) (.031) 1.6 2.5 (.063) 2.9 (.098) (.114)

Recommended PCB Layout Recommended PCB Layout

1.00 ± 0.10 1.0 .10 DIA. 2.5 ± .10 ± DIA. (.039 ± .004) (.099 ± .004) (.040 ± .004) 3 PLCS. 2.00 0.10 ± DIA. 5.00 (.079 ± .004) (.197)

5.0 ± .10 (.197 ± .004) 5.00 (.197)

2 WIPER Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW 1 3 CW Customers should verify actual device performance in DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) CLOCKWISE their specific applications. REV 09/04 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

62 3318 – Product Dimensions and Ordering Information

Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table How To Order Model 3318B Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 3318 P - 1 - 103 A 0.8 Model (.032) 100 101 Style 3.5 6.5 (.138) (.256) 200 201 Standard or Modified 3.1 220 221 Product Indicator 104 (.122) -1 = Standard Product DIA. 300 301 Resistance Code 500 501 Ammo Pak Designator 4.5 (G, S & B only) (.178) 1,000 102 3.5 Mounting Surface 2,000 202 (.138) 1 3 2,200 222 2.9 0.9 3,000 302 (.035) 2 (.114) 0.5 + 0.1/-0 3,300 332 0.75 + 0.1/-0 (.020 + .004/-0) (.030 + .004/-0) 4,700 472 5.0 ± 0.5 (.197 ± .020) 5,000 502 10,000 103 20,000 203 22,000 223 30,000 303 47,000 473 50,000 503 100,000 104

6.3 200,000 204 (.248) 1.5 220,000 224 3.5 (.060) (.138) 470,000 474 2.0 (.079) 4.8 500,000 504 (.189) 1,000,000 105

2.9 ± 0.3 (.114 ± .001) 4.5 (.177) 2.5 ± 0.5 2.3 (.098 ± .020) (.091) 0.9 ± 0.1 (.035 ± .0004) 0.9 ± 0.1 (.035 ± .0004) Data Sheets Trimmer

Recommended PCB Layout

1.05 + 0.10/-0 2.5 ± .05 DIA. (.099 ± .002) (.041 + .004/-0) 1.0 + 0.10/-0 (.040 + .004/-0) DIA. 2 PLCS. 5.0 ± .05 (.197 ± .002)

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

63 3318 – Packaging Specifications

Recommended PCB Layout Ammo Pack Model 3318S 2.5 ± .05 1.3 +.10/-0 (.099 ± .002) (.051 +.004/-0) DIA. 6.3 6.5 12.7 ± 1.0 1.5 (.248) (.256) (.500 ± .040) (.059) 4.5 (.177) 1.0 +.05/-0 5.0 ± .05 3.5 0.8 11.0 (.040 +.002/-0) (.197 ± .002) (.138) (.031) (.433) DIA. 2 PLCS. MOUNTING 4.5 SURFACE (.177) 2 2.5 ± .04 4.8 0.9 3.0 (.098 ± .002) (.189) 3.85 ± .07 18.0 +1.0/-0.5 (.035) (.118) 2.0 (.152 ± .003) (.709 +040/-.020) 0.75 +0.1/-0 (.079) 6.0 ± 0.5 (.030 +.004/-0) 19.5 20.0 ± 0.5 0.7 (.236 ± .020) (.768) (.787 ± .002) (.028)

1 3 9.0 ± 0.5 5.0 ± 0.8 (.354 ± .020) (.197 ± .003)

0.5 +0.1/-0 4.0 ± 0.3 12.7 ± 0.3 (.020 +.004/-0) (.500 ± .012) (.157 ± .012) 6.35 ± 1.3 DIA. 0.35 (.250 ± .051) (.014) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

Ammo Pack Model 3318G Recommended PCB Layout

TrimmerSheets Data 3.0 ± .05 1.3 +.10/-0 (.118 ± .002) 6.5 4.8 (.051 +.004/-0) (.256) (.189) 3.35 2 3.1 12.7 ± 1.0 DIA. (.123) (.122) (.500 ± .040) DIA. 1.8 6.3 7.3 (.071) 9.2 (.248) 1.0 +.10/-0 (.287) 5.0 ± 0.5 0.8 (.362) (.040 +.004/-0) (.197 ± .002) (.003) DIA. 2 PLCS. 0.5 3.95 (.020) (.156) 1 3.0 ± 0.4 3 11.0 3.85 ± .07 (.118 ± .016) 6.0 ± 0.5 (.433) (.152 ± .003) 4.3 (.236 ± .020) 18.0 +1.0/-0.5 (.169) 20.0 ± 0.5 0.7 (.709 +.040/-.020) (.787 ± .002) (.028) MOUNTING SURFACE 9.0 ± 0.5 0.9 (.354 ± .020) (.035) 0.75 +0.1/-0 (.030 +.004/-0)

6.35 ± 1.3 (.250 ± .051) 12.7 ± 0.3 4.0 ± 0.3 0.5 +0.1/-0 (.500 .012) (.157 ± .012) 5.0 0.8 0.35 ± ± (.020 +.004/-0) DIA. (.197 ± .003) (.014)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

64 3318 – Packaging Specifications

Ammo Pack Model 3318B

0.8 6.3 (.032) 12.7 ± 1.0 3.5 6.5 (.248) 1.5 (.500 ± .040) 3.5 (.138) (.256) (.060) 3.1 (.138) 104 104 104 (.122) 2.0 DIA. (.079) 4.8 (.189) 11.0 4.5 4.5 (.433) (.177) (.178) 3.5 Mounting (.138) Surface 2.5 ± 0.5 2.3 1 3 (.098 ± .020) (.091) 0.9 3.0 3.85 ± .07 18.0 +1.0/-0.5 2 (.118) 2.8 (.035) (.152 ± .003) (.709 +040/-.020) 0.3 6.7 (.110) 0.75 ± 0.2 20.0 ± 0.5 (.012) 19.5 2 PLCS. (.264) (.768) (.030 ± .008) (.787 ± .002)

0.75 + 0.1/-0 (.030 + .004/-0) 9.0 ± 0.5 (.354 ± .020) 0.5 + 0.1/-0 (.020 + .004/-0) 5.0 ± 0.8 (.197 ± .031) 4.0 ± 0.3 12.7 ± 0.3 (.157 ± .012) (.500 ± .012) DIA. 6.35 ± 1.3 0.35 (.250 ± .051) (.014) Recommended PCB Layout

DIA. 2 PLCS. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 1.0 +.01/-0 5.0 ± .05 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.040 +.004/-0) (.197 ± .002)

1.3 +.10/-0 2.5 ± .05 (.051 +.004/-0) (.099 ± .002) DIA. Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

65 3318 AVAILABLE THROUGH 6 mm Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Single-Turn / Carbon / Commercial I Enclosed cover Open Frame I PC board stand-offs I Cross slot rotor design suitable for I Adjustable front/back, automatic adjustment equipment top/bottom I Board retention feature I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3318K 3318F ...... 100 to 1 megohm (see standard resistance table) FRONT VIEW FRONT VIEW Resistance Tolerance ...... ±30 % 6.40 6.40 (.252) Contact Resistance Variation ....10 % max. (.252) 0.80 ± 0.10 2 Resolution...... Infinite (.031 ± .004) 0.80 ± 0.10 Adjustment Angle ...... 210 ° ±20 ° (.031 ± .004) 3.20 (.126)

Environmental Characteristics 3.50 Power Rating (.138) 100-500K ohms ...... 50 V >500K ohms...... 25 V 1 3 50 °C ...... 0.1 watt 1 2 3 0.30 Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +100 °C 0.80 ± 0.10 (.012) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±1000 ppm/°C (.031 ± .004) 1.20 0.75 (.047) (.030) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.1 watt @ 70 °C 2.50 2.50 (20 % !TR) (.098) (.098) 3.20 DIA. (.126) 0.75 Physical Characteristics 4.65 (.030) (.183) Torque (Operating)...... 20-250 g-cm 1.20 8.00 Stop Strength (.047) (.315) 6.35 (.250) 1.70 Knob Side ...... 750 g-cm (.067) Reverse Side ...... 350 g-cm 3.50 ± 0.50 3.20 DIA. (.126) (.138 ± .020) Terminals...... Solderable pins MOUNTING 4.50 Marking ...... Resistance code, date code SURFACE 1.70 (.177) Standard Packaging ...... 200 pcs. per bag (.067) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 REAR VIEW 3.80 MOUNTING 0.40 0.80 ±0.10 Aqueous cleaning not recommended (.150) DIA. SURFACE (.016) (.031 ±.004)

TrimmerSheets Data 1.85 Standard Resistance Table (.073) 0.75 (.030) 2.00 ± 0.10 0.75 (.079 ± .004) Resistance Resistance (.030) Ohms Code Ohms Code REAR VIEW 0.60 0.60 100 101 20,000 203 2.00 ± 0.10 (.024) DIA. (.024) 4.65 (.079 ± .004) 200 201 50,000 503 (.183) 500 501 100,000 104

1,000 102 200,000 204 SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT 1.00 + 0.10 DIA. 2,000 202 500,000 504 ADJUSTING (.039 + .004) DIRECTION 5,000 502 1,000,000 105 DIA. 2.00 + 0.10 (.079 + .004) 10,000 103 5.00 (.197) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Others are typically not stocked by distributors and are not recommended for new designs. SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT 5.00 (.197) 2.50 1.00 + 0.10 DIA. How To Order (.098) (.039 + .004) 3 PLACES 2 WIPER 3318 K - 1 - 103 A Model 5.00 CCW 1 3 CW (.197) Style CLOCKWISE Standard Product Specifications are subject to change without notice. Resistance Code †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Ammo Pak Designator DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

66 3318 – Packaging Specifications

Ammo Pack Model 3318K Recommended PCB Layout

12.7 ± 1.0 2.5 ± .05 1.3 +.10/-0 6.8 (.500 ± .039) (.099 ± .002) 6.4 (.051 +.004/-0) 2.05 (.268) (.252) DIA. (.081) 0.8 ± 0.1 (.031 ±.004)

1.0 +.10/-0 5.0 ± .05 MOUNTING (.040 +.004/-0) (.197 ± .002) SURFACE DIA. 2 PLCS. 2.5 ± .35 (.098 ± .014) 4.5 (.833) 2 0.8 ± 0.1 (.031 ±.004) 18.0 +1.0/-0.5 8.0 2.2 (.709 +040/-.020) (.315) 1 3 (.087) 6.0 ± 0.5 3.85 ± .07 5.0 ± 0.8 0.5 +0.1/-0 (.236 ± .020) (.152 ± .003) (.197 ± .003) (.020 +.004/-0)

Adhesive tape 20.0 ± 0.5 9.0 ± 0.5 (.787 ± .020) (.354 ± .020)

4.0 ± 0.3 (.157 ± .012) DIA.

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 12.7 ± 0.3 (.500 ± .012) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 6.35 ± 1.3 (.250 ± .051) Ammo Pack Model 3318F Recommended PCB Layout 1.3 +.10/-0 DIA. 6.4 12.7 ± 1.0 (.051 +.004/-0) 2.5 (.252) (.500 ± .039) (.098) 3.2 3.2 DIA. (.126) 2 (.126) 3.0 ± 0.5 DIA. 6.35 ± 0.3 1.7 (.118 ± .020) (.250 ± .012) (.067) MOUNTING 1.0 +.10/-0 5.0 ± .05 SURFACE (.040 +.004/-0) (.197 ± .002) DIA. 2 PLCS. 0.8 ± 0.1 0.5 11.0 (.020) 3.5 1 3 (.031 ± .004) (.138) (.433) 20.0 ± 0.5 3.0 ± 0.5 (.787 ± .020) (.118 ± .020) 18.0 +1.0/-0.5 (.709 +040/-.020) Data Sheets Trimmer 3.0 ± 0.3 6.0 ± 0.5 (.118 ± .012) 5.0 ± 0.8 3.85 ± .07 (.236 ± .020) (.197 ± .003) (.152 ± .003)

Adhesive tape 0.8 ± 0.1 (.031 ± .004) 9.0 ± 0.5 0.85 2 PLCS. (.354 ± .020) (.033)

4.0 ± 0.3 (.157 ± .012) DIA.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. 12.7 ± 0.3 (.500 ± .012) Customers should verify actual device performance in 6.35 ± 1.3 their specific applications. (.250 ± .051)

67 3319 AVAILABLE THROUGH 9 mm Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 9 mm Round / Single-Turn / Carbon I Dust resistant/splash resistant covers Commercial / Open Frame I PC board stand-offs and I Both sides adjust retention feature I Cross slot and hexagon adjustment I RoHS compliant† designs I Horizontal and vertical mounting styles

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3319P Common Dimensions 3319P-3 Both Sides Adjust/Hex ...... 100 to 1 megohm (see standard resistance table) 9.0 ± .51 Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 9.0 ± .51 (.354 ± .020) End Resistance (.354 ± .020) ...... 2 % max. (#2K = 30 ohms) 11.5 ± .51 5.0 Contact Resistance Variation 11.5 ± .51 5.0 (.453 ± .020) (.197) ...... 3 % max. (.453 ± .020) (.197) Resolution...... Infinite ADJ. Adjustment Angle ...... 235 ° nom. CROSS SLOT .80 ± .15 (.031 ± .006) WIDE Environmental Characteristics 2.0 ± .15 X (.079 ± .006) DEEP Power Rating (200 volts max.) 3.4 ± .15 X LONG 70 °C ...... 0.2 watt (.134 ± .006) Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +100 °C Temperature Coefficient ..... ±1000 ppm/°C Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.2 watt @ 70 °C 1 3 1 3 (<100K = +3/-7 % !TR) 2 2.5 2 (#100K = +3/-10 % !TR) 2.5 5.0 (.098) (.098) 5.0 (.197) (.197) Physical Characteristics 5.8 ± .51 Torque (Operating) ...... 5 oz-in. max. 3319P-1 Top Adjust (.228 ± .020) Stop Strength...... 11.0 oz-in. min. Terminals...... Solderable pins 6.35 ± .51 MOUNTING Marking ...... Manufacturer’s (.250 ± .020) SURFACE trademark, resistance code Standard Packaging ...... 200 pcs. per bag TrimmerSheets Data MOUNTING 2 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 SURFACE 4.0 10.34 ± .51 (.157) (.407 ± .020) Aqueous cleaning not recommended 2 4.0 10.34 ± .51 (.157) (.407 ± .020) HEX THRU HOLE 2.0 2 WIPER ACROSS FLATS (.079 ) CCW 1 3 CW 3319P-2 Both Sides Adjust/Cross Slot CLOCKWISE 5.8 ± .51 (.228 ± .020)

MOUNTING SURFACE SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3319P

2 4.0 1.2 ± .18 10.34 ± .51 (.157) (.047 ± .007) (.407 ± .020) 10.0 ± .18 DIA. 3 PLCS. (.394 ± .007)

2.29 ± .51 4.0 (.090 ± .020) (.157) DIA. -2, -3 ONLY 2.5 ± .18 (.098 ± .007) 5.0 ± .18 (.197 ± .007)

1.2 Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.047) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) their specific applications. REV 09/04 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

68 3319 – Product Dimensions and Ordering Information

SideSide Adjust Adjust ADJ. 3319W-3 Both Sides Adjust/Hex Standard Resistance Table 3319W-13319W-1 CROSS SLOT .80 ± .15 WIDE Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (.031 ± .006) 9.0 ± .51 2.0 ± .15 X DEEP (.354 ± .020) (.079 ± .006) 100 101 9.0 ± .51 3.4 ± .15 X LONG 12.5 ± .51 200 201 (.354 ± .020) (.134 ± .006) 11.0 ± .51 (.492 ± .021) (.433 ± .020) 500 501 12.5 ± .51 8.0 ± .51 11.0 ± .51 (.492 ± .020) (.315 ± .020) 1,000 102 (.433 ± .020) MOUNTING 8.0 ± .51 2,000 202 SURFACE (.315 ± .020) 3 5,000 502 4.0 MOUNTING 1 (.157) 10,000 103 SURFACE 3 4.0 2 20,000 203 2.5 1 (.157) 5.0 (.098) 50,000 503 2 (.197) 2.5 100,000 104 5.0 (.098) (.197) 200,000 204 2.0 HEX THRU HOLE ACROSS FLATS 500,000 504 (.079) 1,000,000 105 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface.

How To Order 3319 W - 2 - 103 4.72 Model 2 (.186) 2.50 Pin Style (.098) Rotor Style -2 = Cross Slot/Single Slot Rear Adjust -3 = 2 mm Hex Thru Hole 3319W-2 Both Sides Adjust /Cross Slot Resistance Code

2.29 (.090) 4.22 WIPER 2 (.166) 2 2.50 .71 (.098) CCW 1 3 CW (.028) CLOCKWISE Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT - 3319W

1.20 ± .18 2.5 ± .18 (.047 ± .007) (.098 ± .007) DIA. 3 PLCS.

2.5 ± .18 4.22 (.098 ± .007) 2 (.166) 5.0 ± .18 2.50 (.197 ± .007) (.098)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications.

69 3329 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 1/4 ˝ Round / Single-Turn / Cermet I Listed on the QPL for style RJ50 Industrial / Sealed per MIL-PRF-22097 and RJR50 I 5 standard terminal styles per High-Rel MIL-PRF-39035 I Tape and reel packaging available I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range 3329H 3329P-DK9-RC ...... 10 to 1 megohm ADJ. SLOT 2.79 ± .038 (see standard resistance table) DIA. (.110 ± ..001) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 2.54 2.54 .64 2 X WIDE (closer tolerance available) (.100) (.100) (.025) 31.38 .51 Absolute Minimum Resistance 45° REF. DEEP (.015) 6.35 ± .51 X (.020) ...... 1 % or 2 ohms (.250 ± .020) (whichever is greater) 90° ± 5° 4.75 MIN. 5.79 (.187) Contact Resistance Variation 4.57 (.228) (.180) ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. .46 ± .05 6.35 ± .51 (whichever is greater) (.018 ± .002) .46 ± .05 DIA. TYP. (.250 ± .020) ADJ. SLOT Adjustability .43 ± .13 (.018 ± .002) 3.56 LONG Voltage...... ±0.05 % (.140) (.017 ± .005) DIA. 3 PINS .64 Resistance ...... ±0.15 % 6.78 ± 2.24 WIDE X (.025) 2 (.267 ± .088) 3 Resolution...... Infinite 1.02 DEEP 1 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. X (.040) 1,000 megohms min. 2.54 Dielectric Strength 3329P 2.54 (.100) 2.54 2.54 Sea Level ...... 600 vac (.100) 13 (.100) (.100) 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 2.54 Adjustment Angle ...... 240 ° nom. 2 2.54 (.100) 6.78 ± 2.24 (.100) (.267 ± .088) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Environmental Characteristics TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 6.35 ± .51 Power Rating @ 85 °C (300 volts max.) (.250 ± .020) ...... 0.5 watt 5.82 ± .25 WIPER Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.229 ± .010) 2 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 5.08 3329S 6.60 6.10 CCW 1 3 CW Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C (.200) (.260) (.240) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* CLOCKWISE

TrimmerSheets Data 8.38 ± .51 .38 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 (.330 ± .020) (.015) 96 hours (3 % TR, 10 Megohms IR) ! 7.75 ± 2.97 2.54 .89 Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.305 ± .117) (.100) (.035) except “P” pin style 2.54 (.100) 2.54 Shock ...... 100 G (1 % TR; 1 % VR) (.100) ! ! 2 Load Life.....1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C 13 (3 % !TR; 3 % CRV) 3329W 5.08 6.10 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (.200) 6.60 (.240) (4 % !TR; 4 % CRV) (.260) 8.38 ± .51 .38 (.330 ± .020) (.015) Physical Characteristics 2.54 Mechanical Angle...... 260 ° nom. 7.75 ± 2.97 .89 (.100) (.035) (.305 ± .117) 2.54 Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 2.54 (.100) (.100) 31 Stop Strength...... 5.0 oz -in. min. 2 Terminals...... Solderable pins Weight ...... 0.02 oz. 3329X 5.08 6.10 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (.200) 6.60 (.240) (.260) resistance code, date code, 8.38 ± .51 .38 manufacturer’s model number (.330 ± .020) (.015) and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 2.54 .89 7.75 ± 2.97 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube (.100) (.035) (.305 ± .117) 2.54 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.100) 2.54 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. (.100) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 13 2 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

70 3329 – Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table TOP ADJUST SIDESIDE ADJUST ADJUST TOP ADJUST Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 3329M-13329M-1 3329U-1 12.70 REF. 12.70 10 100 (.500) REF. 26.4 ± .76 (.500) 9.4 ± .5 6.35 20 200 (1.039 ± .030) MAX. (.370 ± .020) (.250) 50 500 100 101 2 24.38 ± 0.76 3 1 200 201 3 2 (.960 ± .030) 1 500 501 1,000 102 18 ± .76 (.709 ± .030) 2,000 202 4.0 ± 0.3 5,000 502 4.0 ± 0.3 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 DIA. 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 (.157 ± .012) (.157 ± .012) (.709 + .039/ .020) 10,000 103 (.709 + .039/ .020) DIA. 12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25 12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25 20,000 203 (.500 + .012/ - .010) (.500 + .012/ - .010) 25,000 253 6.1 ± .25 6.35 ± .5 50,000 503 (.240 ± .010) (.250 ± .020) 100,000 104 200,000 204 3.43 ± .25 2.79 ± .25 (.135 ± .010) (.110 ± .010) 250,000 254 .43 ± .05 DIA. TYP. 500,000 504 (.017 ± .002) 2.54 1,000,000 105 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER (.100) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 2.54 MM ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER DIMENSIONS: Special resistances available. (.100) (INCHES) MM DIMENSIONS: (INCHES) 1000/REEL/BOX How To Order 1000/REEL/BOX 3329 M - 1 - 103 __ LF Meets EIA Specification 468. Meets EIA Specification 468. Model Style Standard or Modified Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product -DK9 = Plastic Spacer Resistance Code Packaging Designator Blank = Tube (Standard) Sheets Data Trimmer R = Tape and Reel (M and U Pin Styles Only) A = Ammo Pack (M and U Pin Styles Only) Terminations LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) Consult factory for other available options.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

1 3339 AVAILABLE THROUGH 5/16 ˝ Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Four-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / I Top and side adjust styles Sealed I RoHS compliant† version available I Unique planetary drive offers precise wiper setting of a multiturn in a single-turn package size

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3339H3339H ...... 10 to 1 megohm CommonCommon Dimensions Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) (Top(Top Adjust)Adjust) ADJ. CROSS SLOT 2.54 10 100 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. LONG X (.100) 20 200 (tighter tolerance available) .64 WIDE X (2 PLACES) Absolute Minimum Resistance (.025) 50 500 .76 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. DEEP X (.030) 100 101 (whichever is greater) 4.78 MIN. (.188) .38 200 201 Contact Resistance Variation 90° ± 1° (.015) 6.35 REF...... 3 % or 3 ohms max. (.250) 2.54 ± .025 500 501 (whichever is greater) (.10 ± .01) 1 3 1,000 102 Adjustability 2,000 202 Voltage...... ±0.05 % .51 Resistance ...... ±0.1 % (.020) 2 5,000 502 7.62 DIA. .43 ± .05 10,000 103 Resolution...... Infinite (.300) 2.54 ± .025 (.017 ± .002) (.10 .01) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. DIA. ± 20,000 203 1,000 megohms min. 25,000 253 Dielectric Strength 3339P 2.54 Sea Level ...... 600 vac (.100) 50,000 503 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 6.35 2.54 100,000 104 (.250) (.100) Effective Travel...... 4 turns nom. 2.54 200,000 204 1 (.100) 250,000 254 Environmental Characteristics .51 3 500,000 504 Power Rating (300 volts max.) (.020) 2 7.62 1,000,000 105 DIA. 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt (.300) 150 °C ...... 0 watt Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 3339S Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Common Dimensions (Side(Side Adjust) Adjust) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 7.62 8.00 ± .38 How To Order 5.97 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 (.300) (.315 ± .015)

TrimmerSheets Data (.235) 96 hours DIA. 3339 H - 1 - 103 LF (3 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) 9.53 ± .38 Model (375 ± .015) Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Style Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 5.54 ± .38 Standard or Modified Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C (.218 ± .015) .64 .38 .43 ± .05 Product Indicator (3 % TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, MIN. ! (.025) (.015) 2 (.017 ± .002) -1 = Standard Product whichever is greater, CRV) DIA. Resistance Code Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 1 8.13 ± .38 4.57 Terminations (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.320 ± .015) (.180) LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) whichever is greater, CRV) 2.54 3 2.54 Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (.100) (.100) (Standard) 5.08 Consult factory for other available options. Physical Characteristics (.200) Torque ...... 3 oz-in. max. 3339W 8.00 ± .38 2 WIPER Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles (.315 ± .015) 5.97 Terminals...... Solderable pins (.235) CCW 1 3 CW Weight ...... 0.02 oz. 9.53 ± .38 CLOCKWISE Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (375 ± .015) resistance code, wiring diagram, 5.54 ± .38 date code, manufacturer’s (.218 ± .015) model number and style .64 .38 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.025) MIN. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.015) 2 Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube 8.13 ± .38 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 1 4.57 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.320 ± .015) (.180) Specifications are subject to change without notice. 2.54 2.54 Customers should verify actual device performance in (.100) 3 (.100) their specific applications. REV 09/04 5.08 (.200)

72 3342 AVAILABLE THROUGH 2 mm Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 2 mm Square / Surface Mount / I Constructed with lead free materials Single-Turn / Sealed I Rotor stop for “in circuit” adjustment I Compatible with surface mount I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for manufacturing processes processing information on lead free I Miniature design for flexibility surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table

Standard Resistance Range 2.65 ± 0.05 ...... 100 ohms to 2 megohms (.104 ± .002) Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) 2 100 101 Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. End Resistance ...... 1 % or 3 ohms max. ADJ. SLOT 200 201 (whichever is greater) 1.5 ± .127 LONG 500 501 (.059 ± .005) Contact Resistance Variation 0.3 ± .051 1,000 102 ...... 5 % or 3 ohms max. X WIDE (.012 ± .002) 2,000 202 (whichever is greater) X 0.25 ± .051 DEEP Adjustability (.010 ± .002) 5,000 502 Voltage Divider...... ±0.4 % 3 1 10,000 103 Rheostat ...... ±0.4 % 0.76 ± 0.05 20,000 203 Resolution...... Essentially infinite (.030 ± .002) Insulation Resistance @ 500 VDC 50,000 503 ...... 100 megohms min. 2BDATE CODE 100,000 104 Dielectric Strength 200,000 204 Sea Level...... 500 VAC 500,000 504 70,000 Feet ...... 350 VAC 2B Adjustment Angle ...... 220 ° nominal 1,000,000 105 2,000,000 205 0.46 ± 0.05 Environmental Characteristics 2.1 (.018 ± .002) Power Rating (50 volts max.) (.083) 2 PLCS. How To Order 70 °C ...... 0.1 watt 125 °C ...... 0 watt 0.16 ± .025 3342 J - 1 - 502 E Operating Temperature Range (.006 ± .001) Model 2.65 ± 0.05 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C Style 3 PLCS. (.104 ± .002) Temperature Coefficient Standard or Modified # 100 Ohms ...... ±150 ppm/°C Product Indicator > 100 Ohms...... ±100 ppm/°C 1.7 ± .127 -1 = Standard Product (.067 ± .005) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* Resistance Code Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Embossed Tape Designator (no vibration) TRS ±3 % 0.67 ± .076 IR 10 megohms (.026 ± .003) Vibration ...... 20 G TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % Recommended Land Pattern Shock ...... 100 G 0.71 1.12 TRS ±1 %; VRS ±1 % 1.45 (.028) (.044) Load Life @ 70 °C Rated Power (.057) ...... TRS ±3 % Rotational Life...... 25 cycles 2.3 TRS ±3 % (.091) Data Sheets Trimmer Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles TRS ±2 %; VRS ±1 % 1.15 1.45 (.045) (.057) 0.71 Physical Characteristics 2 PLCS. 0.79 (.028) 2 PLCS. Mechanical Angle...... 250 ° nom. (.031) 2 PLCS. 2.1 Torque ...... 0.7 oz-in. max. (.083) Stop Strength...... 0.7 oz-in. min. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Weight ...... Approximately 0.01 oz. Marking ...... Resistance code and date code 2 WIPER Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % CCW 1 3 CW Standard Packaging...... 1000 pcs./7 ˝ reel *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool...... H-92-1 CLOCKWISE †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 10/04

73 Additional Features I Automated placement compatible

3342 – Packaging Specifications

2.29 REF. 0.20 (.090) (.008) R MAX.

0.3 ± 0.05 (0.12 ± .002) 3 ° ± 1 ° 3.10 ± 0.1 (.122 ± .004)

8.0 + 0.3/-0.1 (.315 +.118/-.004) 3.5 ± 0.05 1.75 ± 0.1 (.138 ± .002) (.069 ± .004)

DIA. 1.5 +0.1/-0.0 (.059 +.004/-0)

2.0 ± 0.05 4.0 ± 0.1 (.079 ± .002) (.157 ± .004)

4.0 ± 0.1 (.157 ± .004)

DIA. R MAX. 1.0 0.20 (.039) (.008) MIN. TYP. 4 PLCS. TAPE

TrimmerSheets Data 177.8 ± 2.03 DIA. (7.00 ± .08)

DIA. 50.01 (1.969) MIN.

13.0 ± .20 12.40 + 1.98/-0 DIA. (.512 ± .008) (.488 +.078/-0) 18.39 MAX. REEL (.724)

Meets EIA 481

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

74 3345 1/2 ˝ Round Trimming Potentiometer Features I Single-turn / Wirewound / Industrial / I RoHS compliant† Sealed I Industrial wirewound I 1.0 watt power rating at 70 °C I Available with a thumbwheel and screwdriver slot adjustment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3345P Nominal ...... 10 to 50K ohms Resistance Resistance 5.97 .89 .64 Resolution (see standard resistance table) ADJ. SLOT LONG X DEEP X WIDE (.235) (.035) (.025) (Ohms) Code Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. (Percent) (tighter tolerance available) 10 100 0.94 Absolute Minimum Resistance 11.43 ± .38 DIA. 20 200 0.76 ...... 1.0 % or 0.5 ohms max. (.450 ± .015) (whichever is greater) 50 500 0.58 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. 100 101 0.49 2.54 5.97 ± .38 Resolution MIN. STANDOFFS (.10) 200 201 0.49 (.235 ± .015) .38 ...... See standard resistance table 2.54 (.015) 500 501 0.38 1,000 megohms min. (.10) Dielectric Strength 1,000 102 0.30 2 Sea Level ...... 1,500 vac 13 2,000 202 0.24 2.54 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac 5,000 502 0.18 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.10) 5.08 .71 ± .08 10,000 103 0.14 100 megohms min. (.200) (.028 ± .003) Adjustment Angle ...... 280 ° nom. MIN. LENGTH DIA. 20,000 203 0.13 50,000 503 0.12 3345P THUMBWHEEL Environmental Characteristics Special resistances available from 10 to 50K ohms. 8.00 ± .38 Power Rating (.315 ± .015) 70 °C ...... 1 watt 150 °C ...... 0 watt How To Order 12.57 ± .38 11.43 ± .38 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C DIA. (.495 ± .015) (.450 ± .015) 3345 P - 1 - 502 T Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* Model Style Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 5.97 ± .38 (1 % !TR, 10 megohms IR) (.235 ± .015) Standard Product Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Resistance Code Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 3345W Optional Suffix Letter Load Life...... 1,000 hours, 1 watt @ 70 °C .686 ± .38 T = Thumb Wheel (.270 ± .015) Consult factory for other available options. Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 13.34 ± .38 (2 % !TR; 500 ohms ENR) (.525 ± .015) 2.54 (.10) 2.54 3 Physical Characteristics 11.43 ± .38 (.10) 2 WIPER DIA. 2 Mechanical Angle...... 310 ° nom. (.450 ± .015) 1 Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. CCW 1 3 CW 12.7 Stop Strength...... 15 oz-in. min. MIN. CLOCKWISE (.500) 2.54 Terminals...... Solderable pins (.10) Data Sheets Trimmer Weight ...... 0.04 oz. 1.09 ± .38 (.043 ± .015) Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code, wiring diagram, 3345W THUMBWHEEL date code, manufacturer’s 13.97 ± .38 8.78 ± .38 model number and style (.550 ± .015) (.345 ± .015) Standard Packaging ...... 100 pcs. per bag 1.09 ± .38 (.043 ± .015)

3 2 1

12.57 ± .38 11.93 ± .38 6.86 ± .38 (.495 ± .015) (.450 ± .015) (.270 ± .015) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Specifications are subject to change without notice. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

75 3352 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / I Seven standard pin styles Open Frame I Thumb and screwdriver adjustment I Stable cermet element offers infinite I RoHS compliant† resolution I Very low profile

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3352 3352H Side Adjust ...... 10 to 2 megohms ADJUSTMENT SLOT 2.54 4.06 LONG TYP. (see standard resistance table) (.160) (.100) Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. X .86 WIDE (.034) (tighter tolerance available) 2.54 X .84 DEEP TYP. TYP. Absolute Minimum Resistance 3.81 ± .51 (.100) (.033) 7.62 ...... 2 ohms max. (.150 ± .020) MAX. TYP. (.300) 4.75 MIN. TYP. Contact Resistance Variation 8.89 (.187) ...... 1.0 % or 1 ohm max. (.350) (whichever is greater) 3352K 2.54 TYP. 4.75 (.100) Adjustability 5.08 .64 TYP. TYP. TYP. (.187) (.200) (.025) 1.27 Voltage...... ±0.05 % TYP. (.050) 2.54 TYP. Resistance ...... ±0.25 % (.100) 3 7.62 Resolution...... Infinite 2 MAX. Dielectric Strength (.300) 9.53 ± .38 1 Sea Level ...... 500 vac 3352V 4.37 TYP. (.375 ± .015) (.172) 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac .51 ± .05 Adjustment Angle ...... 205° nom. 7.62 (.020 ± .002) TYP. 3.96 (.300) DIA. PINS TYP. (.156) Environmental Characteristics 9.14 MAX. 3352E Top Adjust (.360) Power Rating (250 volts max.) 3352W 2.54 TYP. 85 °C ...... 0.50 watt (.100) 125 °C ...... 0 watt 10.16 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C (.400) 5.08 Temperature Coefficient MAX. 2.54 TYP. 5.33 MAX. (.200) ±100 ppm/ºC...... 2K & up (.100) (.210) ±150 ppm/ºC ...... Below 2K Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 3352P 96 hours 2.54 2 WIPER (.100) (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) TrimmerSheets Data Vibration ...... 30 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) CCW 1 3 CW Shock ...... 100 G (2 % !TR; 2 % !VR) 5.33 CLOCKWISE 2.54 MAX. TYP. (.210) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C (.100) (3 % !TR) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 3352T (10 % !TR) Standard Resistance Table 2.21 ± .38 (.087 ± .015) Resistance Resistance Physical Characteristics Mechanical Angle...... 250 ° nom. Ohms Code Ohms Code Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. 2.54 TYP. (.100) 10 100 20,000 203 Stop Strength...... 8 oz -in. min. Terminals...... Solderable pins DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 20 200 25,000 253 Weight ...... 0.01 oz. TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 50 500 50,000 503 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 100 101 100,000 104 resistance value and model number. How To Order 200 201 200,000 204 Date code on packaging. Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 3352 W - 1 - 103 LF 500 501 250,000 254 Standard Packaging ...... 100 pcs. per bag Model 1,000 102 500,000 504 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Style 2,000 202 1,000,000 105 Standard or Modified 5,000 502 2,000,000 205 Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product 10,000 103 Resistance Code Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Terminations †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Customers should verify actual device performance in Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated their specific applications. REV 09/04 (Standard) Consult factory for other available options.

76 3360 6 mm Square Sealed Panel Control Features I Conductive plastic I Withstands typical industrial washing I Linear and audio tapers processes I PC board and bushing mount I RoHS compliant† version available I Plastic bushing and plastic shaft

Electrical Characteristics Mechanical Characteristics Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range Stop Strength...... 5.65 N-cm (8 oz.-in.) Linear...... 1K ohms to 1 megohm Mechanical Angle ...... 310 ° nominal Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code Total Resistance Tolerance Torque 1,000 102 Linear Tapers ...... ±20 % Starting Independent Linearity...... ±5 % ...... 3.53 N-cm (5.0 oz.-in.) maximum 2,000 202 Absolute Minimum Resistance Running 5,000 502 ...... 2 ohms maximum ...... 3.53 N-cm (5.0 oz.-in.) maximum 10,000 103 Effective Electrical Angle ...... 240 ° nominal Mounting (Torque on Bushing) Contact Resistance Variation ...... 17 N-cm (1.5 lb.-in.) maximum 20,000 203 ...... 1 ohm or 1 % [plastic bushing] 50,000 503 (whichever is greater) Weight (Single Section)...... 4.5 grams 100,000 104 Dielectric Withstanding Voltage Terminals...... Solderable pins 200,000 204 (MIL-STD-202 – Method 301) Soldering Condition Sea Level...... 900 VAC minimum ...... 5 seconds at 360 °C maximum. 500,000 504 70,000 Feet ...... 350 VAC minimum Recommended hand soldering 1,000,000 105 Insulation Resistance using Sn95/Ag5 no clean solder, Popular distribution values listed in boldface...... 1,000 megohms minimum 0.025 wire diameter. Special resistances available. Power Rating @ 70 °C Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, (Derate to 0 at 125 °C – model number, product code, Voltage Limited By Power Dissipation terminal style, resistance code How To Order or 200 VAC, Whichever is Less) and date code ...... 25 watts Ganging...... 1 cup maximum 3360 Y - 1 103 LF Theoretical Resolution....Essentially infinite Hardware...... One lockwasher Model and one mounting nut Terminal Style Designator Single Cup: Environmental Characteristics is shipped with each potentiometer, except where noted in the part number. C = In-line Straight Operating Temperature Range Terminals Side Exit Flammability...... Conforms to UL94V-0 P = 5.08 mm x 2.54 mm ...... +1 °C to +125 °C Epoxy ...... Conforms to UL94V-1 Triangular Pattern Storage Temperature Range Rear Exit ...... -55 °C to +125 °C Y = 5.08 mm x 5.08 mm Triangular Pattern Temperature Coefficient Rear Exit Over Storage Temperature Range Bushing Designator ...... ±1,000 ppm/°C 1 = Standard Vibration ...... 30 G Resistance Code Total Resistance Shift.... ±2 % maximum Terminations Voltage Ratio Shift...... ±2 % maximum LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Shock ...... 100 G Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Total Resistance Shift .....±2 % maximum (Standard) Voltage Ratio Shift ...... ±2 % maximum Load Life...... 1,000 Hours Total Resistance Shift ...... ±10 % TRS maximum Data Sheets Trimmer Rotational Life (No Load) .....50,000 Cycles Total Resistance Shift ...... ±5 % TRS maximum Contact Resistance Variation ...... 3 % or 3 ohms, whichever is greater Moisture Resistance MIL-STD-303, Method 103, Condition B Total Resistance Shift ...... ±10 % TRS maximum IP Rating ...... IP 67

77 3360 – Product Dimensions

COMMON DIMENSIONS 3360C 6.35 ± .025 (.250 ± .010) 1/4-32 UNEF-2A MOUNTING DIA. THREADED PLASTIC BUSHING 3.35 5.59 ± .25 2.36 ± .050 .33 6.71 ± .25 (.131) DIA. (.220 ± .010) (.093 ± .002) (.013) (.264 ± .010) MIN. ACROSS FLATS STANDOFF

6.78 ± .25 3.20 ± .25 (.266 ± .010) (.126 ± .010)

5.44 5.97 ± .89 .38 (.214) (.235 ± .035) (.015) MIN. MIN. FULL STANDOFF 6.35 THREAD 3.91 ± .38 2.54 ± .25 2.54 ± .25 (.250) (.154 ± .015) 3 2 1 (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010) 12.70 ± .64 4.70 ± .38 .46 ± .05 (.500 ± .025) (.185 ± .015) DIA. (.018 ± .002) ADJUSTMENT SLOT SOLDER PLATED .64 ± .10 .76 ± .25 COPPER PINS WIDE X DEEP (.025 ± .004) (.030 ± .010)

3360P

5.97 ± .89 (.235 ± .035) .33 (.013) MIN. STANDOFF 2.54 ± .38 2 (.100 ± .015) 3 1 TrimmerSheets Data

3.58 ± .38 (.141 ± .015) 2.54 ± .25 2.54 ± .25 TYP. (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010)

3360Y

5.97 ± .89 (.235 ± .035)

5.08 ± .25 2 (.200 ± .010)

3 1

.97 ± .38 (.038 ± .015) 2.54 ± .25 2.54 ± .25 (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010)

2 WIPER

CCW1 3 CW CLOCKWISE

Specifications are subject to change without notice. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

78 3361 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Square SMD Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / I Compatible with surface mount Sealed manufacturing processes I Miniature package I RoHS compliant† version available – I Rotor designed for automatic See page 155 for processing machine adjust interface information on lead free surface mount trimmers I Withstands harsh environments and immersion cleaning processes

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3361P6.71 ± 0.12 3361S 6.71 ± 0.12 ...... 10 to 2 megohms (.264 ± .005) (.264 ± .005) (see standard resistance table) Electrical adjustment Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. Electrical adjustment 2.77 ± 0.13 2.77 7.37 ± 0.38 LONG 7.04 ± 0.25 LONG (.109 ± .005) (tighter tolerance available) (.109) (.290 ± .015) (.277 ± .010) 0.64 ± 0.13 Absolute Minimum Resistance 0.64 x WIDE x WIDE (.025 ± .005) ...... 1 % or 2 ohms (whichever is greater) (.025) 3.84 ± 0.25 4.17 ± 0.38 0.89 0.13 x ± DEEP Contact Resistance Variation 0.89 (.164 ± .015) (.151 ± .010) x DEEP 1 3361 3 (.035 ± .005) ...... 1 % or 3 ohms max. 1 3361 3 (.035) (whichever is greater) Adjustability Voltage...... ±0.05 % 5.21 ± 0.63 (.205 ± .025) 4.88 ± 0.12 Resistance ...... ±0.15 % 0.46 ± 0.02 4.88 0.25 (.192 ± .005) DIA. ± Resolution...... Infinite (.018 ± .001) (.192 ± .010) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 3 PLACES .038 ± 0.05 (.001 ± .002) 1,000 megohms min. LEADS TO BE Dielectric Strength COPLANAR WITHIN 0.10 Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.004) 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac Adjustment Angle ...... 240 ° nom. .071 ± 0.25 (.028 ± .040)

Environmental Characteristics LEADS TO BE 0.38 0.12 ± COPLANAR Maximum Soldering Exposure (.015 ± .005) 6.65 REF. WITHIN 0.10 (Temp/Time)...... +245 ˚C/10 Sec. (.062) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.004) Power Rating (300 volts max.) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) 0.79 ± 0.25 70 °C ...... 0.50 watt EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.031 ± .010) 2.54 ± 0.25 2.54 ± 0.25 125 °C ...... 0 watt 2 2.54 ± 0.25 (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010) Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C 2 2.29 ± 0.25 1.02 ± 0.25 (.090 ± .010) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C (.040 ± .010) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 2.54 ± 0.25 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 8.53 0.76 (.100 ± .010) ± 96 hours (2 % !TR; 10 Megohms IR) (.336 ± .030) TYP. 2.54 ± 0.25 Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.10 ± .010) Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2.29 ± 0.25 (.090 ± .010) Load Life.....1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70 °C 3 1 2.29 ± 0.25 DIA. (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.090 ± .010) whichever is greater, CRV) 3 1 3 PLACES Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 2.54 ± 0.25 2.54 ± 0.25 (.100 ± .010) (.100 ± .010)

(4 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, Data Sheets Trimmer whichever is greater, CRV) Recommended Land Pattern Recommended Land Pattern

Physical Characteristics 1.19 ± 0.12 TYP. 1.19 ± 0.12 3 PLCS Mechanical Angle...... 270 ° nom. (.047 ± .005) (.047 ± .005) Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. Stop Strength...... 7.0 oz -in. min. 3.30 ± 0.25 (.130 ± .010) 7.62 ± 0.12 Terminals...... Solderable pins 3 PLCS 9.70 ± 0.12 (.300 ± .005) Weight ...... 0.02 oz. (.381 ± .005) Marking ...... Resistance code, terminal numbers, manufacturer’s model 3.30 ± 0.25 number, style and date code (.130 ± .010) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 2.54 ± 0.12 5.08 ± 0.12 (.100 ± .005) Standard Packing (.200 ± .005) TYP. “S” Style ...... 500 pcs./13 ˝ reel *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. “P” Style ...... 750 pcs./13 ˝ reel †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

79 3361 – Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table P Style S Style Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code

EMBOSSED 10 100 CARRIER TAPE EMBOSSED 20 200 5.84 ±0.1 CARRIER TAPE COVER TAPE (.230 ±.004) 8.60 ±.10 50 500 7.50 ±.10 (.339 ±.004) COVER TAPE (.295 ±.004) 7.50 ±.10 100 101 (.295 ±.004) 1.5 +.10/ –.00 DIA. 200 201 (.059 +.004/ –.000) 3 1.5 +.10/ –.00 DIA. 500 501 4.00 ±.01 3361 (.059 +.004/ –.000) 1 (.157 ±.004) 4.00 ±.01 1,000 102 3 (.157 ±.004) 2,000 202 3361 1 5,000 502 2.00 ±.05 3 (.079 ±.002) 2.00 ±.05 10,000 103 3361

1 (.079 ±.002) 12.00 ±.10 20,000 203 (.472 ±.004) 3 12.00 ±.10 25,000 253 (.472 ±.004) 3361

1 50,000 503

1.75 ±.10 100,000 104 (.069 ±.004) 200,000 204 16.0 ±.03 (.630 ±.001) 250,000 254 TAPE 1.75 ±.10 500,000 504 (.069 ±.004) 16.0 ±.10 1,000,000 105 (.630 ±.004) TAPE 2,000,000 205 1.50 ±.02 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.059 ±.005) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 18.69 ±.79 17.78 ±.25 TrimmerSheets Data DIA. EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. Special resistances available. (.736 ±.031) 13.0 ±.20 DIA. (.700 ±.010) (.512 ±.008) 18.69 ±.79 DIA. (.736 ±.031) 13.0 ±.51 DIA. How To Order (.512 ±.020) 3361 P - 1 - 502 G LF

99.06 ±1.02 Model DIA. (3.90 ±.040) Style 99.06 ±1.02 Standard or Modified (3.90 ±.040) Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product Resistance Code 330.2 ±.50 DIA. Packaging Designator (13.00 ±.02) 16.41 ±.005 G = Embossed Tape 330.2 ±5.08 “S” Style = 500 pcs./13 ˝ reel REEL (.646 ±.127) DIA. (13.000 ±.200) “P” Style = 750 pcs./13 ˝ reel 16.51 +2.03/ -.000 (.650 +.080/ -.000) Terminations REEL LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated Units packaged 750 pieces per reel. Units packaged 500 pieces per reel. (Standard) Consult factory for other available options.

2 WIPER

CCW 1 3 CW CLOCKWISE

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

80 3362 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Square SMD Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / I Withstands harsh environments and 3 Sealed immersion cleaning processes 3362 1 I Miniature package I Available with a knob for finger adjust I Rotor designed for automatic I Available on tape and reel packaging machine adjust interface I RoHS compliant† version available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range CommonCommon DimensionsDimensions CommonCommon DimensionsDimensions ...... 10 to 2 megohms TopTop Adjust Adjust SideSide AdjustAdjust (see standard resistance table) 6.60 6.60 (.260) ADJ. CROSS SLOT (.260) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. ADJ. CROSS SLOT 2.77 LONG X (tighter tolerance available) (.109) Absolute Minimum Resistance 2.77 LONG X (.109) 6.99 .64 WIDE X 6.99 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms (whichever is greater) .254 TYP. (.275) (.025) .25 TYP. (.275) .64 WIDE X (010) (010) Contact Resistance Variation (.025) 133362 .89 DEEP X 133362 (.035) ...... 1 % or 3 ohms max. .89 DEEP X 3.84 3.84 (.035) (whichever is greater) (.151) PIN MARKING (.151) REVERSED FOR .46 ± .03 DIA. Adjustability 4.70 STYLE W (.018 ± .001) 3 PLCS. Voltage...... ±0.05 % (.185) 5.46 ± .38 Resistance ...... ±0.15 % .46 ± .03 (.215 ± .015) 2.54 2.54 Resolution...... Infinite (.018 ± .001) (.100) (.100) Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. DIA. .330 3 PLCS. (.013) 1,000 megohms min. 5.46 ± .38 2.54 2.54 3362M Dielectric Strength (.215 ± .015) (.100) (.100) 2.29 Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.090) 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac Adjustment Angle ...... 240 ° nom. 3362H 4.70 4.06 ± .38 (.185) 90° ± 5° Environmental Characteristics (.160 ± .015) 1 2 3 Power Rating (300 volts max.) 3 70 °C ...... 0.50 watt 1 125 °C ...... 0 watt 3362S 2.54 1.80 (.100) Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C (.071) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C 4.70 2.54 2 (.185) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.100) TYP. Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 1.02 96 hours (2 % TR; 10 Megohms IR) 3362P (.040) ! 1 2 3 Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2.54 Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.100) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70 °C 3362W 2.54 3.53 (.100) (3 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, (.139) whichever is greater, CRV) 4.70 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (.185) 1 2 3 (4 % !TR; 3 % or 3 ohms, 1.02 whichever is greater, CRV) (.040) 1 3362R 3 2

Physical Characteristics 1.02 3362X 2.54 Data Sheets Trimmer (.040) 2.54 Mechanical Angle...... 270 ° nom. (.100) (.100) Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. 4.70 Stop Strength...... 7.0 oz -in. min. (.185) Terminals...... Solderable pins 1 2 3 Weight ...... 0.02 oz. 1.02 Marking ...... Resistance code, (.040) 1 2 3 terminal numbers, 3362U manufacturer’s model number, style and date code 3362Z 2.54 (.100) Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 3.53 Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 (.139) 4.70 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube (.185) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 1.02 1 2 3 (.040) 2 WIPER 3 2 1 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW CW TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 1 3 Specifications are subject to change without notice. CLOCKWISE Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

81 3362 – Product Dimensions, Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table SIDE ADJUST The Model 3362P is available with a knob for Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code finger adjustment. Add suffix letter “T” to order 3362M-1 12.70 code. 27.56 ± .76 REF. 10 100 7.0 (.500) (1.085 ± .030) 6.71 (.275) 20 200 (.264) 18 ± .76 (.708 ± .029) 50 500 ADJ. CROSS 100 101 SLOT 1 2 7.04 3 200 201 0.36 (.277) LONG (.014) 500 501 13 0.06 X WIDE 1,000 102 (.002) 3.84 0.25 0.10 X DEEP 2,000 202 (.151) (.010) (.004) 4.0 ± 0.3 DIA. 5,000 502 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 (.157 ± .011) (.709 + .039 -.019) 3 2 1 2.54 10,000 103 (.100) 12.7 + 0.3/ -0.25 (.500 + .012/ -.009) 20,000 203 4.7 25,000 253 (.185) 50,000 503 2.54 100,000 104 3.53 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER (.100) 2.3 ± .38 (.139) MM 200,000 204 DIMENSIONS: (.090 ± .014) 2.54 2.54 (INCHES) (.100) (.100) 250,000 254 1000/REEL/BOX 500,000 504

14.63 1,000,000 105 (.576) TOPTOP ADJUSTADJUST 2,000,000 205 DIA. 3 PLCS. 9.93 3362U-1,3362U-1, 3362P-13362P-1 0.46 ± 0.25 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. (.391) (.018 ± .010) 12.70 Special resistances available. REF. (.500) 22.7 ± .76 4.7 (.893 ± .029) (.185) TrimmerSheets Data 18 ± .76 How To Order (.708 ± .029) 3362 P - 1 - 502 T __ LF 5.00 4.7 5.46 DIA. 1 2 (.197) (.185) (.215) 3 Model Style DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Standard or Modified Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product 4.0 ± 0.3 Resistance Code 18 + .76/ -.5 DIA. (.708 + .029 -.019) (.157 ± .011) Optional Suffix Letter T = Knob* 12.70 + 0.3/ - 0.25 Packaging Designator (.500 + .011 -.009) Blank = Tube (Standard) SIDESIDE VIEWVIEW SIDESIDE VIEWVIEW R = Tape and Reel 3362U-13362U-1 3362P-13362P-1 (M, U and P Pin Styles Only) 7.0 A = Ammo Pack (M, U and P Pin Styles Only) (.275) Terminations 3.56 ± .38 LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) (.140 ± .014) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) *Knob option is available only in standard Tube packaging for terminal style P. 2.54 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER Consult factory for other available options. (.100) MM DIMENSIONS: (INCHES) 750/REEL 1000/BOX Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in Meets EIA Specification 468. their specific applications.

82 3364 AVAILABLE THROUGH 4 mm Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I SMD Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial I Recommended for reflow solder Open Frame processing only I Cross slot rotor designs suitable for I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for automatic adjustment equipment processing information on lead free I Supplied in 12 mm embossed tape, surface mount trimmers compatible with automatic pick-and- place assembly equipment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions 3364A,3364A, BB ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm 3364W, X 3364W, X 3-Terminal3-Terminal (see standard resistance table) 3-Terminal Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. End Resistance 3.80 <1K ...... 20 ohms max. (.150) 2.50 ± 0.15 3.80 >1K ...... 2 % 0.55 ± 0.15 (.098 ± .006) (.022 ± .006) (.150) Contact Resistance Variation 2 2.50 ± 0.15 (Voltage Divider)...... 5 % max. 2.30 0.55 ± 0.15 (.098 ± .006) (.091) (.022 ± .006) Resolution...... Infinite ADJ. Adjustment Angle...... 260 °±20 ° CROSS SLOT 0.55 ± .15 4.50 WIDE X 4.20 2.00 (.177) (.022 ± .006) (.165) 2.00 0.35 (.079) Environmental Characteristics X DEEP X (.079) (.014) Power Rating (50 volts max.) 2.50 2.20 X LONG 2.20 70 °C ...... 0.2 watt 1 3 (.098) (.087) (.087) 1 2 3 Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +100 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C Humidity ...... 500 hours (5 % !TR) Load Life ...... 500 hours 1.50 1.50 MAX. MAX. 0.2 watt @ 70 °C (5 % !TR) (.059) (.059) Rotational Life ...... 20 cycles (15% !TR)

Physical Characteristics Torque ...... 20 to 200 g-cm Mechanical Angle ...... Continuous Marking ...... Resistance code, 1.40 manufacturer's full part number (.055) and date code on packaging 2 0.50 1.50 0.80 2.00 (.020) Terminals ...... Solder coated (.059) (.031) 1.35 (.079) (.053) Standard Packaging...... 1000 pcs./7 ˝ reel 1.40 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.055) Reflow solder processing recommended

.12 1.20 (.047) 3 1 (.047) 3 1 1.00 0.80 0.99 2 WIPER 0.95 (.031) (.039) 2 (.039) (.037) 0.80

CCW 3 CW 1.60 (.031) Data Sheets Trimmer 1 (.063) 0.95 (.037) 1.90 0.80 CLOCKWISE (.075) (.031)

SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT 2.40 SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT (.094) 5.08 (.200) 2.40 1.10 1.10 (.094) (.043) (.043) 5.10 (.201) 1.50 1.20 (.059) 1.30 1.50 (.047) (.051) (.059) 1.60 1.20 (.063) 1.30 (.047) 1.20 (.051) 0.60 (.047) Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.024) 0.60 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 0.80 (.024) Customers should verify actual device performance in DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.031) their specific applications. REV 09/04 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

83 3364 – Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table How To Order

2.20 ± 0.20 Resistance Resistance Part 3364 X - 1 - 103 E (.087 ± .008) (Ohms) Code Marking Model 100 101 12 Style Orientation of parts in tape: 0.60 200 201 22 W,A = Terminals toward (.024) sprocket holes 500 501 52 X,B = Terminals away from 1,000 102 13 sprocket holes 5.51 ± 0.05 Standard Product (.217 ± .002) 2,000 202 23 Resistance Code 4.00 ± 0.10 W, A 5,000 502 53 (.157 ± .004) ORIENTATION Embossed Tape Designator 8.00 ± 0.10 10,000 103 14 E = 1000 pcs./7 ˝ reel (-1 standard) G = 5000 pcs./14.5 ˝ reel (-1 optional) (.315 ± .004) 20,000 203 24 Consult factory for other available options. 50,000 503 54 2.00 ± 0.10 X, B (.079 ± .004) ORIENTATION 100,000 104 15 1.50 ± 0.10 DIA. 200,000 204 25 (.059 ± .004) 4.30 ± 0.20 (.169 ± .008) 500,000 504 55 5.00 ± 0.20 1,000,000 105 16 (.197 ± .008) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. 1.75 ± 0.10 (.069 ± .004) 12.00 ± 0.30 (.472 ± .012)

TAPE

TrimmerSheets Data 1.20 ± .05 (.047 .002) 178 .20 ± ± DIA. (7.008 ± .008)

EQUAL 50.00 SPACED (1.969) 3 PLCS. REF. 1.50 MIN. (.059)

13.00 ± 0.51 DIA. (.512 ± .020) 21.01 ± 0.76 DIA. (.827 ± .030) 13.00 ± 1.50 (512 ± .060) REEL

Conforms with EIA specification RS-481.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

84 3386 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Single Turn / Cermet / I Top and side adjust types Industrial / Sealed (F,P,H,W, X most popular) I Available on tape and reel I High voltage types available I Available with a knob for finger adjust (see page 88) I Available with extended shaft I RoHS compliant† version available I Available with cross-slot rotor

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions 3386W ...... 10 to 2 megohms Side Adjust 123 (see standard resistance table) ADJ. SLOT .76 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. WIDE (tighter tolerance available) (.030) 2.44 2.54 9.53 Absolute Minimum Resistance X .76 DEEP 9.53 (.096) (.100) (.030) (.375) (.375) ...... 2 ohms max. 3.15 2.54 X LONG Contact Resistance Variation (.124) (.100) .38 ...... 2 % or 3 ohms max. MIN. (.015) (whichever is greater) 3386X Adjustability 5.33 2.54 Voltage...... ±0.05 % (.210) (.100) 2 Resistance ...... ±0.15 % 5.97 ± .89 .51 ± .05 DIA. PINS 31 Resolution...... Infinite (.235 ± .035) (.020 ± .002) 1.40 ± .38 2.54 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. (.055 ± .015) (.100) 1,000 megohms min. 3386B 4.83 2.54 Dielectric Strength (.190) (.100) Sea Level ...... 900 vac 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac 321 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Adjustment Angle ...... 280 ° nom. 3.56 ± .38 (.140 ± .015) 3.81 (.150) Environmental Characteristics 3.81 (.150) Power Rating (300 volts max.) 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt 3386C 2 WIPER 125 °C ...... 0 watt Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C CW 321 CCW 1 3 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C CLOCKWISE Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 3.56 ± .38 (.140 ± .015) 2.54 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 (.100) 96 hours (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms min.) 2.54 Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) (.100) Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 70 °C 3386H (3 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, 2.54 whichever is greater, CRV) (.100) 2 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles 13 (4 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, 1.40 ± .38 2.54 whichever is greater, CRV) (.055 ± .015) (.100)

2.54 Data Sheets Trimmer (.100) Physical Characteristics Mechanical Angle...... 310 ° nom. 3386J Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 321 Stop Strength...... 15.0 oz -in. min. Terminals...... Solderable pins 2.44 3.81 Weight ...... 0.03 oz. (.096) (.150) Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 3.81 resistance code, wiring diagram, (.150) date code, manufacturer’s model number and style 3386S Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 123 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 2.44 3.81 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.096) (.150) Specifications are subject to change without notice. 3.81 Customers should verify actual device performance in (.150) their specific applications. REV 09/04

85 3386 – Product Dimensions

Common Dimensions 3386T 3386H-EY5 Top Adjust 3386X-EY5 – SHOWN

ADJ. SLOT .76 ±.38 ADJ. SLOT .76 1 2 3 (.030 ±.015) .76 WIDE WIDE (.030) (.030) 9.53 5.97 ±.89 2.54 .76 2.54 X DEEP (.375) (.235 ±.035) (.100) X DEEP (.030) 2.54 (.100) 3.15 4.83 (.100) 3.71 X LONG X LONG (.124) (.190) (.146) 3386U 2.54 9.53 (.100) 2.54 (.375) .51 ±.05 (.100) (.020 ±.002) 3.71 .38 (.146) 5.64 MIN. 2.54 (.222) (.015) (.100) 3 2 1 4.78 ±.38 2 (.188 ±.015) 31 3386F 7.87 2.54 3386Y 1.40 2.54 (.310) (.055) 2.54 (.100) 2.54 (.100) (.100) 2.54 (.100) 2.54 (.100) (.100) 31 2 3386P-EY5 3.71 5.08 2 (.146) (.200) 2.24 ±.38 31 (.088 ±.015) 5.08 3.05 ±.38 (.200) 3386K (.120 ±.015) 7.87 2.54 ±.25 2 PLCS. (.310) (.100 ±.010) 3386G 2.54 3.05 ±.38 ADJ. SLOT (.100) (.120 ±.015) .76 WIDE 2 (.030) 4.78 2.54 2 (.188) (.100) X .97 DEEP (.038) 31 3 1 3.05 1 3 TrimmerSheets Data X LONG (.120) 2 2.54 2.54 COMMON TO 90° ±3 2.54 (.100) (.100) 3386V (.100) 3386M 3.56 ±0.38 The Model 3386 is available with a knob for finger (.140 ±.015) adjustment. Add suffix letter “T” to order code for F, P and X terminal styles. ADJ. SLOT 132 5.59 LONG (.220) 3.81 1.02 5.59 8.38 WIDE (.150) 3.81 10.16 X (.040) (.220) (.330) (.150) (0.40) 1.40 DEEP 4.83 X (.055) (.190) 3386P 2.54 3386V (.100) 4.78 ±.38 2.54 (.188 ±.015) (.100) 10.41 ±.51 6.60 3 1 (.410 ±.020) (.260) 5.64 2 (.222) 2.54 3.56 ±.38 (.100) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.140 ±.015) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 3.81 3386R (.150) 2.54 3.81 (.100) 123 (.150)

1.22 ±.38 2.54 (.048 ±.015) 1.40 312 (.055) (.100) 2.54 Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.100) Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

86 3386 – Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Packaging Specifications Standard Resistance Table

SIDE ADJUST TOP ADJUST Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 3386W-1 3386U-1 10 100 22.98 ± .076 8.89 ± 0.7 27.56 ± .76 12.70 REF. 20 200 12.70 (.905 ± .030) (.350 ± .028) (1.085 ± .030) REF. (.500) 18.03 ± 0.7 (.500) 50 500 (.710 ± .028) 18 ± .76 100 101 10.16 (.709 ± .030) MIN. (.400) 3 1 200 201 3.81 ± .71 1 2 (.15 ± .028) 3 500 501 1,000 102 2,000 202 8.89 + .76 /- .50 3.99 ± 0.3 (.350 + .030/ - .020) 18.03 ± 1.5 DIA. 5,000 502 (.710 ± .060) (.157 ± .012) 4.0 ± 0.3 10,000 103 18 + 1.0/ - 0.5 (.157 ± .012) 3.18 ± 0.7 (.709 + .040/ - .020) DIA. (.125 ±.028) 20,000 203 12.70 + .30/ - 0.25 12.7 ± 0.3 25,000 253 (.500 + .012/ - .010) (.500 ± .012) 50,000 503 4.83 ± .25 (.190 ± .010) 100,000 104 9.53 200,000 204 (.375) 250,000 254 2.44 ± .25 4.78 500,000 504 2.54 (.096 ± .010) (.188) ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER (.100) 2.54 1,000,000 105 MM .51 ± .05 ALL PINS IN-LINE ON CENTER DIMENSIONS: (.100) 2,000,000 205 (INCHES) (.020 ± .002) MM DIA. TYP. DIMENSIONS: 1000/REEL/BOX (INCHES) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Special resistances available. 1000/REEL/BOX

How To Order Meets EIA Specification 468. Meets EIA Specification 468. 3386 P - 1 - 103 T __ LF Model Style Standard or Modified Product Indicator -1 = Standard Product -EY5 = Extended Shaft

Resistance Code Data Sheets Trimmer Optional Suffix Letter T = Knob* Packaging Designator Blank = Tube (Standard) R = Tape and Reel (W and U Pin Styles Only) A = Ammo Pack (W and U Pin Styles Only) Terminations LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated (Standard) *Knob option is available only in standard Tube packaging Consult factory for other available options.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

87 3386-HV2 / 3386-HV3 3/8 ˝ Trimming Potentiometer Features I 3/8 ˝ Square / Single-Turn / Cermet I Rated at 1 KV D.C. and 600 VDC input Industrial / Sealed High Voltage voltage Focus Control I High stability cermet element I Designed for electrostatic focus I Available with optional red knob control applications on monochrome I RoHS compliant† version available or color CRTs

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range 3386N Typical Focus Control Circuits ...... 2.5 and 5 megohms Common Dimensions Resistance Tolerance ...... ±20 % 3.81 4.83 Contact Resistance Variation ...... 2 % max. (.150) (.190) 3.81 Adjustability 3.81 ANODE (.150) (.150) VOLTAGE Voltage Divider...... ±0.05 % 10-18 KV. 5.97 ± .89 Rheostat ...... ±0.15 % TYP. 2 (.235 ± .035) Resolution...... Infinite 3 1 5.08 † Insulation Resistance @ 1 KV D.C. (.200) ...... 1,000 megohms min. Dielectric Strength (5,000 foot altitude) .38 MIN...... 1.5 KV A.C. min. (.015) 3.05 .51 ± .05 DIA. Adjustment Angle ...... 280 ° nom. (.020 ± .002) (.120) G4 FOCUS 0-600V ADJ. SLOT ADJ. RANGE Environmental Characteristics .76 WIDE TYP. HV2 Input Voltage (.030) 85 °C...... (1K VDC max.) X 2.54 DEEP 3386N-HV3-255 (.100) or 125 °C ...... 0 watt 3.81 9.53 X LONG 3386U-HV3-255 HV3 Input Voltage (.150) (.375) 85 °C ...... (600 VDC max.) MONOCHROME 9.53 † VALUES DETERMINED BY CIRCUIT VOLTAGES 125 °C ...... 0 watt (.375) Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +125 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±400 ppm/°C ANODE VOLTAGE Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 3386U 21-27 KV. 240 Hours (100 megohms min. IR) TYP. Load Life HV2...... 1,000 hours 1 KVDC 60 °C, 90 % R.H. (3 % max. TR) † ! 5.08 HV3 ...... 1,000 hours 600 VDC MIN. 5.08

TrimmerSheets Data (.200) (.200) 60 °C, 90 % R.H. (3 % max. !TR) 5.59 G4 3.81 FOCUS Voltage Breakdown (.220) .51 ± .05 (.150) 6-7 KV. (.020 ± .002) (5,000 foot altitude)...... 1.5 KV min. † TYP. Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* DIA. PINS 3 2 Vibration ...... No discontinuity 30 G 1 3.81 Shock ...... No discontinuity 100 G .38 0-1 KV. MIN. (.150) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles min. (.015) FOCUS RANGE Physical Characteristics How To Order Mechanical Angle...... 310 ° nom. 3386N-HV2-505 or Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 3386 N - HV2 - 505 T LF 3386U-HV2-505 Stop Strength...... 15.0 oz -in. min. Model COLOR Terminals...... Solderable pins Style Weight ...... 0.04 oz. High Voltage Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Construction Indicator TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED resistance code, wiring diagram, -HV2 = 1000 VDC date code, manufacturer’s model -HV3 = 600 VDC number and style Resistance Code Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 -255 = 2.5 megohms WIPER -505 = 5 megohms 2 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Optional Suffix Letter Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 T = Red Knob CCW 1 3 CW Terminations CLOCKWISE LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. (Standard) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 05/04

88 3386-OT1 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I Single-Turn / Cermet / Industrial / I Unique center tapped trimming Sealed potentiometer I Designed for operational amplifier I Vertical adjust type available offset voltage adjustment I RoHS compliant† version available applications I Reduces power supply drift errors

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range 3386P-OT1 ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) 4.83 4.70 ± .51 100 101 (.190) Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. (.185 ± .030) 5.97 .89 3 Absolute Minimum Resistance ± 2.54 200 201 (.235 ± .035) ...... 2 ohms max. (.100) 500 501 Voltage Output Variation ...... ±0.25 % 2 1,000 102 Adjustability (VR) ...... ±0.025 % Insulation Resistance @ 500 vdc 2.54 2,000 202 .38 4 (.100) 1,000 megohms min. MIN. 1 5,000 502 (.015) 2.54 Dielectric Strength (.100) 10,000 103 2.54 Sea Level ...... 900 vac .51 ± .05 DIA. 20,000 203 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac (.020 ± .002) (.100) Effective Electrical Travel...... 280 ° nom. 9.53 50,000 503 Center Tap Resistance...... 2 ohms max. (.375) 100,000 104 Center Tap Electrical Center ...... ±5 % 200,000 204 Center Tap Dead Band ...... 6 °±4 ° 9.53 (.375) 500,000 504 ADJ. SLOT 1,000,000 105 Environmental Characteristics .76 WIDE Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. (.030) Power Rating Special resistances available. Non-boldface items are .76 X DEEP typically not stocked by distributors and are not 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt (.030) 5.64 recommended for new designs. 150 °C ...... 0 watt 3.81 (.222) X LONG Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C (.150) Temperature Stability (!VR)....±0.5 % max. How To Order Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 3386 P - OT1 - 103 LF Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 103 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Model 96 hours ±2 % CLOCKWISE !TR 10 Megohms min. Style Vibration, 30 G ...... ±1 % !TR 2 WIPER Catalog Product Shock, 100 G ...... ±1% !TR Resistance Code Load Life, 1,000 Hours...... ±3% !TR CCW 1 3 CW Terminations Rotational Life, 200 cycles ...... ±4% !TR LF = 100 % Tin-plated (RoHS compliant) Blank = 90 % Tin / 10 % Lead-plated 4 CENTER TAP (Standard) Physical Characteristics Mechanical Angle...... 310 ° nom. Suggested Offset Voltage Adjustment Circuit Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Stop Strength...... 15.0 oz-in. min. Terminals...... Solderable pins R2 +V - INPUT - Weight ...... 0.03 oz. 3 R2 OUTPUT Data Sheets Trimmer Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, + INPUT + resistance code, wiring diagram, R5 date code, manufacturer’s model R3 number and style 2 4 20K" Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 R6 10" Standard Packaging R4 = R5 + R6 OFFSET ...... 50 pcs. per tube/tray 1 ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 –V R1 20K" RANGE = ±V (R3/R6)(R2/R2 + R5) BOURNS OFFSET TRIMMER R2 & R4> R6 Also see Model 3296-OT1.

89 TC03 Trimming Potentiometer Features I High temperature plastic rotor I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Recommended for reflow processing processing information on lead free I Rotor design compatible with pick surface mount trimmers and place and automatic adjustment equipment I Supplied in 8 mm embossed tape, compatible with automatic assembly equipment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range TC03X-2TC03X-2 Resistance Resistance Part ...... 100 to 1 megohm 3 mm Open Frame 3mm Open Frame (Ohms) Code Marking (see standard resistance table) forfor ReflowReflow SolderingSoldering Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 3-Terminal3-Terminal 100 101 12 Absolute Minimum Resistance 3.00 200 201 22 # 1K Ohms ...... 20 ohms max. (.118) 2.30 500 501 52 >1K Ohms...... 2 % max. of TR DIA. Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. (.091) 1,000 102 13 Resolution...... Infinite 3.55 2 2,000 202 23 Adjustment Angle ...... 270 ° ±20 ° (.140) 0.60 (.023) 5,000 502 53 10,000 103 14 Environmental Characteristics 1.50 20,000 203 24 Power Rating (50 VDC max.) (.059) 70 °C ...... 0.10 watt 50,000 503 54 Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +85 °C 1.80 100,000 104 15 1 3 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C (.071) 200,000 204 25 Humidity ...... 95 %RH 1.00 (.039) 500,000 504 55 500 hours 0.80 TRS max...... ±5 % (.031) 1,000,000 105 16 Load Life Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface...... @ 70 °C rated power 500 hours Special resistances available. TRS ±5 % 1.85 1.70 (.072) (.067) Rotational Cycling...... 20 turns TRS ±15 % How To Order TC03 X - 2 - 103 E Physical Characteristics Model TrimmerSheets Data Torque ...... 20-200 g-cm max. Style Mechanical Angle ...... Continuous 0.60 1.10 Orientation of parts in tape: 0.90 (.023) (.043) Style X = Terminals away from Marking...... Part marking code (.035) sprocket holes Standard Packaging...... 2000 pcs./7 ˝ reel 0.70 (.028) Standard or Modified Product Indicator -2 = Cross Slot Rotor (Standard Product) SUGGESTED PWB LAYOUT Resistance Code 1.60 (.062) Embossed Tape Designator 0.90 Consult factory for other available options. (.035) 1.00 1.50 (.039) (.059)

0.80 1.20 (.031) (.047) 3.20 (.125)

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

2 WIPER Specifications are subject to change without notice. † RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW 1 3 CW Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04 CLOCKWISE

90 TC22 2 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer Features I Recommended for reflow processing I 2 mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard I Rotor design compatible with pick trimmer footprint and place and automatic adjustment I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for equipment processing information on lead free surface mount trimmers

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications

Standard Resistance Range 1.45 0.3 5.5 ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm (.057) 0.45 (.008) (.217) (see standard resistance table) (.018) 0.45 (.018) Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 0.06 0.6 Absolute Minimum Resistance (.002) 1 K Ohms ...... 20 ohms max. (.024) 1.5 # 2.6 (.059) >1 K Ohms...... 2 % max. of TR 2.2 1.45 (.087) (.057) (.102) Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. DIA. 8.0 Resolution...... Infinite (.315) Adjustment Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 ° 2.75 1.35 1.4 (.108) Environmental Characteristics (.053) (.055) 3.5 ± 0.05 2.75 1.75 ± 0.1 (.138 ± .002) Power Rating (50 VDC max.) (.108) (.069 ± .004) 70 °C ...... 0.1 watt DIA. Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +100 °C 1.55 ± 0.05 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C (.061 ± .002) Humidity ...... 95 % RH TRS max...... ±5 % 0.95 0.3 (.037) (.012) 4.0 ± 0.1 Load Life (.157 ± .004) ...... @ 70 °C rated power 1000 hours 2.8 4.0 ± 0.1 (.110) (.157 ± .004) TRS ±5 % 1.4 1.4 Rotational Cycling...... 20 cycles (.055) (.055) TRS ± 5 % 1.0 0.7 2.0 0.1 (.039) (.028) ± (.079 ± .004) Physical Characteristics 1 Torque...... 0.49-7.84 mN-m max. 2 1.9 Mechanical Angle ...... 270 ° ±20 ° (.075) Marking...... Part marking code 3 Standard Packaging...... 3000 pcs./7 ” reel 0.85 0.8 (.033) (.031)

Standard Resistance Table Recommended Land Pattern Resistance Resistance 0.7 1.0 (.028) TAPE (.039) Ohms Code Ohms Code 180.0 -3/+0 DIA. (7.087 -.118/+0) 100 101 20,000 203 1.9 (.075) 200 201 50,000 503 500 501 100,000 104 0.85 0.8 1,000 102 200,000 204 Data Sheets Trimmer (.033) (.031) 2,000 202 500,000 504 1.55 1.55 60.0 -0/+1.0 (.061) (.061) 5,000 502 1,000,000 105 (2.362 -0/+.039) DIA. 10,000 103 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. 13.0 9.0 ± 1.0 DIA. 2 WIPER (.512) (.354 ± .039) How To Order 11.4 ± 1.0 REEL (.449 ± .039) TC22 X - 2 - 103 E CCW 1 3 CW Model CLOCKWISE Meets EIA 481 Style Standard or Modified Product Indicator -2 = Cross Slot Rotor Resistance Code Specifications are subject to change without notice. Embossed Tape Designator †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. E = 3000 pcs./7 ˝ Reel (Standard) Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

91 TC33 3 mm SMD Trimming Potentiometer Features I Recommended for reflow processing I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Rotor design compatible with pick processing information on lead free and place and automatic adjustment surface mount trimmers equipment I 3 mm size meets EIA/EIAJ standard trimmer footprint

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications

Standard Resistance Range 0.5 0.2 ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm (.020) (.008) 5.5 (see standard resistance table) (.217) Resistance Tolerance...... ±25 % std. 3 0.06 3.0 2.1 0.65 Absolute Minimum Resistance 2 (.002) #1 K Ohms ...... 20 ohms max. (.118) (.083) (.026) 2.4 >1 K Ohms...... 2 % max. of TR 1 (.094) Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. 8.0 Resolution...... Essentially infinite (.315) 2.75 1.75 1.95 (.108) (.069) (.077) Adjustment Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 ° 3.5 0.05 3.8 ± 1.75 ± 0.1 (.138 ± .002) (.150) (.069 ± .004) Environmental Characteristics DIA. Power Rating (50 VDC max.) 1.55 ± 0.05 70 °C ...... 0.1 watt (.061 ± .002) Temperature Range...... -40 °C to +120 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C 1.2 4.0 0.1 Humidity ...... 95 %RH (.047) ± 0.9 (.157 ± .004) TRS max...... ±5 % 4.0 ± 0.1 1.5 (.035) (.157 ± .004) Load Life (.060) ...... @ 70 °C rated power 1000 hours TRS ±5 % 2.9 Rotational Cycling...... 20 cycles (.114) 2.0 ± 0.1 TRS ±10 % (.079 ± .004) 0.75 (.030) Physical Characteristics Torque...... 0.98-11.76 mN-m max. Mechanical Angle ...... 270 ° ±20 ° Recommended Land Pattern Marking...... Part marking code 1.2 TrimmerSheets Data Standard Packaging...... 2500 pcs./7 ˝ reel (.050) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 1.2 1.5 (.047) TAPE (.060) 0.8 330.2 -3/+0 DIA. Standard Resistance Table (.031) (13.0 -.118/+0) -OR- 180.0 -3/+0 DIA. Resistance Resistance (7.087 -.118/+0) 1.6 (.063) Ohms Code Ohms Code 1.2 0.7 (.047) 100 101 20,000 203 (.028) 1.2 200 201 30,000 303 (.047) 300 301 50,000 503 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.3/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 60.0 -0/+1.0 500 501 100,000 104 (2.362 -0/+.039) DIA. 1,000 102 200,000 204 How To Order 2,000 202 300,000 304 TC33 X - 2 - 103 E 13.0 9.0 ± 1.0 3,000 302 500,000 504 DIA. (.512) (.354 ± .039) Model 5,000 502 1,000,000 105 11.4 ± 1.0 Style 10,000 103 REEL (.449 ± .039) Standard Product Indicator Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. -2 = Cross Slot Rotor Meets EIA 481 Special resistances available. Resistance Code Embossed Tape Designator E = 2500 pcs./7 ˝ Reel (Standard) G = 9000 pcs./13 ˝ Reel 2 WIPER Specifications are subject to change without notice. † RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. CCW 1 3 CW Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04 CLOCKWISE

92 TC73 Trimming Potentiometer Features I Recommended for reflow processing I RoHS compliant† – See page 155 for I Rotor design compatible with pick processing information on lead free and place and automatic adjustment surface mount trimmers equipment I Supplied in 8 mm embossed tape, compatible with automatic assembly equipment I Carbon element

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table

Standard Resistance Range TC73X/W-2TC73X/W-2 ...... 500 to 1 megohm Resistance Part Part 3.10 3.60 (Ohms) Marking Marking (see standard resistance table) (.122) (.141) Resistance Tolerance...... ±30 % std. 1.60 500 52 501 2 Absolute Minimum Resistance (.062) 1,000 13 102 #1K Ohms...... 20 ohms max. >1K Ohms...... 2 % max. of TR 2.20 2,000 23 202 Contact Resistance Variation (.086) 5,000 53 502 ...... 5 % max. 1.50 10,000 14 103 Resolution...... Infinite (.059) Adjustment Angle ...... 260 ° ±20 °(-2) 20,000 24 203 RESISTANCE 50,000 54 503 1.90 1.80 1 3 Environmental Characteristics (.075) (.070) 0.50 100,000 15 104 (.019) 200,000 25 204 Power Rating (50 VDC max.) 0.80 50 °C ...... 0.05 watt (.031) 500,000 55 504 1.80 Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +85 °C (.070) 1,000,000 16 105 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. Humidity ...... 95 %RH Special resistances available. 500 hours TRS max...... +15 % to -2 % Load Life How To Order ...... @ 50 °C rated power 500 hours 0.65 0.80 (.025) (.031) TRS ±5 % TC73 X - 1 - 103 E 1.15 1.15 Rotational Cycling...... 20 turns (.059) (.059) Model TRS ±20 % Style 1.80 DIA. Orientation of Parts in Tape: (.070) Style X: Terminals Away From Physical Characteristics Sprocket Holes 0.55 Style W: Terminals in Direction Torque ...... 10-150 g-cm max. 0.35 (.021) to Sprocket Holes Mechanical Angle (.013) (Preferred) ...... Continuous; 260 ° ± 20 ° DRIVER SLOT DEPTH Standard or Modified Marking...... Part marking code Product Indicator Standard Packaging...... 2000 pcs./7 ˝ reel -1 = Mechanical Rotation Stop 0.20 (Preferred) (.008) DRIVER SLOT SHAPE -2 = Continuous Soldering Process Resistance Code SUGGESTED PCB LAYOUT Hand Soldering...... Soldering Iron of 20 W Embossed Tape Designator

1.30 E = 2000 pcs. per Reel, Data Sheets Trimmer or less controlled at 280 °C for about (.051) 0.80 8 mm Tape 3 sec. while applying solder (.031) Consult factory for other available options. Reflow Soldering ...... Peak temperature or reflow oven should be 1.30 1.25 set to 240 °C max. (.051) (.049)

2 WIPER 1.25 (.049) 1.20 1.20 CCW 1 3 CW (.047) (.047) CLOCKWISE 0.80 (.031) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

93 TC86 AVAILABLE THROUGH 6 mm Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 6 mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet I Dust resistant/splash resistant covers Industrial / Open Frame I Front and top adjust styles I Cross slot adjustment options I RoHS compliant† I Horizontal and vertical mounting styles

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range Top Adjust Side Adjust ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm Common Dimensions Common Dimensions (see standard resistance table) 6.8 ± 0.5 6.8 0.8 Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. (.268 ± .020) 0.8 ± 0.2 (.268) (tighter tolerance available) (.031 ± .008) (.031) Absolute Minimum Resistance # 500 Ohms...... 10 ohms max. 7.7 7.7 ± 0.5 (.303) > 500 Ohms ...... 2 % max. of TR (.303 ± .020) Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. 3.4 3.4 (.134) Resolution...... Infinite (.134) Adjustment Angle ...... 240 ° ±20 °

Environmental Characteristics 1 3 3 PLCS. Power Rating (100 VDC max.) 2 3.2 7.6 ± 0.5 1.6 0.8 70 °C ...... 0.3 watt (.126) (.299 ± .020) (.063) (.031) 0.8 Temperature Range...... -30 °C to +85 °C 3 PLCS. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C MOUNTING 5.0 (.031) Humidity ...... 95 % RH SURFACE (.197) TRS ±5 % 1 3 TC86W Load Life...... 500 hours @ 70 °C 0.8 0.8 3.2 ± 0.3 2 3 PLCS. (.031) TRS ±5 % (.031) 3.6 (.126 ± .012) Rotational Cycling...... 50 cycles 2.0 (.142) 2.2 2 PLCS. 2.3 (.079) TRS ±10 % (.087) (.091) 5.0 ± 0.5 6.7 (.197 ± .020) (.264) Physical Characteristics 3.4 Torque ...... 30-300 gf-cm TC86P (.134) Mechanical Angle ...... 240 ° ±20 ° 6.7 Marking...... Part marking code (.264) 0.8 3.4 (.031) 1.6 Standard Packaging ...... 200 pcs./bag 3.6 (.063) (.134) (.142) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 1.9 0.3 TrimmerSheets Data 0.3 Aqueous cleaning not recommended (.075) (.012) (.012)

2.5 (.098) WIPER 2 3.2 ± 0.3 2.7 ± 0.3 TC86K (.126 ± .012) (.106 ± .012) 0.8 CCW CW 3.6 (.031) 1 3 3.2 ± 0.3 0.3 (.142) CLOCKWISE (.126 ± .012) (.012) 1.7 ± 0.3 2.5 ± 0.5 (.067 ± .012) (.098 ±.020) 6.7 (.264) TC86F 0.8 0.8 (.031) (.031) 3.6 (.142) 3.4 (.134) 1.6 (.063) 1.6 (.063) 3.2 (.126) 1.2 0.3 0.3 (.047) 3.5 (.012) (.012) (.138) 2.5 ± 0.5 0.3 (.098 ± .020) (.012) 5.0 ± 0.5 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.197 ±.020) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

94 TC86 – Suggested PCB Layout and Ordering Information

Suggested PCB Layout – Style F Suggested PCB Layout – Styles K, P,W Standard Resistance Table

Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 1.0 + 0.2 /-0 2.5 ± 0.1 1.0 (.098 ± .004) (.040) 5.0 ± 0.1 (.040 + .008 /-0) 100 101 DIA. 3 PLCS. (.197 ± .004) DIA. 3 PLCS. 200 201 500 501 5.0 ± 0.1 (.197 ± .004) 5.0 ± 0.1 1,000 102 (.197 ± .004) 2,000 202 5,000 502 10,000 103 20,000 203 50,000 503 100,000 104 200,000 204 500,000 504 1,000,000 105 Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface.

How To Order TC86 W - 1 - 103 Model Style Standard Product Indicator Resistance Code Trimmer Data Sheets Trimmer

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

95 TC89 AVAILABLE THROUGH 9 mm Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 9 mm Round / Single-Turn / Cermet I Dust resistant/splash resistant covers Industrial / Open Frame I PC board stand-offs I Both sides adjust I RoHS compliant† I Horizontal and vertical mounting styles

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Range Top Adjust Side Adjust ...... 100 ohms to 1 megohm TC89P TC89W 8.8 ± 0.5 (see standard resistance table) (.346 ± .020) 2.0 Resistance Tolerance...... ±20 % std. (.079) Absolute Minimum Resistance 3.6 3.6 #500 Ohms...... 10 ohms max. 2 (.142) (.142) 4.5 >500 Ohms ...... 2 % max. of TR (.177) 1.0 Contact Resistance Variation ...... 5 % max. 11.5 ± 0.5 1.0 (.040) Resolution...... Infinite (.453 ± .020) (.040) Adjustment Angle ...... 270 ° ±15 ° 6.4 (.252) 8.2 ± 0.5 Environmental Characteristics (.323 ± .020)

Power Rating (250 VDC max.) 1 3 70 °C ...... 0.5 watt 8.8 ± 0.5 Temperature Range...... -30 °C to +100 °C (.346 ± .020) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±250 ppm/°C 1 3 Humidity ...... 95 % RH 2 4.5 ± 0.3 TRS ±5 % 8.8 ± 0.5 (.177 ± .012) (.346 ± .020) 5.0 ± 0.5 Load Life...... 500 hours @ 70 °C 4.2 TRS ±5 % 1.6 (.197 ± .020) (.063) (.165) Rotational Cycling...... 50 cycles TRS ±10 %

1.0 8.5 ± 0.5 4.2 4.5 Physical Characteristics (.040) (.335 ± .020) (.165) (.177) Torque ...... 50-350 gf-cm Mechanical Angle ...... 270 ° ±15 ° Marking...... Part marking code 8.0 Standard Packaging ...... 200 pcs./bag 5.0 5.0 (.315) 1.6 Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.197) (.197) (.063) Aqueous cleaning not recommended TrimmerSheets Data 10.0 ± 0.5 (.394 ± .020)

Standard Resistance Table 0.8 (.031) 1.2 ± 0.2 Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (.047 ± .008) Suggested PCB Layout 100 101 2.5 ± 0.5 (.098 ± .020) 200 201 1.2 + 0.2/-0 500 501 (.047 + .008/-0) 1,000 102 DIA. 3 PLCS. 10.0 ± 0.1 Suggested PCB Layout (.394 ± .004) 2,000 202 5,000 502 2.5 ± 0.1 (.098 ± .004) 10,000 103 5.0 ± 0.1 20,000 203 (.197 ± .004) 1.2 + 0.2/-0 50,000 503 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.047 + .008/-0) 100,000 104 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED DIA. 3 PLCS. 5.0 ± 0.1 200,000 204 (.197 ± .004) 500,000 504 1,000,000 105 How To Order 2 WIPER Popular distribution resistance values listed in boldface. TC89 P - 1 - 103 Model CCW 1 3 CW Specifications are subject to change without notice. Style CLOCKWISE †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in Standard Product Indicator their specific applications. REV 09/04 Resistance Code

Mil-Spec Numbering System – Defined

Non-Wirewound RJ Styles High-Rel Wirewound Specification MIL-PRF-22097 RJ24 F W 103 MIL-PRF-39015 RTR Styles Style This specification has a procedure for ordering, Characteristic processing, and marking parts entirely different Temperature Coefficient Max. ±100 ppm/°c than the other three specifications. IT DOES Contact Resistance Variation Max. 1 % Thermal Shock 1 % NOT USE THE TYPE DESIGNATION NUMBER Humidity 1 % AS THE PART NUMBER. Shock 1 % Vibration 1 % The number to order by consists of: Load Life 2 % Low Temperature 1 % 1. The individual specification sheet number High Temperature 2 % Rotational Life 2 % M39015/2 (for style RTR22) M39015/3 (for style RTR24) Terminal Type Resistance Code 2. A dash number from the specification sheet First Two Digits Significant table for the resistance value Last Digit = Number of Zeroes (103 = 10,000 ohms) M39015/2 M39015/3 -003 500 -006 500 -004 1K -007 1K -005 2K -008 2K Non-Wirewound RJR Styles – High Reliability -006 5K -009 5K MIL-PRF-39035 RJR24 F W 102 P -007 10K -101 10K -008 20K Style Characteristic 3. Terminal Type Temperature Coefficient Max. ±100 ppm/°c Contact Resistance Variation Max. 1 % 4. Failure rate level M Thermal Shock 1 % M = 1 % Humidity 1 % % Failure/1,000 Hours – 60% Confidence Shock 1 % Vibration 1 % Load Life 2,000 Hours 3 % 10,000 Hours 3 % Examples of Part Numbers Low Temperature 1 % M39015/2 – 006LM High Temperature 3 % Rotational Life 2 % 5K Term. Type L – Failure Rate M Conditioning 1-1/2 % M39015/3 – 010XM Terminal Type 10K Term. Type X – Failure Rate M Resistance Code First Two Digits Significant The table on the next page shows all part Last Digit = Number of Zeroes numbers covered by this specification, the (102 = 1,000 ohms) conversion to the RTR type designation number Failure Rate required by the supplier to manufacture the (% Failures/1,000 Hours – 60 % Confidence) M = 1.0 % part, and the number that will be marked on the P = 0.1 % units you receive (same as part number ordered R = .01 % but with the letter “J” in front of it). The letter “J” is a government mark and it is certification that the parts comply with the specification.

Information Notes: Wirewound RT Styles 1. M39015/3 was added to the MIL-SPEC after its original release. MIL-PRF-27208 RT24 C2 P 101 Style Characteristic C = Temperature Coefficient ±50 ppm/°C 2 = 85 ° Rating Temperature, 150 ° Maximum Operating Temperature Terminal Type Resistance Code First Two Digits Significant Last Digit = Number of Zeroes (101 = 100 ohms) Military TrimmersMilitary

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

98 Mil-Spec Numbering System – How to Order

Bourns High Reliability Mil-Spec Part Numbers

Order By Process By* Marked With Terminal Types Failure Rate M39015/2-003(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)501(FR) JM39015/2-003(TS)(FR) M39015/2-004(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)102(FR) JM39015/2-004(TS)(FR) M39015/2-005(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)202(FR) JM39015/2-005(TS)(FR) L, P, W, X M M39015/2-006(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)502(FR) JM39015/2-006(TS)(FR) M39015/2-007(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)103(FR) JM39015/2-007(TS)(FR) M39015/2-008(TS)(FR) RTR22D(TS)203(FR) JM39015/2-008(TS)(FR) M39015/3-006(TS)(FR) RTR24D(TS)501(FR) JM39015/3-006(TS)(FR) P, W, X M M39015/3-007(TS)(FR) RTR24D(TS)102(FR) JM39015/3-007(TS)(FR) M39015/3-008(TS)(FR) RTR24D(TS)202(FR) JM39015/3-008(TS)(FR) P, W, X M M39015/3-009(TS)(FR) RTR24D(TS)502(FR) JM39015/3-009(TS)(FR) M39015/3-010(TS)(FR) RTR24D(TS)103(FR) JM39015/3-010(TS)(FR)

*May also order using this part number.

Qualified Part Numbers

RT/RTR22 (Commercial Model 3250)

Standard RT22C2_____ Nominal Values Resolution (ohms) L P W X (percent) 10 — — — — — 20 — — — — — 50 RT22C2L500 RT22C2P500 RT22C2W500 RT22C2X500 0.80 100 RT22C2L101 RT22C2P101 RT22C2W101 RT22C2X101 0.90 200 RT22C2L201 RT22C2P201 RT22C2W201 RT22C2X201 0.70 500 RT22C2L501 RT22C2P501 RT22C2W501 RT22C2X501 0.60 1K RT22C2L102 RT22C2P102 RT22C2W102 RT22C2X102 0.40 2K RT22C2L202 RT22C2P202 RT22C2W202 RT22C2X202 0.30 5K RT22C2L502 RT22C2P502 RT22C2W502 RT22C2X502 0.25 10K RT22C2L103 RT22C2P103 RT22C2W103 RT22C2X103 0.19 20K RT22C2L203 RT22C2P203 RT22C2W203 RT22C2X203 0.16

Standard RTR22D_____ Nominal Values Resolution (ohms) L P W X (percent) 10 — — — — — 20 — — — — — 50 — — — — — 100 — — — — — 200 — — — — — 500 RTR22DL501M RTR22DP501M RTR22DW501M RTR22DX501M 0.60 1K RTR22DL102M RTR22DP102M RTR22DW102M RTR22DX102M 0.40 2K RTR22DL202M RTR22DP202M RTR22DW202M RTR22DX202M 0.30 5K RTR22DL502M RTR22DP502M RTR22DW502M RTR22DX502M 0.25 10K RTR22DL103M RTR22DP103M RTR22DW103M RTR22DX103M 0.19 20K RTR22DL203M RTR22DP203M RTR22DW203M RTR22DX203M 0.16 MilitaryTrimmers

Bourns reserves the right per MIL-PRF-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.

99 Qualified Part Numbers

RT/RTR24 (Commercial Model 3290)

Standard RT24C2_____ RTR24D_____ Nominal Values Resolution (ohms) P W X P W X (percent) 10 RT24C2P100 RT24C2W100 RT24C2X100 — — — 1.11 20 RT24C2P200 RT24C2W200 RT24C2X200 — — — 0.93 50 RT24C2P500 RT24C2W500 RT24C2X500 — — — 0.62 100 RT24C2P101 RT24C2W101 RT24C2X101 — — — 0.60 200 RT24C2P201 RT24C2W201 RT24C2X201 — — — 0.54 500 RT24C2P501 RT24C2W501 RT24C2X501 RTR24DP501* RTR24DW501* RTR24DX501* 0.42 1K RT24C2P102 RT24C2W102 RT24C2X102 RTR24DP102* RTR24DW102* RTR24DX102* 0.33 2K RT24C2P202 RT24C2W202 RT24C2X202 RTR24DP202* RTR24DW202* RTR24DX202* 0.26 5K RT24C2P502 RT24C2W502 RT24C2X502 RTR24DP502* RTR24DW502* RTR24DX502* 0.20 10K RT24C2P103 RT24C2W103 RT24C2X103 RTR24DP103* RTR24DW103* RTR24DX103* 0.17 *Last letter in number is failure rate level. M = 1.0 %; P = 0.1 %; R = 0.01 %

RT12 (Commercial Model 3057) RT26 (Commercial Model 3260)

Standard RT12C2_____ Nominal Standard RT26C2_____ Nominal Values Resolution Values Resolution (ohms) L P Y (percent) (ohms) W X (percent) 10 RT12C2L100 RT12C2P100 RT12C2Y100 2.40 10 RT26C2W100 RT26C2X100 1.90 20 RT12C2L200 RT12C2P200 RT12C2Y200 1.90 20 RT26C2W200 RT26C2X200 1.50 50 RT12C2L500 RT12C2P500 RT12C2Y500 1.40 50 RT26C2W500 RT26C2X500 1.25 100 RT12C2L101 RT12C2P101 RT12C2Y101 1.00 100 RT26C2W101 RT26C2X101 1.00 200 RT12C2L201 RT12C2P201 RT12C2Y201 0.86 200 RT26C2W201 RT26C2X201 0.94 500 RT12C2L501 RT12C2P501 RT12C2Y501 0.89 500 RT26C2W501 RT26C2X501 0.58 1K RT12C2L102 RT12C2P102 RT12C2Y102 0.72 1K RT26C2W102 RT26C2X102 0.50 2K RT12C2L202 RT12C2P202 RT12C2Y202 0.58 2K RT26C2W202 RT26C2X202 0.45 5K RT12C2L502 RT12C2P502 RT12C2Y502 0.43 5K RT26C2W502 RT26C2X502 0.34 10K RT12C2L103 RT12C2P103 RT12C2Y103 0.34 20K RT12C2L203 RT12C2P203 RT12C2Y203 0.31

RJ22 (Commercial Model 3252)

Standard RJ22F_____ Values (ohms) L P W X 10 RJ22FL100 RJ22FP100 RJ22FW100 RJ22FX100 20 RJ22FL200 RJ22FP200 RJ22FW200 RJ22FX200 50 RJ22FL500 RJ22FP500 RJ22FW500 RJ22FX500 100 RJ22FL101 RJ22FP101 RJ22FW101 RJ22FX101 200 RJ22FL201 RJ22FP201 RJ22FW201 RJ22FX201 500 RJ22FL501 RJ22FP501 RJ22FW501 RJ22FX501 1K RJ22FL102 RJ22FP102 RJ22FW102 RJ22FX102 2K RJ22FL202 RJ22FP202 RJ22FW202 RJ22FX202 Military TrimmersMilitary 5K RJ22FL502 RJ22FP502 RJ22FW502 RJ22FX502 10K RJ22FL103 RJ22FP103 RJ22FW103 RJ22FX103 20K RJ22FL203 RJ22FP203 RJ22FW203 RJ22FX203 25K RJ22FL253 RJ22FP253 RJ22FW253 RJ22FX253 50K RJ22FL503 RJ22FP503 RJ22FW503 RJ22FX503 100K RJ22FL104 RJ22FP104 RJ22FW104 RJ22FX104 250K RJ22FL254 RJ22FP254 RJ22FW254 RJ22FX254 500K RJ22FL504 RJ22FP504 RJ22FW504 RJ22FX504 1 MEG RJ22FL105 RJ22FP105 RJ22FW105 RJ22FX105 Bourns reserves the right per MIL-PRF-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.

100 Qualified Part Numbers

RJ24 (Commercial Model 3296 for P, W, X; Model 3292 for L) RJR24 (Commercial Model 3296)

Standard RJ24F_____ Standard RJR24F_____ Values Values (ohms) L P W X (ohms) P W X 10 RJ24FL100 RJ24FP100 RJ24FW100 RJ24FX100 10 RJR24FP100* RJR24FW100* RJR24FX100* 20 RJ24FL200 RJ24FP200 RJ24FW200 RJ24FX200 20 RJR24FP200* RJR24FW200* RJR24FX200* 50 RJ24FL500 RJ24FP500 RJ24FW500 RJ24FX500 50 RJR24FP500* RJR24FW500* RJR24FX500* 100 RJ24FL101 RJ24FP101 RJ24FW101 RJ24FX101 100 RJR24FP101* RJR24FW101* RJR24FX101* 200 RJ24FL201 RJ24FP201 RJ24FW201 RJ24FX201 200 RJR24FP201* RJR24FW201* RJR24FX201* 500 RJ24FL501 RJ24FP501 RJ24FW501 RJ24FX501 500 RJR24FP501* RJR24FW501* RJR24FX501* 1K RJ24FL102 RJ24FP102 RJ24FW102 RJ24FX102 1K RJR24FP102* RJR24FW102* RJR24FX102* 2K RJ24FL202 RJ24FP202 RJ24FW202 RJ24FX202 2K RJR24FP202* RJR24FW202* RJR24FX202* 5K RJ24FL502 RJ24FP502 RJ24FW502 RJ24FX502 5K RJR24FP502* RJR24FW502* RJR24FX502* 10K RJ24FL103 RJ24FP103 RJ24FW103 RJ24FX103 10K RJR24FP103* RJR24FW103* RJR24FX103* 20K RJ24FL203 RJ24FP203 RJ24FW203 RJ24FX203 20K RJR24FP203* RJR24FW203* RJR24FX203* 25K RJ24FL253 RJ24FP253 RJ24FW253 RJ24FX253 25K RJR24FP253* RJR24FW253* RJR24FX253* 50K RJ24FL503 RJ24FP503 RJ24FW503 RJ24FX503 50K RJR24FP503* RJR24FW503* RJR24FX503* 100K RJ24FL104 RJ24FP104 RJ24FW104 RJ24FX104 100K RJR24FP104* RJR24FW104* RJR24FX104* 250K RJ24FL254 RJ24FP254 RJ24FW254 RJ24FX254 250K RJR24FP254* RJR24FW254* RJR24FX254* 500K RJ24FL504 RJ24FP504 RJ24FW504 RJ24FX504 500K RJR24FP504* RJR24FW504* RJR24FX504* 1 MEG RJ24FL105 RJ24FP105 RJ24FW105 RJ24FX105 1 MEG RJR24FP105* RJR24FW105* RJR24FX105*

RJ/RJR26 (Commercial Model 3262; Commercial Model 3266 for A & B)

Standard RJ26F_____ RJR26F_____ Values (ohms) P W X P W X A** B** 10 RJ26FP100 RJ26FW100 RJ26FX100 RJR26FP100* RJR26FW100* RJR26FX100* RJR26FA100* RJR26FB100* 20 RJ26FP200 RJ26FW200 RJ26FX200 RJR26FP200* RJR26FW200* RJR26FX200* RJR26FA200* RJR26FB200* 50 RJ26FP500 RJ26FW500 RJ26FX500 RJR26FP500* RJR26FW500* RJR26FX500* RJR26FA500* RJR26FB500* 100 RJ26FP101 RJ26FW101 RJ26FX101 RJR26FP101* RJR26FW101* RJR26FX101* RJR26FA101* RJR26FB101* 200 RJ26FP201 RJ26FW201 RJ26FX201 RJR26FP201* RJR26FW201* RJR26FX201* RJR26FA201* RJR26FB201* 500 RJ26FP501 RJ26FW501 RJ26FX501 RJR26FP501* RJR26FW501* RJR26FX501* RJR26FA501* RJR26FB501* 1K RJ26FP102 RJ26FW102 RJ26FX102 RJR26FP102* RJR26FW102* RJR26FX102* RJR26FA102* RJR26FB102* 2K RJ26FP202 RJ26FW202 RJ26FX202 RJR26FP202* RJR26FW202* RJR26FX202* RJR26FA202* RJR26FB202* 5K RJ26FP502 RJ26FW502 RJ26FX502 RJR26FP502* RJR26FW502* RJR26FX502* RJR26FA502* RJR26FB502* 10K RJ26FP103 RJ26FW103 RJ26FX103 RJR26FP103* RJR26FW103* RJR26FX103* RJR26FA103* RJR26FB103* 20K RJ26FP203 RJ26FW203 RJ26FX203 RJR26FP203* RJR26FW203* RJR26FX203* RJR26FA203* RJR26FB203* 25K RJ26FP253 RJ26FW253 RJ26FX253 RJR26FP253* RJR26FW253* RJR26FX253* RJR26FA253* RJR26FB253* 50K RJ26FP503 RJ26FW503 RJ26FX503 RJR26FP503* RJR26FW503* RJR26FX503* RJR26FA503* RJR26FB503* 100K RJ26FP104 RJ26FW104 RJ26FX104 RJR26FP104* RJR26FW104* RJR26FX104* RJR26FA104* RJR26FB104* 200K — — — RJR26FP204* RJR26FW204* RJR26FX204* RJR26FA204* RJR26FB204* 250K RJ26FP254 RJ26FW254 RJ26FX254 RJR26FP254* RJR26FW254* RJR26FX254* RJR26FA254* RJR26FB254* 500K RJ26FP504 RJ26FW504 RJ26FX504 RJR26FP504* RJR26FW504* RJR26FX504* RJR26FA504* RJR26FB504* 1 MEG RJ26FP105 RJ26FW105 RJ26FX105 RJR26FP105* RJR26FW105* RJR26FX105* RJR26FA105* RJR26FB105*

*Last letter in number is failure rate level. M = 1.0 %; P = 0.1 %; R = 0.01 % **Model RJR26FA commercial model is 3266W. Model RJR26FB commercial model is 3266X. MilitaryTrimmers

Bourns reserves the right per MIL-PRF-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.

101 Qualified Part Numbers

RJ12 (Commercial Model 3059) RJ/RJR50 (Commercial Model 3329)

Standard RJ12F_____ Standard RJ50F_____ RJR50F_____ Values Values (ohms) P Y (ohms) P P 10 RJ12FP100 RJ12FY100 10 RJ50FP100 RJR50FP100* 20 RJ12FP200 RJ12FY200 20 RJ50FP200 RJR50FP200* 50 RJ12FP500 RJ12FY500 50 RJ50FP500 RJR50FP500* 100 RJ12FP101 RJ12FY101 100 RJ50FP101 RJR50FP101* 200 RJ12FP201 RJ12FY201 200 RJ50FP201 RJR50FP201* 500 RJ12FP501 RJ12FY501 500 RJ50FP501 RJR50FP501* 1K RJ12FP102 RJ12FY102 1K RJ50FP102 RJR50FP102* 2K RJ12FP202 RJ12FY202 2K RJ50FP202 RJR50FP202* 5K RJ12FP502 RJ12FY502 5K RJ50FP502 RJR50FP502* 10K RJ12FP103 RJ12FY103 10K RJ50FP103 RJR50FP103* 20K RJ12FP203 RJ12FY203 20K RJ50FP203 RJR50FP203* 25K RJ12FP253 RJ12FY253 25K RJ50FP253 RJR50FP253* 50K RJ12FP503 RJ12FY503 50K RJ50FP503 RJR50FP503* 100K RJ12FP104 RJ12FY104 100K RJ50FP104 RJR50FP104* 200K RJ12FP204 RJ12FY204 200K — RJR50FP204* 250K RJ12FP254 RJ12FY254 250K RJ50FP254 RJR50FP254* 500K RJ12FP504 RJ12FY504 500K RJ50FP504 RJR50FP504* 1 MEG RJ12FP105 RJ12FY105 1 MEG RJ50FP105 RJR50FP105*

*Last letter in number is failure rate level. M = 1.0 %; P = 0.1 % Military TrimmersMilitary

Bourns reserves the right per MIL-PRF-39035 to substitute a higher grade temperature characteristic or failure rate (QPL) than requested.

102 RT12 Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer Features I 1-1/4 ˝ Rectangular / Multiturn I RoHS compliant† Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed I Panel mount option available I Listed on the QPL per MIL-PRF-27208

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RT12C2L Nominal ...... 10 to 20K ohms Common Dimensions Resistance Resistance Resolution (see standard resistance table) (Ohms) Code 31.75 (Percent) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. (1.25) (tighter tolerance available) 3.18 25.4 10 100 2.40 Absolute Minimum Resistance (.125 ) (1.000) 20 200 1.90 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. 1.47 ± .56 (.058 ± .022) (whichever is greater) 50 500 1.40 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. 100 101 1.00 Resolution...... See Resistance Table ADJ. SLOT 200 201 0.86 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 2.92 ± .38 DIA 2.36 (.115 ± .015) 500 501 0.89 1,000 megohms min. DIA. .64 (.093) X WIDE Dielectric Strength MTG. HOLES (2) (.025) 1,000 102 0.72 .79 X DEEP Sea Level ...... 1,500 vac 4.83 (.031) 2,000 202 0.58 70,000 Feet...... 400 vac (.190) 5,000 502 0.43 Adjustment Travel...... 22 turns nom. 10,000 103 0.34 6.10 TYP. (.240) 6.10 20,000 203 0.31 Environmental Characteristics 152.4 TYP. LEADS MIN. LENGTH (.240) (6.000) Power Rating @ 70 °C ...... 1 watt 8.00 ± .38 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.315 ± .015) How To Order Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C MIL-PRF-27208 RT12 C2 P 101 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* Model 2.67 (pin styles only) (.105 ) Characteristic Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 3.43 ± .38 C = ±50 ppm/°C Temp Coeff. Max. (.135 ± .015) 2 = 85 °C Rating Temp. 96 hours 150 °C Max. Operating Temp. (2 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) RT12C2P Terminal Style Vibration...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution VR) .71 ± .03 Resistance Code ! (.028 ± .001) Shock...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 0.5 % DIA. TYP. + resolution !VR) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 1 watt @ 70 °C 2 1 3 RED WIPER (2 % !TR) 17.78 6.60 12.70 ± .79 2 (.700) Rotational Life ...... 200 cycles (2 % !TR) (.260) (.500 ± .031) 22.86 YELLOW 1 3 GREEN (.900) CCW CW CLOCKWISE Physical Characteristics RT12C2Y Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Terminals...... Solderable pins and lugs Flexible leads ...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) Weight ...... 0.10 oz. 1 2 3 7.62 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 6.35 (.300) (.250) resistance code, terminal numbers, 17.78 date code, manufacturer’s model (.700) number and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 2.54 Standard Packaging (.100) P&Y Style ...... 10 pcs. per tube .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. L Style ...... 25 pcs. per bag (.028 ± .001) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 12.70 ± .79 (.500 ± .031)

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. 2.54 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.100) MilitaryTrimmers Specifications are subject to change without notice. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

103 RT22/RTR22 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/2 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I RoHS compliant† I Multiturn / Wirewound / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-27208 and High-Rel MIL-R-39015 I Panel Mount option available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions RT22 – Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RT22C2P/RTR22DP Nominal RT22 ...... 50 to 20K ohms Common Dimensions Resistance Resistance (Pin Styles) Resolution RTR22...... 500 to 20K ohms (Ohms) Code (see standard resistance table) 1.98 DIA. THRU (Percent) (.078) (2 PLACES) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. 50 500 0.80 (tighter tolerance available) ADJ. SLOT 2.03 ± .38 100 101 0.90 Absolute Minimum Resistance 13.21 DIA. TYP. (.080 ± .015) 200 201 0.70 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. (.520) .64 X WIDE (whichever is greater) (.024) 500 501 0.60 12.7 TYP. 3.1 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. (.500) X DEEP 1,000 102 0.40 Resolution...... See Resistance Table .89 (.122) (.035) 2,000 202 0.30 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. TYP. 1,000 megohms min. 2.54 5,000 502 0.25 (.100) 1.78 Dielectric Strength TYP. 2.54 10,000 103 0.19 5.59 (.070) Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac .71 ± .08 (.100) (.220) 20,000 203 0.16 80,000 Feet...... 400 vac (.028 ± .003) DIA. TYP. 6.35 (.250) Adjustment Travel...... 25 turns nom. 3 12.7 RT22 – How To Order Environmental Characteristics (.500) 2 TYP. 1 MIL-PRF-27208 RT22 C2 P 501 Power Rating @ 85 °C ...... 0.75 watt Model Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt 13.33 ± .64 2.54 Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C (.525 ± .025) (.100) Characteristic 6.35 C = ±50 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C (.250) 2 = 85 °C Rating Temp. Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* RT22C2W/RTR22DW 150 °C Max. Operating Temp. (pin styles only) 2.79 Terminal Style 2 3 (.110) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Resistance Code RT22 ...... (1 % !TR; 10 Megohms IR) 1 RTR22...... (1 % !TR; 100 Megohms IR) Vibration ...... 30 G 6.35 (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) 2.54 2.54 (.250) RTR22 – Standard Resistance Table Shock ...... 100 G (.100) (.100) Nominal (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) Resistance Resistance RT22C2X/RTR22DX Resolution Load Life 2.79 (Ohms) Code (Percent) RT22...... 1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85 °C 2 3 (.110) (2 % !TR; 2 % + resolution !VR) 1 500 501 0.60 RTR22 ...10,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85 °C 1,000 102 0.40 (3 % !TR; 2 % + resolution !TR) 6.35 2,000 202 0.30 Rotational Life ...... 200 cycles (2 % !TR) 2.54 2.54 (.250) (.100) (.100) 5,000 502 0.25 Physical Characteristics RT22C2L/RTR22DL 10,000 103 0.19 Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. DIMENSIONS: 20,000 203 0.16 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles MM/(INCHES) 13.21 TYP. Terminals TOLERANCES: (.520) ...... Flexible leads (7 strands of 30 AWG) ±.25/(±.010) RTR22 – How To Order MIL-STD-202; Method 208 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 2.36 DIA. THRU MIL-PRF-39015 RTR22 D P 501 M Weight ...... 0.06 oz. (.093) (2 PLACES) Machine Screw Mounting Model Military TrimmersMilitary Torque...... 12 oz-in. max. Characteristic .89 D = ±50 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Marking ...... Mil-spec part number TYP. 12.70 (.035) Terminal Style TYP. Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % (.500) Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Resistance Code Standard Packaging 1.40 Failure Rate (.055) 152.4 M = 1.0 % P, W & X Styles ...... 25 pcs. per tube LENGTH MIN. 4.75 (6.00) L Style ...... 25 pcs. per bag (.187) Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 RED 2 WIPER 1.52 12.7 *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. TYP. YELLOW 3 GREEN †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.060) (.500) 1 CCW CW Specifications are subject to change without notice. CLOCKWISE Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

104 RT24/RTR24 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn/ Wirewound / I RoHS compliant† Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-27208 and High-Rel MIL-R-39015 I Panel mount option available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions RT24 – Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RT24C2X/RTR24DX Nominal RT24 ...... 10 to 10K ohms Common Dimensions Resistance Resistance Resolution RTR24...... 500 to 10K ohms 3.81 1.02 (Ohms) Code (.150) 1.27* (.040) 9.53 ± .38* (Percent) (see standard resistance table) (.050) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. (.375 ± .015) 10 100 1.11 (tighter tolerance available) 9.53 ± .38 20 200 0.93 Absolute Minimum Resistance 1.52* * (.060) (.375 ± .015) 50 500 0.62 ...... 0.1 % or 1 ohm max. 3 2 1 (whichever is greater) 8.00 ± .38 100 101 0.60 Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. (.315 ± .015) TYP. .51 ± .03 200 201 0.54 Resolution * 1.91 (.020 ± .001) 500 501 0.42 DIA. TYP...... (see standard resistance table) (.075) * ADJ. SLOT 1,000 102 0.33 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 2.54 1.52 DIA. 1,000 megohms min. (.060) (.100) 2.54 2,000 202 0.26 Dielectric Strength .51 (.100) X WIDE 4.75 5,000 502 0.20 Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac (.020) (.187) .64 10,000 103 0.17 80,000 Feet...... 350 vac X DEEP (.025) Adjustment Travel...... 25 turns nom. *Common dimensions RT24C2P/RTR24DP RT24 – How To Order Environmental Characteristics 4.75 MIL-PRF-27208 RT24 C2 P 501 Power Rating @ 85 °C ...... 0.75 watt (.187) Model 1 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt Characteristic Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C 4.75 2 C = ±50 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C (.187) 3 2 = 85 °C Rating Temp. 2.54 150 °C Max. Operating Temp. Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 2.54 (.100) Humidity (.100) Terminal Style 2.54 RT24 ...... (1 % !TR; 10 Megohms IR) (.100) Resistance Code RTR24...... (1 % !TR; 100 Megohms IR) Vibration ...... 20G RT24C2W/RTR24DW (1 % TR; 0.5 % + resolution VR) ! ! 2.54 RTR24 – Standard Resistance Table Shock ...... 100G (.100) (1 % !TR; 0.5 % + resolution !VR) 3 Nominal 2 Resistance Resistance Load Life Resolution 1 (Ohms) Code RT24...... 1,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85 °C (Percent) (2 % !TR; 2 % + resolution !VR) 2.54 RTR24 ...10,000 hours 0.75 watt @ 85 °C 1.19 (.100) 500 501 0.42 (.075) (3 % + resolution !VR) 1,000 102 0.33 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 2,000 202 0.26 (2 % !TR) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 5,000 502 0.20 10,000 103 0.17 Physical Characteristics WIPER Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 2 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles RTR24 – How To Order CCW 1 3 CW Terminals...... MIL-STD-202; Method 208 MIL-PRF-39015 RTR24 D P 202 M Weight ...... 0.025 oz. CLOCKWISE Marking ...... Mil-spec part number Model Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Characteristic D = ±50 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Terminal Style Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 Resistance Code Failure Rate M = 1.0 %

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. MilitaryTrimmers †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

105 RT26 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Wirewound / Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-27208 I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RT26C2X Nominal ...... 10 to 5K ohms Common Dimensions Resistance Resistance Resolution (see standard resistance table) 6.35 ± .51 (Ohms) Code (.250 ± .020) (Percent) Resistance Tolerance...... ±5 % std. .89 (tighter tolerance available) (.035) 10 100 1.90 Absolute Minimum Resistance 20 200 1.50 ...... 0.25 % or 1 ohm max. 1 2 3 50 500 1.23 (whichever is greater) 6.35 ± .51 (.250 ± .020) Noise...... 100 ohms ENR max. 4.78 ± .38 100 101 1.00 Resolution...... See resistance table (.188 ± .015) 200 201 0.94 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. .76 500 501 0.58 1,000 megohms min. 2.54 (.030) (.100) Dielectric Strength 2.54 1,000 102 0.50 Sea Level ...... 600 vac (.100) 2,000 202 0.45 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 1.02 ± .38 (.040 ± .015) 2.54 5,000 502 0.34 Adjustment Angle ...... 11 turns nom. (.100) 4.32 ± .38 (.170 ± .015) 1.27 How To Order Environmental Characteristics (.050) Power Rating MIL-PRF-27208 RT26 C2 X 101 1.27 ADJ. SLOT 85 °C ...... 0.25 watt (.050) Model 1.78 DIA. 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.070) .41 ± .03 Characteristic Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C DIA. .51 (.016 ± .001) X WIDE C = ±50 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Temperature Coefficient ...... ±50 ppm/°C (.020) 2 = 85 °C Rating Temp. .51 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* X DEEP 150 °C Max. Operating Temp. (.020) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Terminal Style (1 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) RT26C2W Resistance Code Vibration ...... 20 G 1.27 (1 % !TR; 1% + resolution !VR) (.050) Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % + resolution !VR) Load Life....1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C 1 2 3 (2 % !TR; 2 % + resolution !VR) 6.35 ± .51 (.250 ± .020) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (2 % !TR) 4.32 ± .38 (.170 ± .015) 1.27 (.050) Physical Characteristics Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. .89 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles (.035) Terminals...... MIL-STD-202; Method 208 Weight ...... 0.015 oz. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Marking ...... Mil-spec part number TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... UL 94V-0 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube 2 WIPER Adjustment Tool ...... H-90

Military TrimmersMilitary CCW 1 3 CW CLOCKWISE

106 RJ12 AVAILABLE THROUGH Trimpot® Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 1-1/4 ˝ Rectangular / Multiturn I RoHS compliant† Cermet / Industrial / Sealed I Panel mount option available I Listed on the QPL per MIL-PRF-22097

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RJ12FP ...... 10 to 1 megohm Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 10 100 (tighter tolerance available) 20 200 2 1 3 Absolute Minimum Resistance 17.78 6.60 12.70 ± .79 50 500 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms max. (.700) (.260) (.500 ± .031) 100 101 (whichever is greater) 22.86 200 201 Contact Resistance Variation (.900) .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP...... 1.0 % or 1 ohm max. (.028 ± .001) 500 501 (whichever is greater) 1,000 102 Adjustability RJ12FY Voltage...... ±0.01 % 2,000 202 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % 5,000 502 Resolution...... Infinite 10,000 103 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 20,000 203 1,000 megohms min. 1 2 3 Dielectric Strength 7.62 25,000 253 6.60 (.300) Sea Level ...... 900 vac (.260) 50,000 503 2.54 17.78 70,000 Feet...... 350 vac 100,000 104 Effective Travel...... 22 turns nom. (.100) (.700) 200,000 204 Environmental Characteristics 250,000 254 500,000 504 Power Rating @ 70 °C (400 volts max.) ...... 1.0 watt 1,000,000 105 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt .71 ± .03 DIA. TYP. Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C 12.70 ± .79 (.028 ± .001) (.500 ± .031) How To Order Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* MIL-PRF-22097 RJ12 F Y 103 (pin styles only) 2.54 Model (.100) Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Characteristic (2 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Terminal Style Shock ...... 50 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Resistance Code Load Life...... 1,000 hours 1.0 watt @ 70 °C (3 % !TR; 1% or 1 ohms, RED 2 WIPER whichever is greater, CRV) Rotational Life...... 200 cycles YELLOW 1 3 GREEN CCW CW (2 % !TR; 1 % or 1 ohm, CLOCKWISE whichever is greater, CRV)

Physical Characteristics Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Terminals.....Solderable printed circuit pins Flexible leads...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) Weight ...... 0.1 oz. Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code, terminal numbers, date code, manufacturer’s model number and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 Standard Packaging...... 10 pcs. per tube *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. MilitaryTrimmers Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

107 RJ22 1/2 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-22097 I Panel mount option available

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RJ22FP ...... 10 ohms to 1 megohm Common Dimensions Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 12.7 (Pin Styles) TYP. (see standard resistance table) (.500) Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 10 100 (tighter tolerance available) ADJ. SLOT 2.03 ± .38 20 200 DIA. Absolute Minimum Resistance (.080 ± .015) 50 500 ...... 1 ohm max. 13.21 .64 TYP. X WIDE Contact Resistance Variation (.520) (.025) 100 101 .50 X DEEP ...... 2 % or 2 ohms max. (.020) 200 201 1.98 DIA. THRU (whichever is greater) (.078) (2 PLACES) 12.7 500 501 TYP. Adjustability (.500) 1.78 1,000 102 Voltage...... ±0.01 % TYP. (.070) .71 ± .08 2.54 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % (.028 ± .003) DIA. TYP. (.100) 2,000 202 5.59 1 3 2.54 Resolution...... Infinite (.220) (.100) 5,000 502 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc. 10,000 103 1,000 megohms min. 1.52 2 Dielectric Strength (.060) 20,000 203 Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac 25,000 253 80,000 Feet...... 400 vac 2.54 6.35 50,000 503 (.100) (.250) Effective Travel...... 25 turns nom. 13.34 ± .64 6.35 100,000 104 (.525 ± .025) (.250) 250,000 254 Environmental Characteristics 2.79 RJ22FW 2.54 500,000 504 (.110) Power Rating @ 85 °C (400 volts max.) (.100) 5.59 2.54 1,000,000 105 ...... 0.50 watt (.220) 1 3 (.100) Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt 2 Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C How To Order Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* MIL-PRF-22097 RJ22 F W 103 (pin styles only) Model Humidity 6.35 Characteristic (.250) ...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. (1 % !TR; 10 Megohms IR) RJ22FL Terminal Style Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Resistance Code Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) 2.36 TYP. 13.21 (.093) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C (.520) (2 % TR; 1 % VR) ! ! 1.52 Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (.060) 12.70 .89 RED WIPER TYP. 2 2 % !TR (.500) (.035) 152.4 LENGTH MIN. 4.75 (6.00) YELLOW 1 3 GREEN Physical Characteristics (.187) CCW CW CLOCKWISE Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. 1.52 12.70 Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles (.060) (.500) Terminals...... MIL-STD-202; Method 208 Flexible leads ...... (7 strands of 30 AWG) Weight ...... 0.065 oz.

Military TrimmersMilitary Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % RJ22FX 2.54 5.59 Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 (.100) (.220) 1.78 1 3 2.54 2 (.070) Machine Screw Mounting (.100) Torque ...... 12 oz-in. max. Marking ...... Mil-spec part number 6.35 (.250) Standard Packaging X, P & W Styles...... 25 pcs. per tube L Style ...... 25 pcs. per bag DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

108 RJ24/RJR24 AVAILABLE THROUGH 3/8 ˝ Square Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-22097 Sealed and High-Rel Mil-R-39035 I Standoffs I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range Common Dimensions ...... 10 to 1 megohm 6.40 ± 1.32 10.03 Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) (.252 ± .052) (.395) 10 100 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. .38 1.52 4.83 ± .13 MIN. Absolute Minimum Resistance (.015) (.060) (.190 ± .005) 20 200 ...... 1 ohm max. 1.27 ± 0.1 50 500 Contact Resistance Variation (.050 ± .004) 9.53 (.375) ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. 100 101 2.54 (whichever is greater) (.100) 1.27 ± 0.1 200 201 ADJ. SLOT Adjustability 2.54 (.050 ± .004) 500 501 2.19 Voltage...... ±0.01 % (.100) DIA. (.086) 1,000 102 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % .56 .51 ± .03 DIA. X WIDE Resolution...... Infinite (.020 ± .001) (.022) 2,000 202 .76 DEEP Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc X (.030) 5,000 502 1,000 megohms min. 10,000 103 Dielectric Strength RJ24FL Sea Level ...... 1,000 vac 9.53 ± .38 1.02 20,000 203 (.375 ± .015) (.040) 45° ± 3° 80,000 Feet...... 400 vac .381 + .25/-.13* 25,000 253 Effective Travel...... 25 turns nom. (.150 +.010/-.005) 50,000 503 9.53 ± .38 (.375 ± .015) 100,000 104 Environmental Characteristics 200,000 204 Power Rating (300 volts max.) 250,000 254 85 °C ...... 0.5 watt 10.64 ADJ. SLOT (.419) 500,000 504 150 °C ...... 0 watt 1.57 1.52 DIA. 1,000,000 105 Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C (.060) (.062) Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C .51 MIN. 152.4 X WIDE Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.020) (6.00) .64 MIN. LENGTH RJ24 – How To Order Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 X DEEP (.025) WIRE SIZE: 30AWG RJ24 ...... 96 hours MIL-PRF-22097 RJ24 F L 202 RJ24FP/RJR24FP3292P (1 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) Model 8.26 ± .64 RJR24...... 96 hours 2.54 2.54 (.325 ± .025) Characteristic (1 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) (.100) (.100) F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. 3 Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Terminal Style 2 Shock 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Resistance Code Load Life 1 2.54 RJ24...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C 5.23 (.100) (2 % !TR; 10% !VR) (.206) RJR24 – How To Order RJR24 .....10,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C RJ24FW/RJR24FW MIL-PRF-39035 RJR24 F W 502 R (3 % !TR) 2.54 2.41 Rotational Life ...... 200 cycles (2 % !TR) (.100) (.095) Model 3 Characteristic 2 F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Physical Characteristics 2.54 1 Terminal Style Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. (.100) Resistance Code Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles Failure Rate Terminals...... Mil-Std 202, Method 208 RJ24FX/RJR24FX M = 1.0 % Weight ...... 0.025 oz. P = 0.1 % 2.54 R = 0.01 % Marking...... Mil-spec part number, (.100) date code 3 Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % 2 WIPER Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 2 2.54 1 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube 2.41 (.100) CCW CW Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 (.095) 1 3 CLOCKWISE DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED MilitaryTrimmers *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

109 RJ26/RJR26 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I Multiturn / Cermet / Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-R-22097 and High-Rel MIL-R-39035 I Patent #4427966 drive mechanism

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RJ26FW/RJR26FW ...... 10 to 1 megohm Common Dimensions Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code (see standard resistance table) 4.32 ± .38 6.35 ± .51 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. (.170 ± .015) (.250 ± .020) 10 100 (tighter tolerance available) ADJ. SLOT 20 200 Absolute Minimum Resistance ...... 1 % or 1.78 DIA. 50 500 2 ohms max. (whichever is greater) 6.35 ± .51 (.070) (.250 ± .020) .51 100 101 Contact Resistance Variation...... 3.0 % or X (.020) WIDE 3 ohms max. (whichever is greater) .64 200 201 X DEEP Adjustability 1.02 (.025) 500 501 Voltage...... ±0.02 % (.040) 1 2 3 1,000 102 Resistance ...... ±0.05 % .46 ± .025 DIA. (.018 ± .001) 2,000 202 Resolution...... Infinite 4.78 ± .38 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc (.188 ± .015) 2.54 5,000 502 2.54 (.100) 1,000 megohms min. 10,000 103 Dielectric Strength (.100) .76 2.54 20,000 203 Sea Level ...... 600 vac (.030) 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac (.100) 25,000 253 Effective Travel...... 12 turns nom. 50,000 503 1.02 (.040) 100,000 104 Environmental Characteristics RJ26FX/ 200,000 204 Power Rating (200 volts max.) RJR26FX 250,000 254 85 °C ...... 0.25 watt 1.52 ± .38* 1.02 (.060 ± .015) 500,000 504 150 °C ...... 0 watt (.040) Temperature Range...... -65 °C to +150 °C 1,000,000 105 Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 1 2 3 1.02* (.040) RJ26 – How To Order Humidity RJ26...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 2.54 MIL-PRF-22097 RJ26 F W 202 (.100) 96 hours (1 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) Model .76 RJR26 ...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 2.54 (.030) Characteristic 96 hours (1 % !TR, 100 Megohms IR) (.100) F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Vibration ...... 20 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Terminal Style 1.02 Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Resistance Code Load Life (.040) RJ26...... 1,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C RJ26FP/ (2 % !TR; 1 % !VR) RJR26FP RJR26 – How To Order RJR26 ...10,000 hours 0.25 watt @ 85 °C (3 % !TR) 1.02 1 2 3 MIL-PRF-39035 RJR26 F W 204 P Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (.040) 4.70 Model .64 (.185) (2 % !TR) (.025) Characteristic F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Physical Characteristics Terminal Style 2.54 Resistance Code Torque ...... 3.0 oz-in. max. 2.54 (.100) Failure Rate Mechanical Stops ...... Wiper idles (.100) 2.54 (.100) M = 1.0 % .64 Military TrimmersMilitary Terminals...... MIL-STD-202; Method 208 P = 0.1 % Weight ...... 0.015 oz. (.025) R = 0.01 % Marking ...... Mil-spec part number Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % WIPER Flammability...... U.L. 94V-0 2 Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) CCW CW Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 1 3 CLOCKWISE

*”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

110 RJ50/RJR50 AVAILABLE THROUGH 1/4 ˝ Round Trimming Potentiometer DISTRIBUTION Features I 1/4 ˝ Round / Single-Turn / Cermet Industrial / Sealed I Listed on the QPL per MIL-PRF-22097 and High-Rel MIL-PRF-39035

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Standard Resistance Table Standard Resistance Range RJ50FP/RJR50FP ...... 10 to 1 megohm 2.54 Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 2.54 (see standard resistance table) (.100) (.100) 13 Resistance Tolerance...... ±10 % std. 10 100 (closer tolerance available) 2 2.54 20 200 Absolute Minimum Resistance 6.78 ± 2.24 (.100) 50 500 ...... 1 % or 2 ohms (.267 ± .088) (whichever is greater) 100 101 Contact Resistance Variation 6.35 ± .51 200 201 ...... 3.0 % or 3 ohms max. (.250 ± .020) 500 501 (whichever is greater) 5.82 ± .25 (.229 ± .010) 1,000 102 Adjustability Voltage...... ±0.05 % DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 2,000 202 Resistance ...... ±0.15 % TOLERANCES: ±.25/(±.010) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 5,000 502 Resolution...... Infinite 10,000 103 Insulation Resistance ...... 500 vdc 2 WIPER 1,000 megohms min. 20,000 203 Dielectric Strength CCW 1 3 CW 25,000 253 Sea Level ...... 600 vac CLOCKWISE 50,000 503 80,000 Feet...... 250 vac 100,000 104 Adjustment Angle ...... 240 ° nom. 200,000 204 Environmental Characteristics 250,000 254 500,000 504 Power Rating @ 85 °C (300 volts max.) ...... 0.5 watt 1,000,000 105 Power Rating @ 150 °C ...... 0 watt Temperature Range...... -55 °C to +150 °C RJ50 – How To Order Temperature Coefficient ...... ±100 ppm/°C Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* MIL-PRF-22097 RJ50 F P 103 Humidity...... MIL-STD-202 Method 106 Model 96 hours Characteristic (3 % !TR, 10 Megohms IR) F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Vibration ...... 30 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Terminal Style except “P” pin style Resistance Code Shock ...... 100 G (1 % !TR; 1 % !VR) Load Life...... 1,000 hours 0.5 watt @ 85 °C (3 % !TR; 3 % CRV) RJR50 – How To Order Rotational Life...... 200 cycles (4 % !TR; 4 % CRV) MIL-PRF-39035 RJR50 F P 203 P Model Characteristic Physical Characteristics F = ±100 ppm/°C Temp. Coeff. Max. Mechanical Angle...... 260 ° nom. Terminal Style Torque ...... 5.0 oz-in. max. Resistance Code Stop Strength...... 5.0 oz -in. min. Failure Rate Terminals...... Solderable pins M = 1.0 % Weight ...... 0.02 oz. P = 0.1 % Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, resistance code, date code, manufacturer’s model number and style Wiper...... 50 % (Actual TR) ±10 % Standard Packaging...... 50 pcs. per tube Adjustment Tool ...... H-90 MilitaryTrimmers *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

111

Linear Motion PotentiometersMotion Linear 3046 Linear Motion Potentiometer Features I Compact I AC or DC I Sealed I Shaft options available I Long life I Flexible wire leads I Infinite resolution I Economical I Free shaft rotation I RoHS compliant†

Specifications* Product Dimensions Standard Electrical Travel 10.46 ± 0.05 ...... 0.15, 0.25, 0.35 in. 10.26 ± 0.05 (.404 ± .002) (.412 ± .002) (3.81, 6.35, 8.89 mm) #0-80 UNF-2A Standard Resistances THREADED SHAFT (STANDARD)...... 1K to 50K ohms (±20 %) SHAFT SHOWN IN Independent Linearity...... ±5 % RETRACTED Resolution...... Infinite POSITION Power Rating @ 70 °C (158 °F) ...... 0.125 watt 40.41 ± 0.05 Operating Temperature Range (1.591 ± .002) ...... -55 °C to +125 °C 1.59 ± .013 Temperature Coefficient...... 1000 PPM/°C DIA. Insulation Resistance...... 50 megohms (.0625 ± .0005) @ 500 VDC Backlash...... Negligible Shaft Actuating Force...... 2N max. @21 °C Life ...... 500,000 cycles 19.68 ± 0.13 CHAMFER: (.775 ± .005) 0.25 45° X Shock...... 50 G for 7ms (0.10) Vibration ...... 20 G, 10-2K Hz 3 ELECTRICALLY INSULATED LEADWIRES 152.40 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, MINIMUM LENGTH (28 AWG INSULATED CONDUCTOR) resistance code, wiring diagram, (6.00) date code, manufacturer’s model 6.58 ± .076 number and style (.259 ± .003) (0.25) Specifications are typical. TOLERANCES: ± EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Contact factory for special requirements. (.010) *Specifications applicable from 5 % to 95 % of electrical travel. 5.69 ± .076 RED (.224 ± .003) Standard Resistance Table 2 WIPER YELLOW GREEN Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 1 3 SHAFT EXTENDED 1,000 102 WIRING DIAGRAM DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 2,500 252 5,000 502 10,000 103 20,000 203 50,000 503

How To Order 3046 L - 2 - 502 Model Style Range (Travel) 1 = 0.15 ˝ (3.81 mm) 2 = 0.25 ˝ (6.35 mm) 3 = 0.35 ˝ (8.89 mm) Resistance Code

114 3048 Linear Motion Potentiometer Features I Compact I AC or DC I Lightweight I Shaft options available I Long life I Flexible wire leads I Infinite resolution I Economical I Free shaft rotation I RoHS compliant† Linear Motion Potentiometers

Specifications* Product Dimensions

Standard Electrical Travel 13.5 ...... 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 in. 11.18 ± 0.38 (.53) 9.14 (5.08, 7.62, 10.16, 12.70 mm) (.44 ± .015) (.36) 25.4 Standard Resistances 4.6 ± 0.25 (1.00) ...... 1K ohms to 50K ohms (±20 %) (.18 ± .010) #2-56 UNC-2A Independent Linearity...... ±5 % 2 PLCS. THREADED SHAFT (STANDARD). Resolution...... Infinite SHAFT SHOWN IN Power Rating @ 70 °C (158 °F) RETRACTED Range 2, 3 ...... 0.12 watt POSITION 3.18 ± 0.38 2.67 ± 0.25 2.34 Range 4, 5 ...... 0.25 watt DIA. (.125 ± .015) (.11 ± .010) Operating Temperature Range (.092) 2 MOUNTING HOLES 5.60 7.60 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C #2 SCREW CLEARANCE (.220) (.299) Temperature Coefficient...... 1000 PPM/°C 56.39 FULL THREAD Insulation Resistance...... 50 megohms (2.22) @ 500 VDC Backlash...... Negligible 2.13 + 0.02/ – 0.50 DIA. Shaft Actuating Force ...... 4 oz. max. 1.52 (.084 + .001/ – .020) MAXIMUM FILLET @ 70 °F (.060) Life ...... 500,000 cycles Shock...... 50 G for 7 msec Vibration...... 20 G, 10-2 kHz 31.75 CHAMFER: (1.250) 0.25 Marking...... Manufacturer’s trademark, 6.99 ± 0.25 45° X (0.10) resistance code, wiring diagram, 3 ELECTRICALLY INSULATED LEADWIRES (.275 ± .010) date code, manufacturer’s model 152.40 MINIMUM LENGTH (28 AWG INSULATED CONDUCTOR) number and style (6.00)

Specifications are typical. Contact factory for special requirements. 8.28 ± 0.38 2.36 DIA. *Specifications applicable from 5% to 95% of (.326 ± .015) (.093) electrical travel.

Standard Resistance Table

RED Resistance (Ohms) Resistance Code 2 WIPER 0.25 TOLERANCES: ± EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 1,000 102 YELLOW GREEN (.010) 1 3 2,500 252 SHAFT EXTENDED 5,000 502 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 10,000 103 WIRING DIAGRAM 20,000 203 50,000 503

How To Order 3048 L - 2 - 502 Model Style Range (Travel) 2 = 0.2 ˝ (5.08 mm) 3 = 0.3 ˝ (7.62 mm) 4 = 0.4 ˝ (10.16 mm) 5 = 0.5 ˝ (12.70 mm) Resistance Code Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

115

70AA/Female Modular Contact

Features Applications I 2.54 mm pitch & height I Handheld communications – I 2 to 6 precious metal contacts mobile phones, pagers, cordless I End-to-end stackable phones, GPS, PICs, radios I I Twin hot contacts Portable consumer equipment – (symmetrical pad layout) PDAs, HPCs, notebook PCs, cameras, dictaphones, PICs, games I Pick & place compatible I Component-to-board, SIM cards, etc. I High cycle life I RoHS compliant† Modular Contacts Modular

Materials & Finishes Product Dimensions

Insulator ....Glass reinforced thermoplastic, A ± 0.20 Standard Version (-0) UL 94V-0 rated, black (A ± .008) LEADS TO BE COPLANAR WITHIN 0.10 Contact ...... Copper alloy (.004) Finish Underplating ...... 30 µ˝ - 60 µ˝ nickel Contact Area...... 30 µ˝ Au over nickel

Operating Characteristics Electrical Current Rating ...... 3 A/contact 10.0 Voltage Rating...... 60 V (.394) Contact Resistance...... 30 mohms max. Dielectric Voltage ...... AC 500 V Insulating Resistance ..1000 Mohms min. Operating Temperature ...... -55 °C to 125 °C 2.54 (.100) Mechanical 1.27 Durability ...... 10,000 cycles min. (.050) 1.65 (.065) Locating Pins Version (-1) How To Order LEADS TO BE COPLANAR WITHIN 0.10 (.004) 70AA J - 4 - F 0 G Model OPTIONAL LOCATOR PINS Terminal Style 1.27 J = SMT (.050) Number of Contacts (N) DIA. 2 through 6 2 PLCS. Gender F = Female 10.0 1.45 (.394) Options (.057) 0 = Standard 1 = Locating Pins Packaging Option __ = Tube (240/N pcs. or 240 contacts per tube) G = Embossed Tape (750 pcs. per reel) B ± 0.20 0.84 (B ± .008) (.033)

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 1.27 TOLERANCES: ±.3/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.050)

Number of Dimension Dimension Recommended PWB Layout Contacts A B B ± 0.20 4.98 2.54 (B ± .008) 2.54 2 TYP (.196) (.100) (.100) 7.52 5.08 3 (.296) (.200) 10.06 7.62 8.86 4 (.349) 2.41 (.396) (.300) (.095) 12.60 10.16 TYP. 5 (.496) (.400) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 15.14 12.70 1.96 6 TYP. Customers should verify actual device performance in (.596) (.500) (.077) their specific applications. REV 09/04

118 70AA/Male Modular Contact

Materials & Finishes Product Dimensions Insulator ....Glass reinforced thermoplastic, A ± 0.20 VERTICAL UL 94V-0 rated, black (A ± .008) Contact ...... Copper alloy HORIZONTAL ENGAGEMENT Finish ENGAGEMENT Underplating ...... 30 µ˝ - 60 µ˝ nickel CONTACT WIPE 1.27 (.050) Contact Area...... 30 µ˝ Au over nickel MATING Modular Contacts SURFACE 7.09 Operating Characteristics (.279) 20° Electrical Current Rating ...... 3 A/contact 2.54 Voltage Rating...... 60 V 0.18 (.100) (.007) Contact Resistance ...... 25 m" max. Dielectric Voltage ...... AC 500 V Insulating Resistance ...... 1000 M" min. Recommended PWB Layout Operating Temperature ...-55 °C to 125 °C Mechanical 2.26 (.089) Normal Force/Finger ...... 80 grams min. 0.9 1.27 TYP. TYP. Durability ...... 10,000 cycles min. (.035) CONTACT NUMBERS (.050) 1 2 3 4

How To Order 5.18 9.70 70AA J - 4 - M 0 G (.204) (.382) TYP. TYP. Model

Terminal Style 2.54 CONTACT SPACING J = SMT (.100) Number of Contacts (N) 2 through 6 2.54 (.100) Gender TERMINAL NUMBERS TYP. M = Male 1234 Options 0 = Standard Packaging Option __ = Tube Electrical Schematic G = Embossed Tape (750 pcs. per reel) 8.48 5.94 (.334) 8 7 6 5 (.234)

1 2 3 4

1234 8 7 6 5 2-6 POSITIONS AVAILABLE 0.76 (.030) TYP.

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Number of Dimension TOLERANCES: ±.3/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Contacts A 2 5.00 / (.197) 3 7.54 / (.297) 4 10.20 / (.397) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 5 12.62 / (.497) Customers should verify actual device performance in 6 15.16 / (.597) their specific applications. REV 09/04

119 70AA/Male – Packaging Specifications Modular Contacts Modular

TAPE Number of Dimension Dimension Dimension Dimension 0.3 Contacts A B C D (.012) 16.0 7.5 5.64 16.4 2 5.15 (.630) (.296) (.222) (.646) (.203) B 16.0 7.5 8.19 16.4 3 C (.630) (.296) (.323) (.646) 1.5 DIA. (.059) 24.0 11.5 10.4 24.4 4 (.945) (.453) (.409) (.961) 24.0 11.5 12.95 24.4 5 2.00 9.74 (.945) (.453) (.510) (.961) (.383) (.079) 24.0 11.5 15.5 24.4 6 (.945) (.453) (.610) (.961)

4.00 (.157) 12.00 (.472)

1.75 (.069)

REEL 1.5 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.059) 20.2 DIA. 13.0 (.795) 3.00 (.512) (.118) DIA.

99.06 (3.900)

330.2 D DIA. (13.000)

120 70AD/Female Modular Contact

Features I Rechargeable battery-pack applications I Precious metal contacts I Tape & reel packaging available I RoHS compliant†

Materials & Finishes Product Dimensions Insulator ....Glass reinforced thermoplastic, 70ADJ 70ADH UL 94V-0 rated, black 4.0 2.5 4.0 2.5 Contact ...... Copper alloy (.157) (.098) (.157) (.098) Finish Underplating ...... 30 µ˝ - 60 µ˝ nickel Contact Area...... 30 µ˝ Au over nickel Termination...... Tin alloy (meets MIL-STD-202, method 208) 11.0 6.02 11.0 (.433) (.237) (.433)

Operating Characteristics Modular Contacts Electrical Current Rating ...... DC 3 A/contact 2.5 B 2.5 Voltage Rating...... DC 30 V (.098) B (.098) Contact Resistance ...... 25 m" max. A Dielectric Voltage ...... AC 500 V A 1.0 Insulating Resistance ...... 500 M" min. C Operating Temperature ...-55 °C to 125 °C (.039) 2.08 0.36 (.082) Mechanical (.014) Durability ...... 5,000 cycles

How To Order 0.7 4.48 (.028) 1.27 DIA. 70AD J - 3 - F L 0 G (.176) (.050) 11.6 (.457) Model Terminal Style 0.76 1.77 J = SMT 15.0 REF H = Through-hole (.030) (.070) 3.8 Number of Contacts (.150) 2 through 6 2.3 (.091) 0.6 Gender (.024) M = Male F = Female 0.7 Height 70ADH RECOMMENDED PWB MOUNTING PATTERN L = Low Profile (.028) 11.6 (.457) Options 1.0 4.0 0 = Standard (.039) (.157) 1 = Locator Pins (J style only) Packaging Option 1.0 __ = Tube (240/N pcs. or (.039) 240 contacts per tube) 0.6 DIA. (.024) G = Embossed Tape 8 PLCS. 11.4 (500 pcs. per reel) (.449) 70ADJ RECOMMENDED PWB MOUNTING PATTERN No. of Dim. Dim. Dim. C Contacts A B C B 4.0 3.9 9.0 4.0 7.0 (.157) (.154) 2 (.354) (.157) (.276) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.3/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 13.0 8.0 11.0 3 1.65 (.512) (.315) (.433) (.065) 17.0 12.0 15.0 DIA. 9.83 4 (.669) (.472) (.591) 1.3 (.387) (.051) 21.0 16.0 19.0 5 8 PLCS (.287) (.630) (.748) 25.0 20.0 23.0 6 Specifications are subject to change without notice. (.984) (.787) (.906) 2.5 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (.098) Customers should verify actual device performance in 8 PLCS their specific applications. REV 09/04

121 70AD/Male Modular Contact Features I Low profile I Rugged design I Vertical or horizontal entry I Tape & reel packaging available I RoHS compliant†

Materials & Finishes Product Dimensions Insulator .....Glass reinforced thermoplastic 70ADJ 70ADH Modular Contacts Modular UL 94V-0 rated, black A Contact ...... Copper alloy 4.0 Finish (.157) Underplating ...... 30 µ˝ - 60 µ˝ nickel TYP Contact Area ...... 30 µ˝ Au over Ni Termination...... Tin alloy 7.57 11.0 (meets MIL-STD-202, method 208) (.298) (.433)

Operating Characteristics Electrical Current Rating ...... DC 3 A/contact 2.0 0.76 4.0 (.079) (.030) Voltage Rating...... DC 30 V (.157) Contact Resistance ...... 25 m" max. Dielectric Voltage ...... AC 500 V B Insulating Resistance ...... 500 M" min. Operating Temperature ...... -55 °C to 125 °C Mechanical Normal Force/Finger ...... 100 grams min. B 4.83 Durability ...... 5,000 cycles (.190)

Patent No. 5,378,160. 1.27 2.41 (.050) (.095) DIA. STANDOFFS How To Order 4 PLCS. 1.43 (.056) 70AD J - 3 - M L 0 G 3.84 15 ° 2 PLCS Model (.151) 1.27 Terminal Style (.050) J = SMT 0.76 DIA. H = Through-hole (.030) 2 PLCS. Number of Contacts 2 through 6 1.43 CONTACT POINT 5.6 0.38 Gender (.056) (.015) M = Male 15 ° 2 PLCS 4.2 (.220) (.165) F = Female 11.2 Height (.439) L = Low Profile Options RECOMMENDED PWB PCB HOLE PATTERN 0 = Standard 5.6 4.0 1 = Locator Pins (J style only) 4.0 TYP (.157) (.220) (.157) 1.0 0.84 DIA Packaging Option 11.2 (0.033) (.039) __ = Tube (240/N pcs. or (.441) 240 contacts per tube) G = Embossed Tape (500 pcs. per reel) RECOMMENDED PWB MOUNTING PATTERN 11.15 (.439) B Number of Dimension Dimension 2.55 4.0 Contacts A B (.100) (.157) NON-ACCUM 1.57 DIA 2 7.7 / (.303) 5.11 / (.201) (.062) THRU 2 PLCS 2.0 3 11.7 / (.461) 9.11/ (.359) OPTIONAL (.079)

4 15.7 / (.618) 13.11 / (.516) 9.53 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 5 19.7 / (.776) 17.11 / (.674) (.375) 7.19 2.29 TOLERANCES: ±.3/(±.012) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.283) (.090) 6 23.7 / (.933) 21.11 / (.831) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 1.07 Customers should verify actual device performance in (.042) their specific applications. REV 09/04

122

7813 SMD 3 mm Square Sealed Rotary Switch Features I Single pole/double throw I RoHS compliant† I Compatible with most surface mount manufacturing processes I 50 or 2000 cycle rotational life I Tape & reel packaged I Withstands 245 ° soldering heat

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Contact Rating 7813J Maximum Current ...... 100 mA max. 7813S Maximum Voltage ...... 16 V 3.5 Contact Timing...... Non-shorting C (.138) Contact Resistance...... 2 ohms max. 0 K 3.02 Insulation Resistance ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.119) 3.5 0.51 ...... 100 megohms min. WIDE (.138) (.020) Dielectric Strength ...... 250 VAC 3 1 1.93 2 X LONG (.076) ADJUSTMENT SLOT CW CCW 0.51 1.93 ± 0.03 0.52 ± 0.03 General Characteristics X DEEP LONG X (.020) (.076 ± .001) (.021 ± .001) Switch Type...... SPDT 0.51 0.06 WIDE X ± DEEP Operating Temperature Range (.020 ± .002) 1.3 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C (.051) Storage Temperature Range 2.39 (.094) 0.71 ± 0.20 0.9 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C 0.9 (.028 ± .008) (.035) Switches Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* (.035) 2 PLCS 0.65 2 PLCS Mechanical Characteristics (.026) 1.15 0.61 ± 0.20 TYP 2.25 (.045) Positions...... 2 (.024 ± .008) (.089) Adjustment Torque...... 5 N-cm max. TYP Stop Strength...... 1.8 N-cm min. 2.2 (.087) 3.71 (.146) 2.77 3.61 Environmental Characteristics (.109) (.142) Shock ...... 20 G 0.1 ms max. discontinuity 0.15 5.35 Vibration ...... 100 G 1.30 (.006) (.211) 0.1 ms max. discontinuity (.051) Thermal Shock...... (5 cycles) -55 °C to +125 °C 1.6 0.15 ± 0.03 Humidity 1.6 (.063) (.063) (.006 ± .001) Insulation Resistance 0.65 (.026) 2.39 ...... 10 megohms min. 4.5 0.6 (.094) 1.12 Rotational Life (.177) 2 PLCS -051 ...... 50 Cycles (.024) 0.65 (.044) -023 ...... 2000 Cycles (.026) Max. Soldering Heat ...... 245 °C, 1.6 (.063) 1.1 1.1 5 seconds (.043) (.043) 2.62 Standard Packaging 1.57 (.103) J...... 1,000 pcs./reel (.062) 1.57 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.062) S ...... 200 pcs./reel TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.007) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 3 PLCS RECOMMENDED C How To Order LAND PATTERN 2 7813 J - 1 - 051 E Model CCW 3 1 CW Terminal Switch Type -1 = SPDT Rotational Life -051 = 50 Cycles U.S. Patent No. 5043695 -023 = 2000 Cycles *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. Embossed Tape Designator †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. E = 1000 pcs./180 mm Reel (J Style) Specifications are subject to change without notice. 200 pcs./180 mm Reel (S Style) Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

124 7813 – Packaging Specifications and Reflow Soldering Profile

Packaging Specifications Reflow Soldering Profile

7813J 7813S 275 5.80 ± 0.10 240 °C (.228 ± .004) 225 4.0 ± 0.1 C) 2.5 ± 0.1 0.40 ° (.157 ± .004) MAX 180 °C (.098 ± .004) (.016) 175 10-15 Sec. 125 120 °C .30 ± 0.1 80-90 Sec.

5° ± 2° ( Temperature (.012 ± .004) 4.20 ± 0.20 75 (.165 ± .008) 35-60 30-40 Sec. Sec. 5.52 ± 0.18 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 (.217 ± .007) Time (Seconds) 4.0 ± 0.1 16.00 ± 0.30 (.157 ± .004) (.630 ± .012)

7.50 ± 0.10 1.5 ± 0.20 DIA. (.295 ± .004) (.059 ± .008)

2.0 ± 0.1 (.079 ± .004) 2.00 ± 0.10 1.5 ± 0.1 (.079 ± .004) 12.00 ± 0.10 (.059 ± .004) 3.8 ± 0.2 (.150 ± .008) (.472 ± .004) 1.5 0.2 ± Switches (.059 ± .008) 1.75 ± 0.10 4.00 ± 0.10 1.5 + 0.10 (.069 ± .004) DIA. (.157 ± .004) (.059 + .004) 12.0 ± 0.2 (.472 ± .008)

TAPE

4.10 ± 0.20 2.67 ± .25 TAPE (.161 ± .008) (.105 .010) 180.0 ± 5 DIA. ± 1.78 ± .254 (7.087 ± .197) (0.07 ± 0.01) EQUAL SPACED 21.01 ± .787 3 PLCS. (0.83 ± 0.03) EQUAL DIA. 13.00 ± 5.08 2.67 ± .254 SPACED (0.51 ± 0.02) (0.11 ± 0.01) 3 PLCS. DIA. 1.78 (.070) 60.0 ± 2.0 MIN. (2.362 ± .079) 59.18 ± 2.03 (2.33 ± 0.08)

13.0 ± 0.51 DIA. (.512 ± .020) 21.01 ± 0.79 (.827 ± .031) 12.40 + 2.00/ -.000 (.488 = .079/ -.000) REEL 177.8 ± 2.03 DIA. (7.0 ± 0.08) Meets EIA 481 16.4 + 2.0/ -.00 REEL (0.65 + 0.08/ -00) Meets EIA 481

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

125 7814 SMD 4 mm Square Sealed Rotary Switch Features I Single pole/double throw I J-hook, gull-wing and through hole I Compatible with most surface mount I Meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VRCI SMD soldering processes standard outline dimensions I 50 or 2000 cycle rotational life I RoHS compliant† I Compatible with popular vacuum pick-and-place equipment

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Contact Rating 7814J 7814H Maximum Current ...... 100 mA max. J-Hook Through-hole 4.50 4.50 5.00 ± 0.10 Maximum Voltage ...... 16 V (.177) (.177) (.197 ± .004) OUTSIDE WHEN Contact Timing...... Non-shorting C Contact Resistance...... 2 ohms max. C PINS ARE PARALLEL Insulation Resistance ...100 megohms min. Dielectric Strength ...... 250 VAC ADJUSTMENT 0.20 TYP. 4.50 SLOT (.008) 5.00 6.30 4.50

General Characteristics (.177) 2.45 (.177)

A (.197) 7 LONG A (.096) (.248) 7 Switch Type...... SPDT 051 051 0.51 X WIDE Operating Temperature Range (.020) ...... -55 °C to +125 °C CW CCW 2.55 4.00 0.51 CW Storage Temperature Range X DEEP (.100) CCW (.157) (.020) TYP...... -55 °C to +125 °C 2.55 (.100) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 1.30 ± 0.10 2.0 2.55 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT

Switches Mechanical Characteristics (.051 ± .004) (.079) 2.0 (.100) 2.55 4.0 (.079) 0.60 ± 0.10 Positions...... 2 (.100) Adjustment Torque...... 1.8 N-cm max. (.157) 3 PLCS. (.024 ± .004) Stop Strength...... 2.5 N-cm min. 1.00 3 PLCS. (.039) Pushover Strength (Z Style) 3 PLCS. 1.3 5.00 ...... 2 kilograms minimum (.051) (.197) Weight...... Approximately 0.2 gm. 0.80 ± 0.10 2 PLCS. 2.3 2.35 (.091) Marking ...... Manufacturer’s (.031 ± .004) 4.50 (.093) trademark, life code and date code 2 PLCS. (.177) 0.80 TYP. DIA. (.031) Environmental Characteristics Vibration ...... 20 G 7814G 7814Z Gull Wing Right Angle Shock ...... 100 G 4.50 ROTOR POSITIONED AS SHOWN (.177) Thermal Shock (5 cycles)..-55 °C to +125 °C WITHIN 22˚ OF CENTERLINE 5 MAX. 3.32 Humidity C OF TERMINAL 2 (.130) Insulation Resistance....10 megohms min. TYP. ADJ. SLOT 3.08 Rotational Life ADJUSTMENT 2.41 SLOT LONG (.121) 0.96

-051 ...... 50 Cycles (.095) (.038)

4.50 2.45 0.60 E LONG 2 0.51

-023 ...... 2000 Cycles X WIDE

(.177) (.096) (.024) 023 (.020) A Max. Soldering Heat ...245 °C, 10 seconds 7 0.51 TYP. 0.60 051 X WIDE X DEEP Packaging Options (.020) (.024) 5.60 J & G...... 500 pcs. 1 C 3 5.76 0.55 0.20 (.220) X DEEP (.226) Z ...... 200 pcs. CW CCW (.022) (.008) 2.55 H...... 100 pcs./tube TYP. (.100) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2.54 2.54 0.26 How To Order (.100) 1.19 (.100) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT (.010) 2.01 1.27 (.047) 1.30 (.080) 7814 J - 1 - 051 E 2.35 2.30 (.050) (.051) (.093) (.091) Model 1.30 0.80 ± 0.10 (.051) Terminal (.031 ± .004) 2 PLCS. J = J-Hook 2 PLCS. G = Gull Wing 0.21 H = Through-hole 6.20 3.18 3.48 (.084) (.244) 5.50 (.226) (.138) Z = Right Angle 1.30 1.29 2.01 (.217) Switch Type (.051) 0.61 (.050) 2.01 (.080) -1 = SPDT 3 PLCS. (.024) (.080) 5.01 Rotational Life 1.30 ± 0.10 (.197) -051 = 50 Cycles (.051 ± .004) 2.00 5.00 -023 = 2000 Cycles (.079) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. (.197) Optional Embossed Tape Designator †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. (For pin styles J, G, Z only – Specifications are subject to change without notice. omit for tube packaging) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.007) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

126 7814 – Packaging Specifications and Reflow Soldering Profile

Packaging Specifications J Style G Style Z Style .36 5.90 MAX. .36 MAX. REF. (.014) (.014) (.232) 7.60 REF. 2.74 ±.10 (.299) 2.74 ±.10 (.101 ±.004) 0.40 5.52 ±0.5 (.101 ±.004) 5.52 ±0.5 MAX. (.016) (.217 ±.020) (.217 ±.020)

7 16.00 ±0.30 1.5 + .10/ –.00 7 1.5 + .10/ –.00 A DIA. A DIA. (.059 + .004.–.00) (.059 + .004.–.00) (.630 ±.012)

1 6.45 ±.10 1 5.26 ±.10 5 5 0 0 4.00 ±.10 (.207 ±.004) 4.00 ±.10 (.250 ±.004) 7.50 ±0.10 (.157 ±.004) (.157 ±.004) (.295 ±.004)

1.50 +.10/ –.000 DIA. 5.26 ±.10 5.26 ±.10 (.059 +.004/–.00) 2.00 ±.05 (.207 ±.004) 2.00 ±.05 (.207 ±.004) (.079 ±.002) (.079 ±.002)

6.00 ±0.10 (.236 ±.004) 12.00 ±0.10 8.00 ±.20 8.00 ±.20 (.472 ±.004) (.315 ±.008) (.315 ±.008) 1.75 ±.10 1.75 ±.10 (.069 ±.004) (.069 ±.004) 4.00 ±0.10 (.157 ±.004) 12.00 ±.30 12.00 ±.30 1.50 ±0.10 (.472 ±.012) (.472 ±.012) 5.50 ±0.10 Switches (.059 ±.004) TAPE TAPE (.217 ±.004) 5.50 ±0.10 1.78 ±.254 1.78 ±.254 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. 1.75 ±0.10 (.217 ±.004) (.070 ±.010) (.070 ±.010) (.069 ±.004) 21.01 ±.787 21.01 ±.787 12.00 REF. DIA. (.827 ±.031) DIA. (.472) 13.0 ±.508 (.827 ±.031) 2.67 ±.254 13.0 ±.508 2.67 ±.254 DIA. (.512 ±.020) (.105 ±.010) (.512 ±.020) DIA. (.105 ±.010) TAPE

1.78 ±.254 (.070 ±.010) EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. 21.01 ±.787 DIA. (.827 ±.031) 2.67 ±.254 13.0 ±.508 DIA. (.105 ±.010) (.512 ±.020) 59.18 ±2 59.18 ±2 (2.330 ±.079) (2.330 ±.079)

180.0 ±5 180.0 ±5 DIA. DIA. (7.087 ±.197) (7.087 ±.197) 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 12.4 + 2.01/ -.000 REEL (.488 + .079/-.000) REEL (.488 + .079/-.000) 59.18 ±2 Meets EIA specification 481. (2.330 ±.079) Meets EIA specification 481.

H Style 180.0 ±5 DIA. Reflow Soldering Profile (7.087 ±.197) 16.4 + 2.00/ -.00 REEL 9.65 275 (.646 +.079/ -.00) 6.60 (.380) 240 C ° Meets EIA Specification 481. (.260) 4.24 225

(.167) C) ° 180 °C 175 Electrical Schematic 10-15 Sec. 125 120 °C 80-90 Sec. C

Temperature ( Temperature 2 4.32 75 .51 ± .127 35-60 (.170) 30-40 Sec. Sec. (.020 ± .005) 25 CCW 3 1 CW 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 TUBE LENGTH - 525MM. Time (Seconds) UNITS PACKAGED 100 PIECES PER TUBE.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

127 7829 6 mm Through-hole Sealed Rotary Switch Features I Single pole/double throw I Vertical adjust I Rugged construction I Board washable I Wave solderable I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Contact Rating 7829H Maximum Current ...... 100 mA max. 7829S Maximum Voltage ...... 16 V 6.60 Contact Timing...... Non-shorting ADJUSTMENT SLOT (.260) Contact Resistance...... 2 ohms max. 3.56 ± .254 LONG (.140 ± .010) 5.08 (.200) 0.64 General Characteristics X WIDE 8.38 ± .51 (.025) (.330 ± .020) .38 Switch Type...... SPDT X 1.02 DEEP (.015) Operating Temperature Range (.040) ...... -55 °C to +125 °C Storage Temperature Range 4.58 ± 0.31 ...... -55 °C to +125 °C (.180 ± .012) 7.75 ± 2.97 (.305 .117) 2.54 3.94 ± 0.31 0.46 ± Thermal Shock...... 5 cycles DIA. PINS (.100) (.155 ± .012) (.018) 2.54 -55 °C to +125 °C (.100) Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert*

Switches Mechanical Characteristics Stop Strength ...... 3.5 N.cm 6.35 ± 0.51 6.78 ± 2.24 CCW C CW (.250 ± .020) (.267 .088) Positions...... 2 ±

Environmental Characteristics 2.54 ± 0.25 Vibration ...... 30 G CL 2.54 ± 0.25 6.10 (.10 ± .010) (.10 ± .010) Shock ...... 100 G C (.240) Thermal Shock...... (5 cycles) -55 °C to +125 °C Humidity CL 0.64 ± 0.25 Insulation Resistance (.025 ± .010) ...... 10 megohms min. CW CCW Rotational Life 90° ±5° -051 ...... 50 Cycles -023 ...... 2000 Cycles .89 Maximum Soldering Heat ...... 245 °C RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT (.035) Standard Packaging ...... 50 pcs/tube .80 DIA.3 PLCS. 2.54 How To Order (.031) 2.54 (.100) 7829 H - 1 - 051 (.100) Model Packaging Specifications 2.54 Terminal (.100) Switch Type 8.20 ± .30 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) (.323 .012) ± 1.45 .25 -1 = SPDT TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.007) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED ± Rotational Life (.057 ± .010) -051 = 50 Cycles Reflow Soldering Profile -023 = 2000 Cycles 6.50 ± .30 275 (.256 ± .012) Electrical Schematic 240 °C 225 16.80 ± .30 (.661 .012) C C) ± ° 175 180 °C 2 6.50 ± .30 10-15 Sec. (.256 ± .012) 125 120 °C CCW 3 1 CW 80-90 Sec. 4.20 .30

Temperature ( Temperature ± 75 (.165 ± .012) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. 35-60 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 30-40 Sec. Sec. 25 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 .TUBE LENGTH - 356 ± 1.50 MM. Customers should verify actual device performance in Time (Seconds) UNITS PACKAGED 50 PIECES PER TUBE. their specific applications. REV 09/04

128 7914 – 4 mm SMD & Through-hole Sealed Key Switch Features I Compatible with most surface mount I Meets EIA/EIAJ/IPC/VRCI SMD soldering processes standard outline dimensions I Compatible with popular vacuum I Top or side actuated pick-and-place equipment I RoHS compliant† I J-hook, gull-wing & pinned configurations I Sealed for board washing

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions

Contact Rating 7914J 7914H Maximum Current ...... 100 mA max. J-Hook Through-hole Maximum Voltage ...... 16 V 4.80 4.00 4.80 4.00 (.189) Contact Resistance .....100 milliohms max. (.157) 2.54 (.189) (.157) Insulation Resistance ...100 megohms min. 1 2 (.100) 1 2 2.40 Dielectric Strength ...... 250 VAC 1.00 (.094) (.039) 5.00 4.50 TYP.

General Characteristics 5.00 4.50 0.20

(.197) (.177) A

7 0.20 (.197) A 7 (.177) (.008) Switch Type ...... Normally open (.008) Operating Temp. Range ..-55 °C to +125 °C 2.40 (.094) Storage Temp. Range ....-55 °C to +125 °C 1 2 2 Seal Test...... 85 °C Fluorinert* 1 2.40 4.00 (.157) Vibration ...... 20 G RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT (.094) 2.54 Shock ...... 100 G TYP. (.100) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2.54 1.27 0.76 Mechanical Characteristics 0.76 (.100) (.050) (.030) (.030) 2 PLCS. Actuator Force...... 300 ±100 g TYP. TYP. TYP. Pushover Strength (S Style) ...... 2 kG min. 3.8 5.00 0.80 (.197) (.031) Cycle life, loaded...... 100,000 actuations (.150) 1.78 2 PLCS. DIA. TYP. Contact resistance...... 100 milliohms max. (.070) Switches TYP. Physical Characteristics 2.54 2.54 (.100) (.100) 1 2 1 2 Cover Material...... Stainless steel 2 PLCS. 2 PLCS. Base Material ...... Thermoplastic, UL 94V-0 1 2 1 2 Terminal Material ...... Phosphor bronze SPST N.O. SPST N.O. Dome Material...... Stainless steel Actuator Material...... High temperature 7914G 7914S silicon rubber Gull Wing Right Angle 5.18 4.00 (.204) Marking ...... Manufacturer’s code 4.80 (.157) 2.40 2.75 and date code (.189) (.094) (.108) 1.68 5.00 2.38 (0.66) 1 2 0.20 TYP. DIA. Packaging Options (.008) (.197) (.094) J & G ...... 500 pcs./reel; 50 pcs./tube 2.86 S...... 200 pcs./reel; 100 pcs./tube 0.05 ±0.05 (.113) (.002 ±.002) 5.44

H...... 50 pcs./tube 4.50 A

6.20 TYP. 7 (.214)

(.177) A

How To Order 7 0.60 2.40 (.024) 0.78 (.094) TYP. 1 2 7914 J - 1 - 000 E (.031) 0.89 1 2 5 MAX TYP 0.13 ±0.05 (.035) Model (.005 ±.002) 1.5 (.059) 3.89 Terminal 0.2 ±0.13 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT (.153) J = J-Hook G = Gull Wing (.008 ±.005) 2.54 H = Through-hole Z = Right Angle TYP. (.100) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 0.76 Switch Type 1.27 2.54 -1 = N.O. Au Contacts (.030) 0.48 ±0.2 1.3 (.050) (.019 ±.008) (.100) TYP. Product Code for Button Height TYP. TYP. (.051) 1.25 (For Styles J, G, and H) TYP. -000 = 4.0 mm FMS 5.5 (.049) -024 = 2.4 mm FMS (Flush Actuator) (.217) 1.78 -032 = 3.2 mm FMS (.070) -050 = 5.0 mm FMS 2.54 TYP. 1.68 (For Style S) (.100) (.066) 2.33 -000 = 1.68 mm FTS -032 = 0.91 mm FTS 2 PLCS. 1 2 0.38 ±0.2 (.092) -024 = Flush Actuator -050 = 2.7 mm FTS (.015 ±.008) 1 2 Embossed Tape 1 2 (Option applicable to Styles J, G & S only – SPST N.O. 1 2 SPST N.O. Consult Factory. Omit for Tube packaging.) *”Fluorinert” is a registered trademark of 3M Co. G, J = 500 pcs./reel S = 200 pcs./reel †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. FMS = From Mounting Surface Specifications are subject to change without notice. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) FTS = From Top Surface Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.008) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

129 7914 – Packaging Specifications

J Style Reel G Style Reel S Style Reel 0.3 ± 0.05 (.012 ± .002) .30 .30 MAX. MAX. (.012) (.012) 6.0 (.236) 1.5 4.3 ±.10 4.3 ±.10 0 MIN (.059) 10.0 (.169 ±.004) (.169 ±.004) 5.50 ±0.05 5.50 ±0.05 5.3 (.394) 4.0 (.217 ±.002) (.217 ±.002) (.209) 7.4 + 0.25/ -0.10 (.157) 1.5 +.10/ –.00 1.5 +.10/ –.00 (.291 + .010/ - .004) DIA. DIA. (.059 +.004/ –.00) (.059 +.004/ –.00) 6.48 ±.10 5.26 ±.10 (.255 ±.004) 4.00 ±.10 (.207 ±.004) 4.00 ±.10 5.4 2.0 (.157 ±.004) (.157 ±.004) (.213) (.079)

12.0 5.26 ±.10 5.26 ±.10 2.00 ±.05 (.207 ±.004) (.472) 2.00 ±.05 (.207 ±.004) 1.5 + 0.1/0 (.079 ±.002) 0 (.079 ±.002) (.059 + .004/0)

7.5 1.75 (.295) (.069) 8.00 ±.20 8.00 ±.20

Switches 16.0 ± 0.3 (.315 ±.008) (.315 ±.008) (.630 ± .012) 1.75 ±.10 1.75 ±.10 (.069 ±.004) 40.0 (.069 ±.004) MIN. DIA. (1.575) 12.00 ±.30 12.00 ±.30 177.8 ±2.032 ACCESS HOLE DIA. (.472 ±.012) (.472 ±.012) (7.00 ±.080) AT SLOT LOCATION TAPE 16.0 TAPE DIA. (.630)

1.5 ±.254 1.5 ±.254 EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.059 ±.010) EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS. (.059 ±.010) 20.0 13.0 ±.50 20.0 13.0 ±.50 (.787) DIA. DIA. DIA. 20.19 MIN. DIA. (.512 ±.020) (.787) (.512 ±.020) (.795) DIA. 50.0 (1.969)

1.49 MIN. EQUAL SPACED 3 PLCS 16.0 (.059) (.630)MIN. 200 pcs./reel 50.0 50.0 MIN. MIN. (1.969) (1.969) S Style Tube 3.56 2.03 178 ±2 178 ±2 DIA. (.140) (.080) DIA. (7.008 ±.079) (7.008 ±.079) 12.4 12.4 .508 REEL (.488) TYP REEL (.488) (.020) Meets EIA specification 481. 500 pcs./reel Meets EIA specification 481. 500 pcs./reel 2.92 5.97 (.115) (.235) J/G Style Tube H Style Tube

.508 2.82 R TYP 5.84 (.020) 1.02 1.47 (.111) (.230) .508 (.040) (.058) TYP 13º ± 2º 2 PLCS REF .762 .508 (.020) R MAX TYP R TYP (.030) 100 pcs./tube (.020) 5.66 ± .254 4.69 (.223 ± .010) (.185) Reflow Soldering Profile 4.24 8.64 ± .254 2.82 2 PLCS (.167) (.340 ± .010) 275 (.111) 60º± 2º .762 240 °C R MAX 2 PLCS 2.82 7.67 (.030) 225 (.111) C)

(.302) ° .508 TYP 175 180 °C 50 pcs./tube (.020) 1.78 10-15 2.54 Sec. (.070) 125 120 °C (.100) 80-90 Sec. 8.89 ± .254 (.350 ± .010) ( Temperature 75 35-60 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 50 pcs./tube 30-40 Sec. Sec. Customers should verify actual device performance in 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 their specific applications. Time (Seconds)

130 SDHH Series Half Pitch SMD DIP Switch Features I Eight and four positions available I Gold plated contacts offer high reliability I Low contact resistance I Just 1.5 mm total height I Half pitch of 1.27 mm (.050 in.) I RoHS compliant†

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions SDHH Series Dimensions Electrical Life ...... 1,000 operation cycles A Model Dim. Dim. per switch min. Pos. No. A B Non-Switching Rating...... 100 mA, 50 VDC Switching Rating ...... 25 mA, 24 VDC SDHH-4 4 6.31 (.248) 3.81 (.15) Contact Resistance...... 100 mohms max. SDHH-8 8 11.39 (.448) 8.89 (.35) Insulation Resistance .....100 Mohms min., ON DIP DC 100 V min. Dielectric Strength...AC 300 V for 1 minute How To Order Capacitance...... 5 pF max. between adjacent closed switch SDH H - 8 - T R Circuit ...... Single pole single throw 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Model Actuator H = Recessed Environmental Characteristics DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 1.50 TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.008) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED (.006) Number of positions Mechanical Life...... 2,000 operations -4 = 4 positions per switch min. -8 = 8 positions Operation Force ...... 500 g max. Seal Stroke...... 0.6 mm 0.10 -T = Top tape sealed (standard)

Operating Temp. Range...-30 °C to +85 °C (.004) Packaging Switches Storage Temperature ...... -40 °C to +85 °C 0.40 1.27 R = Tape and reel (.016) (.050) Vibration Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, PITCH Method 201A Reflow Soldering Profile Frequency ...... 10-50-10 Hz/1 minute 4.50 Directions ...... X,Y,Z, three mutually (.177) 275 perpendicular directions 240 °C Time...... 2 hours each direction, 225 C) high reliability ° 180 °C Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, 175 10-15 Method 213B, Condition A Sec. 125 Gravity ...... 50 G (peak value), 11 msec 120 °C 80-90 Sec. Direction & Times ...... 6 sides and 0.60 ( Temperature (.024) 75 35-60 3 times in each direction. 30-40 Sec. Sec. High reliability 6.70 25 (.264) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (Seconds) Physical Characteristics Recommended PCB Layout Cover Materials...... Thermoplastic Nylon, 1.27 x (P-1) UL 94V-0; black [.050 x (P-1)] Base Materials ...... Thermoplastic Nylon, 1.27 PITCH UL 94V-0; black (.050) Actuator Materials.....Thermoplastic Nylon, UL 94V-0; white Contact Materials...... Alloy Copper 4.90 Contact Plating ...... 3 Micro inches gold 0.76 (.193) (.030) over 40 micro inches nickel 6.15 Terminal Materials ...... Brass (.242) with Gold plating 7.40 Reflow Soldering ...... Peak temperature (.291) or reflow oven should be set to 240 ° C. max. 2 sec. while applying solder Packaging .....All poles in the “off” position Circuit Diagram Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

131 SDHH Series – Packaging Specifications

7.00 ± 0.13 2.24 ± 0.10 (0.276 ± 0.005) (0.088 ± .004)

5˚ MAX

12.00 ± 0.13 (0.472 ± 0.005)

5.00 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

1.75 ± 0.10 (.069 ± .004)

Switches 2.00 ± 0.05 (0.079 ± .002)

1.50 ± 0.25 DIA. (0.059 ± .010) 4.00 ± 0.10 (0.157 ± .004)

8˚ L ± 0.13 (L ± .005) 8.00 ± 0.10 (0.315 ± .004)

4.50 ± 0.1 1.50 ± 0.10 (0.177 ± .004) (0.059 ± .010)

8 ˚ MAX 0.30 ± 0.13 6.94 ± 0.10 (0.012 ± 0.005) (0.273 ± .004)

4.50 ± 0.1 (0.177 ± .004) 1.96 ± 0.10 (0.077 ± .004)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

132 SDM Series – Surface Mount DIP Switch Features I Double contacts I RoHS compliant† I Low contact resistance I Self-clean on contact area I Vapor phase solderable, IR-reflow solderable I Terminal plating by gold gives excellent results when soldering

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications Electrical Life...... 2,000 operations min. 2.00 0.25 SDM Series ± DIA. per switch, 24 VDC, 25 mA (.079 ± .010) A + 0.2 / - 0 1.55 ± 0.05 Non-Switching Rating...... 100 mA, 50 VDC (A + .008/-0) (.061 ± .002) Switching Rating ...... 25 mA, 24 VDC 2.0 (.079) DIA. Contact Resistance (@ current 100 mA) 2.00 ± 0.15 ...... 50 milliohms max. at initial (.079 ± .006) 100 milliohms max. after life test Insulation Resistance ...... 100 megohms min. at 500 ±15 VDC Dielectric Strength...... 500 VDC/minute 4.00 ± 0.1 6.20 + 0.2 / -0 (.157 ± .004) Capacitance...... 5 pF max. between (.244 = .008/-0) DIMENSIONS: 0.50 adjacent closed switch MM/(INCHES) (.020) Circuit ...... Single pole single throw 3.0 + 0.10 / -0 (.118 + .004/-0) Environmental Characteristics Mechanical Life ...... 2,000 operations per switch 2.54 1.74 16.00 ± 0.1 Operation Force ...... 1000 gf max. (.100) (.069) 0.70 (.630 ± .004) Stroke...... 1.0 mm TYP. MIN. B (.028) Operating Temp. Range...-20 °C to +70 °C Pole Tape Size (W) Storage Temperature ...... -40 °C to +85 °C 9.80 ± 0.3 0.70 1.0 Vibration Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, (.386 ± .012) (.028) Switches 7.62 ± 0.25 (.039) 2, 3 16 mm Method 201A (.300 ± .010) 4, 5, 6 24 mm Frequency ...... 10-55-10 Hz/1 minute 0°~4° Directions ...... X,Y,Z, three mutually 7, 8 32 mm perpendicular directions 9, 10, 12 44 mm Time...... 2 hours each direction. 0.7 ± 0.2 SDMX SERIES High reliability (.028 ± .088) Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, SDMR SERIES How To Order Method 213B, Condition A RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT SDM R - 2 - T R Gravity ...... 50 G (peak value), 11 msec B±0.10=2.54X(P-1) Model Direction & Times ...... 6 sides and (B±.004=.10X(P-1)) 3 times in each direction. Actuator X = Raised R = Recessed High reliability Number of Positions 2.54 10.4 1 = 1 Position 7 = 7 Positions Physical Characteristics 1.1 7.40 (.100) (.409) (.043) (.291) 2 = 2 Positions 8 = 8 Positions Base and Cover Materials TYP. 3 = 3 Positions 9 = 9 Positions ..UL94V-0 PPS plus glass fiber reinforced 4 = 4 Positions 10 = 10 Positions 5 = 5 Positions 12 = 12 Positions Color...... Black 6 = 6 Positions SCHEMATIC (TYP.) Actuator Materials...... Nylon SCHEMATIC (TYP.) Seal plus glass fiber reinforced 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,121,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 POSITIONS POSITIONS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE X = Standard (Not Sealed) Color...... White T = Top Tape Sealed (“R” Actuator only) Contact Materials ...... Alloy copper Packaging Option Terminal Materials ...... Brass (Top Sealed, Recessed Only) Contact Plating Materials....3 micro inches R = Tape and Reel Packaging (900 pcs./reel) gold plating over 40 micro inches nickel Terminal Plating Materials ...... Gold SDM Series Dimensions Reflow Soldering Profile Soldering Process...... Vapor phase and 275 IR-reflow soldering can be applied Model Dim. Dim. Pos. 240 °C Standard Packaging No. A B 225 C)

.....IC tubes/all poles in the “off” position ° SDM-12 12 31.42 27.94 175 180 °C SDM-10 10 26.34 22.86 10-15 Sec. 125 SDM-8 8 21.26 17.78 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

SDM-6 6 16.18 12.70 ( Temperature 75 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 35-60 †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. SDM-4 4 11.10 7.62 30-40 Sec. Sec. Customers should verify actual device performance in 25 their specific applications. REV 09/04 SDM-2 2 6.02 2.54 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (Seconds)

133 SDT Series – Tact Switch Features I Available sharp click feel with a I Insert molding in the contact with positive tactile feedback special treatment prevents flux I Ultra-miniature and lightweight buildup during soldering and permits structure suitable for high density autodipping mounting I RoHS compliant† I Economical with high reliability

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Electrical Life ...... 500,000 cycles min. for 260 g SDTX-610/620/630/650/660 SDTG-610/620/630/650/660 6.0 6.0 1,000,000 cycles min. for 100 g, 160g 4.30 (.236) 4.30 (.236) Rating...... DC 12 V 50 mA (.169) (.169) C Contact Resistance .....100 milliohms max. CL L T4 T3 Insulation Resistance T1 T2 ...... 100 megohms, DC 500 V min. 4.50 ± 0.20 4.50 ± 0.20 C Dielectric Strength...250 V AC for 1 minute CL L (.177 ± .008) (.177 ± .008) T Contact Arrangement...... 1 pole 1 position T3 T4 2 T1

0.50 T5 Environmental Characteristics MAX. 3.50 (.020) DIA. 1.50 C (.138) Operation Force...... 260 g ±50 g, L (.059) 0.40 160 g ±50 g, 100 g ±50 g MAX. 3.50 (.016) DIA. Stop Strength ...... Place the switch such H ± 0.20 CL (.138) that vertical, a static load of 3 kg shall (H ± .008) be applied in the direction of actuator H ± 0.20 operation for a period of 15 sec. 0.30 3.50 (H ± .008) Stroke (.012) (.138)

Switches 6mm type ...... 0.25 +0.2/-0.1 mm 3.60 1.80 6.50 ± 0.50 0.30 12mm type...... 0.35 ±0.1 mm 3.50 ± 0.50 (.142) (.071) (.256 ± .020) (.012) Temperature Range...... -20 °C to +70 °C (.138 ± .020) 0.70 7.90 ± 0.50 1.80 Vibration Test...... Mil-STD-202F, (.028) 3.50 ± 0.50 (.311 ± .020) (.071) (.138 ± .020) Method 201A 6.50 ± 0.50 Frequency ...... 10-55-10 Hz/1 minute SDTX-644/648 (.256 ± .020) Directions ...... X,Y,Z, three mutually SDTX-644 7.90 ± 0.50 perpendicular directions A Dim. mm/(in) (.311 ± .020) B Time...... 2 hours each direction. C 2.4 +.1/-0 L A SDTG-644/648 High reliability (.094 +.004/-0) SDTG-644 A Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, 1.6 +.1/-0 Dim. mm/(in) B B Method 213B, Condition A C (.063 +.004/-0) L 2.4 +.1/-0 Gravity ...... 50 G (peak value), 11 msec 4.10 A (.094 +.004/-0) Direction & Times ...... 6 sides and (.161) SDTX-648 1.6 +.1/-0 3 times in each direction. B High reliability Dim. mm/(in) (.063 +.004/-0) 2.8 +.1/-0 A Physical Characteristics (.110 +.004/-0) SDTG-648 2.0 +.1/-0 Dim. mm/(in) Cover Materials...... Steel 0.70 15° B Base Materials .....UL94V-0 PBT plus glass (.028) (.079 +.004/-0) 2.8 +.1/-0 A fiber reinforced (.110 +.004/-0) Cover/Base Color...... Black RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2.0 +.1/-0 B Actuator Materials ...... Dulacon POM 6.5 ±0.1 0.70 (.079 +.004/-0) 4.5 ±0.1 (.028) 15° plus glass fiber reinforced (.256 ±.004) (.177 ±.004) Actuator Color ...... Black, brown, red CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Contact Disc Materials....Phosphor bronze T4 T3 with silver cladding Terminal Materials 1.0 ±0.05 T2 T1 ...... Brass with silver cladding DIA (.039 ±.002) Wave Soldering Process 4 PLCS. T5 ...... Recommended solder temperature at 260 °C (500 °F) max., 5 seconds CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Hand Soldering Process RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT T1 T2 6.5 ±0.1 ...... Use a soldering iron of 30 watts 4.5 ±0.1 (.256 ±.004) or less, controlled at 320 °C (608 °F) (.177 ±.004) for approximately 2 seconds while T3 T4 applying solder Packaging ...... 1,000 pieces per bag DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 1.0 ±0.05 DIA Customers should verify actual device performance in 4.1 ±0.1 (.039 ±.002) their specific applications. REV 09/04 (.161 ±.004) 5 PLCS.

134 SDT Series – Product Dimensions

SDTA-610/620/630/650/660 SDTA-644/648 6.20 SDTX-210 6.20 4.30 (.244) 12.0 4.30 (.244) (.169) 8.0 (.472) (.169) CL (.315) C L CL 4.00 (.157) 7.20 T T C 1 2 7.20 L (.283) CL (.283) 5.0 ± 0.20 1.80 C L (.197 ± .008) 1.80 4.00 (.071) (.157) (.071) 0.40 T3 T4 0.40 (.016) (.016) T T T T 3 1 2 4 7.10 T3 T1 T2 T4 0.70 DIA. 3.50 ± 0.50 (.280) H ± 0.20 0.70 (.028) 0.50 C 3.50 ± 0.50 4.50 ± 0.20 (.138 ± 0.20) MAX. L (H ± .008) (.028) (.177 ± .008) (.020) 4.50 ± 0.20 (.138 ± 0.20) 7.00 ± 0.50 (.177 ± .008) 7.00 ± 0.50 (.276 ± 0.20) (.276 ± 0.20) 8.40 ± 0.50 0.30 3.50 8.40 ± 0.50 (.331 ± 0.20) 3.50 (.012) (.138) (.331 ± 0.20) DIA. SDTA-644 (.138) 1.80 12.50 ± 0.50 3.50 ± 0.50 (.071) (.492 ± .020) (.138 ± .020) Dim. mm/(in) 13.90 ± 0.50 0.30 MAX. 2.4 +.1/-0 (.547 ± .020) (.012) A (.094 +.004/-0) CL 1.6 +.1/-0 0.30 B (.063 +.004/-0) (.012)

MAX. Switches 7.40 (.291) SDTA-648 6.55 7.40 (.258) Dim. mm/(in) (.291) 1.0 15 ° (.039) 2.8 +.1/-0 A (.110 +.004/-0) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 2.0 +.1/-0 B 6.55 (.079 +.004/-0) (.258) 12.50 ± 0.10 (.492 ± .004) 5.0 ± 0.10 3.50 DIA. (.197 ± .004) (.138)

0.30 (.012) 0.70 (.028) A B 1.20 ± 0.05 2.55 DIA 4 PLCS. 1.70 (.047 ± .002) (.100) 2.50 (.067) H ± 0.20 (.098) 0.30 4.00 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (H ± .008) (.157) (.012) T T 0.70 1 2 2.55 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT (.028) (.100) 3.15 (.124) T T 7.00 ± 0.10 2.50 ± 0.10 3 4 6.15 ± 0.20 4.00 2.50 (.276 ± .004) (.098 ± .004) (.242 ± .008) (.157) (.098)

RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 7.00 ± 0.10 2.50 ± 0.10 (.276 ± .004) 4.50 ± 0.10 1.0 ± 0.05 (.098 ± .004) (.177 ± .004) (.039 ± .002) DIA. 4 PLCS.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM T3 T4 1.0 ± 0.05 4.50 ± 0.10 DIA (.039 ± .002) GROUND (.177 ± .004) TERMINAL 4 PLCS. T1 T2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

T3 T4 Specifications are subject to change without notice. GROUND TERMINAL Customers should verify actual device performance in T1 T2 their specific applications.

135 SDT Series – Product Dimensions, Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Product Dimensions Packaging Specifications How To Order SDTX-244 SDTX-610/620/630/644/648/650 Ammo Pack SDT G - 6 10 - K AP 12.0 12.7 ± 1.00 8.0 (.472) (.508 ± .004) Model (.315) 6.35 ± 1.00 3.5 Product Series (.250 .004) DIA. CL ± (.138) X = Standard 6.0 3.5 G = Ground Terminal (.236) (.138) T1 T2 A = Right Angle Type Body Size 5.0 ± 0.20 CL H ± 0.2 6 = 6 mm (.197 ± .008) 2 = 12 mm* (H ± 0.08) 9.0 (.354) 18.0 SUPPORT TAPE Distance from First Pin T3 T4 (.709) to Top of Head (Right Angle Type) 10 = 3.15 mm 7.10 1.70 18.0 DIA. 20 = 3.85 mm (.280) (.067) 4.30 (.709) C (.169) 30 = 5.85 mm L 44 = 6.15 mm (square head) 0.50 4.0 0.3 MAX. ± DIA. 48 = 6.15 mm (square head) (.020) (.157 ± .012) 7.30 50 = 8.35 mm 60 = 11.85 mm (.287) CARRIER TAPE 5.0 ± 0.2 3.85 ± 0.5 Height (Standard Type) 0.30 3.50 10 = 4.3 mm Switches (.197 ± .008) (.159 ± .020) (.012) (.138) 12.7 ± 0.3 20 = 5.0 mm (.500 ± .012) 30 = 7.0 mm 1.80 12.50 ± 0.50 3.50 ± 0.50 44 = 7.3 x 2.4 mm (square head) (.071) (.492 ± .020) (.138 ± .020) 48 = 7.3 x 2.8 mm (square head) 13.90 ± 0.50 2.0 50 = 9.5 mm (.547 ± .020) MAX. (.079) 60 = 13 mm 3.8 + .1/-0 Actuating Force 3.0 (.150 + .004/-0) K = 100 g (black head – 6 mm only) 47.0 N = 160 g (brown head) (.118) (1.85) R = 260 g (red head) CL 291.0 (11.46) Packaging Option (SDTX only) AP = Ammo Pak *Options available: SDTX-210 SDTX-244

15 ° 1.0 Reflow Soldering Profile (.039) 331.0 (13.03) 275 RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 700 pieces per box 240 °C 225

12.50 ± 0.10 C) 5.0 ± 0.10 ° (.492 ± .004) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT 180 °C (.197 ± .004) 175 5.0 ± 0.1 10-15 Sec. (.197 ± .004) 125 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

Temperature ( Temperature 75 35-60 1.20 ± 0.05 30-40 Sec. Sec. DIA 4 PLCS. (.047 ± .002) 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 1.0 +0.1/-0 Time (Seconds) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (.040 + .004/-0)

T1 T2

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM T3 T4

T1 T2 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

136 SDTM Series – SMD Tact Switch Features I Available sharp click feel with a I Insert molding in the contact with positive tactile feedback special treatment prevents flux I Ultra-miniature and lightweight buildup during soldering and permits structure suitable for high density autodipping mounting I RoHS compliant† I Very economical with high reliability

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions How To Order Electrical Life SDTM-610/620/630/650/660 SDT M - 6 10 - K TR ...... 50,000 cycles min. for 260 g 500,000 cycles min. for 100 g, 160 g 6.20 Model (.244) Rating ...... DC 12 V, 50 mA 4.30 Product Code 0.70 (.169) M = SMD Contact Resistance...... 100 mohms max. (.028) CL Insulation Resistance...... 100 Mohms min., Body Size T T 6 = 6 mm DC 500 V min. 1 2 4.50 0.20 Height Dielectric Strength...AC 250 V for 1 minute C ± L (.177 .008) 10 = 4.3 mm Contact Arrangement...... 1 pole 1 position ± 20 = 5.0 mm T3 T4 30 = 7.0 mm 44 = 7.3 mm (square head) Environmental Characteristics 48 = 7.3 mm (square head) 3.50 DIA. 50 = 9.5 mm Operation Force ...... 100 g, 160 g, 260 g 0.50 (.138) 60 = 13 mm MAX. Tolerance...... ±50 g (.020) C H ± 0.20 L (H .008) Actuating Force Stop Strength...... Place the switch vertical, ± K = 100 g (black) a static load of 3 kg shall be N = 160 g (brown) applied in the direction of actuator 3.50 R = 260 g (red) operation for a period of 15 seconds 0°-4° (.138) Packaging Option Stroke...... 0.25 mm (+0.2 mm, -0.1 mm) TR = Embossed Tape* 0.200 ± 0.10 610 = 1000 pcs. Temperature Range...... -25 °C to +70 °C 9.0 ± 0.2 (.354 ± .008) (.008 ± .004) 620 = 900 pcs. Vibration Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, 630, 644, 648 = 500 pcs. 650 = 380 pcs. Method 201A SDTM-644/648 Frequency ...... 10-50-10 Hz/1 minute __ = Tube All models = 77 pcs. Directions...... X,Y,Z 3 mutually 6.20 Switches (.244) perpendicular directions 4.30 *Not applicable to Model 660. 0.70 (.169) Time...... 2 hours each direction, (.028) CL high reliability T T Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, 1 2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Method 213A, Condition A 4.50 ± 0.20 T1 T2 CL Gravity...... 50 g (peak value), 11 msec. (.177 ± .008) T T Directions/Time...... 6 sides and 3 times 3 4 T3 T4 in each direction

2.4 Physical Characteristics SDTM-644: DIA. (.095) Cover Materials...... Steel, tin plated 2.8 SDTM-648: DIA. Base Materials ...... Thermoplastic Nylon (.110) CL 7.30 FG 101, UL94V-0 (.287) 0.50 MAX. Actuator Materials ...... Thermoplastic (.020) 3.50 Nylon UL94V-0 (.138) Color ...... Black, brown, red Contact Disc. Materials ...... Phosphor bronze with silver cladding 0°-4° Terminal Materials...... Brass with silver cladding 9.0 ± 0.2 0.200 ± 0.10 (.354 ± .008) (.008 ± .004)

RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT

9.50 (.374) 6.40 4.50 (.252) (.177) T1 T2

T3 T4 1.30 (.051) Specifications are subject to change without notice. † RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) Customers should verify actual device performance in TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.008) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED their specific applications. REV 09/04

137 SDTM Series – Packaging Specifications

Packaging Specifications Reflow Soldering Profile

SDTM-610/620/630/644/648/650(TR) SDTM-610/620/630/644/648/650/660(TUBE) 275 240 °C 225 C)

7.5 ° 175 180 °C (.295) 6.5 10-15 (.256) Sec. 125 120 °C 16.00 +0.30/-0.10 80-90 Sec. 2.0 ± 0.10 0.5 (.630 + .012/-.004) R ( Temperature (.079 ± .004) (.020) 75 35-60 30-40 Sec. Sec. 1.0 25 R 9.4 (.039) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 (.370) A Time (Seconds) 1.50 +0.25/-0.00 (.059 +.010/-0.00) DIA. 2.6 6.0 ± 0.5 (.102) (.236 .020) 1.8 1.8 ± (.071) (.071) 10.6 ± 0.1 4.00 ± 0.10 Switches (.417 ± .004) (.157 ± .004) 12.00 ± 0.10 (.472 ± .004) Model Number Dimension A

10.40 SDTM-630, 644, 648 (.409) 15.9 ±0.1 SDTM-650, 660 1.50 + 0.10/-0.00 (.626 ±.004) (.059 + .004/-0.00) DIA. 5.5 SDTM-610, 620 (.217)

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.008) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

138 SND Series – DIP Switch (Machine Insertable Type) Features I Double contacts offer high reliability I RoHS compliant† I Low contact resistance I Self-clean on contact area I Splay terminals allow for automatic insertion by IC insertion machine I Straight terminals are available for manual insertion

Electrical Characteristics Physical Characteristics Product Dimensions Electrical Life...... 2,000 operations min. Base and Cover Materials A +.006/ -0 per switch, 24 VDC, 25 mA ...... UL 94V-0 high-temperature (A + .0002/-0) Non-Switching Rating...... 100 mA, 50 VDC thermoplastic PPS 1.9 Switching Rating ...... 25 mA, 24 VDC Color...... Black (.075) Contact Resistance (@ current 100 mA) Actuator Materials ...... UL 94V-0 nylon ON DIP ...... 50 milliohms max. at initial thermoplastic 100 milliohms max. after life test Color...... White Insulation Resistance Contact Materials ...... Alloy copper 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ...... 100 megohms min. at 500 ±15 VDC Terminal Materials ...... Brass 6.20 Dielectric Strength...... 500 VDC/minute Contact Plating Materials (.244) 3.60 MAX. Capacitance...... 5 pf max. between ...... 3 micro inches gold plating (.142) adjacent closed switch over 40 micro inches nickel Circuit ...... Single pole single throw Terminal Plating Materials ...... Gold Wave Soldering Process* Environmental Characteristics ...Recommended solder temp. at 260 °C (500 °F) max., 5 sec. Mechanical Life Hand Soldering Process* 1.74 2.54 0.50 4.30 ...... 2,000 operations per switch (.069) (.100) (.020) (.169) ...... Use a soldering iron of 30 watts TYP. MIN. Operation Force ...... 1,000 g max. or less, controlled at 320 °C (608 °F) for B

Stroke...... 1.0 mm Switches approx. 2 sec. while applying solder 0.70 Operating Temp. Range...-20 °C to +70 °C 1.0 Standard Packaging (.028) (.039) Storage Temperature ...... -40 °C to +85 °C .....IC tubes/all poles in the “off” position Vibration Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, Method 201A 8.75 Frequency ...... 10-55-10 Hz/minute SND Series Dimensions (.344) Directions ...... X,Y,Z, three mutually Model Dim. Dim. perpendicular directions Pos. 7.62 ± 0.50 0.25 Time...... 2 hours each direction. No. A B (.30 ± .020) (.010) High reliability SND-12 12 31.42 (1.237) 26.94 (1.100) 9.84 ± 0.50 Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, (.387 ± .020) SNDX SERIES Method 213B, Condition A SND-10 10 26.34 (1.037) 22.86 (.900) SNDR SERIES Gravity ...... 50 G (peak value), 11 msec SND-9 9 23.80 (.937) 20.32 (.800) RECOMMENDED PCB LAYOUT Direction & Times ...... 6 sides and SND-8 8 21.26 (.837) 17.78 (.700) 3 times in each direction. B ± 0.10 = 2.54 x (P-1) SND-7 7 18.72 (.737) 15.24 (.600) (B ± .004 = .100 x (P-1) High reliability SND-6 6 16.18 (.637) 12.70 (.500) SND-5 5 13.64 (.537) 10.16 (.400) How To Order SND-4 4 11.10 (.437) 7.62 (.300) SND X - 1 S - X SND-3 3 8.56 (.337) 5.08 (.200) Model SND-2 2 6.02 (.237) 2.54 (.100) 0.97 ± 0.05 7.62 ± 0.10 Actuator DIA. X = Raised Actuator SND-1 1 3.48 (.137) — (.038 ± .002) (.300 ± .004) R = Recessed Actuator Number of Positions -1 = 1 Position -7 = 7 Positions -2 = 2 Positions -8 = 8 Positions -3 = 3 Positions -9 = 9 Positions SCHEMATIC (TYP.) -4 = 4 Positions -10 = 10 Positions 1-12 POSITIONS AVAILABLE -5 = 5 Positions -12 = 12 Positions -6 = 6 Positions Terminal Type S = Splay (Machine Insertion Type) H = Straight (Manual Insertion Type) Seal DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) -X = Standard (Not Sealed) -T = Top Tape Sealed Specifications are subject to change without notice. (“R” actuator only, excluding 1 position) †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

139 SND Series – Packaging Specifications

Product Dimensions

12.0 ± 0.1 (.472 ± .004) 11.0 ± 0.1 (.433 ± .004) 0.5 8.0 +0.2/-0.1 (.019) (.315 +.008/-.004) 2.0 2.0 (.08) (.08) 0.5 (.019) 5.0 +0/-.2 (.20 +0/-.004) 4.0 6.50 11.0 ± 0.1 (.16) (.260) (.433 ± .004) 1.45 ± 0.1 5.0 ± 0.2 0.1 R (.433 ± .004) (.20 ± .004) (.004) 5.35 4.15 (.210) (.160) Switches 2.5 2.5 (.100) (.100) 0.5 16.50 (.019) (.650) 5.0 ± 0.1 (.20 ± .004) 0.5 0.5 (.019) (.019) DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

Reflow Soldering Profile

275 240 °C 225 C) ° 175 180 °C 10-15 Sec. 125 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

Temperature ( Temperature 75 35-60 30-40 Sec. Sec. 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (Seconds)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

140 ST(H,M,J)W Series – Sealed Tact Switch Features I Through-hole and SMD styles I Insert molding in the contact with available special treatment I Available sharp click feel with a prevents flux buildup during positive tactile feedback soldering and permits autodipping I Ultra-miniature and lightweight I RoHS compliant† structure suitable for high density mounting I Designed for washing after soldering

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Electrical Life...... 100,000 cycles min. 6.20 STMW STHW 9.00 ± 0.20 Rating ...... DC 12 V, 50 mA (.244) 0.70 6.0 6.20 (.354 ± .079) Contact Resistance...... 100 mohms max. CL (.028) (.236) (.244) 0.70 6.0 Insulation Resistance...... 100 Mohms min. C DC 500 V min. L (.028) (.236) Dielectric Strength...AC 250 V for 1 minute C 4.0 ± 0.20 6.30 L (.157 ± .008) (.248) Contact Arrangement...... 1 pole 1 position 4.0 ± 0.20 6.30 C L (.157 ± .008) (.248) Environmental Characteristics 3.0 DIA. Mechanical Life...... 100,000 cycles min. (.118) 3.0 C DIA. Operation Force...... 160 g, 260 g L (.118) 2.20 Tolerance...... ±50 g 1.80 CL CL (.087) (.071) H Stop Strength...... Place the switch vertical, a static load of 3 kg shall be 3.50 ± 0.50 applied in the direction of actuator (.138 ± .020) H 5.80 operation for a period of 15 seconds 2.35 6.50 ± 0.50 (.228) (.093) Stroke...... 0.25 mm (+0.2 mm, -0.1 mm) (.256 ± .020) 11.0 Operating Temperature Range 7.90 ± 0.5 (.433) 2.60 ...... -25 °C to +70 °C (.311 ± .020) 6.80 (.102)

Storage Temperature Range (.268) Switches 6.50 0.10 ...... -30 °C to +80 °C ± (.256 ± .004) 5.40 Vibration Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, (.213) Method 201A Frequency ...... 10-55-10 Hz/1 minute 4.0 ± 0.10 (.157 ± .004) Directions...... X,Y,Z 3 mutually perpendicular directions CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1.0 ± 0.05 Time...... 2 hours each direction, 4 PLCS. 12 (.039 ± .002) high reliability Shock Test ...... MIL-STD-202F, STJW 3 4 Method 213B, Condition A 6.80 ± 0.20 (.268 .079) Gravity...... 50 g (peak value), 11 msec. ± 6.0 Directions/Time...... 6 sides and 3 times 6.20 (.236) (.244) 0.70 in each direction C L (.028) Physical Characteristics 4.0 ± 0.20 6.30 CL Cover Materials...... Stainless steel (.157 ± .008) (.248) Base Materials...... Thermoplastic LCP UL 94V-0 black 3.0 Actuator Materials ...... Thermoplastic DIA. Nylon UL 94V-0 (680, 690) (.118) 2.20 C Color ...... Brown (Silver 680 type) L CL (.087) Contact Disc. Materials ...... Phosphor H bronze with gold cladding Terminal Materials...... Brass with silver 4.40 5.80 2.35 cladding (.173) 0.30 (.228) (.093) (.012)

8.60 (.339) 4.00 2.60 (.157) (.102)

5.40 (.213) Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

141 ST(H,M,J)W Series – Packaging Specifications and Ordering Information

Packaging Specifications How To Order Reflow Soldering Profile

STMW-660/667//680/690(TR) STM W - 6 60 - N TR 275 STJW-660/667/680/690(TR) Model 240 °C STM = SMD “G” Style 225 C)

STH = Through-hole ° STJ = SMD J-Hook 175 180 °C 10-15 Product Type Sec. 125 W = Washable 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

2.0 ± 0.10 16.00 +0.30/-0.10 Size ( Temperature -6 = 6 mm 75 (.079 ± .003) (.630 + .012/-.003) 35-60 Height 30-40 Sec. Sec. 25 60 = 3.1/(0.12) (N) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 67 = 5.2/(0.20) (N) Time (Seconds) 80 = 2.30/(0.09) (S) 90 = 3.7/(0.15) (N, R) 1.50 +0.25/-0.00 (.059 +.010/-0.00) Actuating Force DIA. -S = 160 g (Silver) -N = 160 g (Brown)

Switches -R = 260 g (Red) -V = 300 g (Clear) Packaging Option (Type M, J only) 4.00 ± 0.10 TR = Embossed tape (.157 ± .003) 8.00 ± 0.10 660, 667, 680 = 2000 pcs. 690 = 1900 pcs. (.314 ± .003)

1.50 + 0.10/-0.00 (.059 + .003/-0.00) DIA.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

142 STJN-4 – SMD Super-Thin Tact Switch Features I Super-thin 4.5 mm square SMD I RoHS compliant† I Two different operating forces I 0.55 mm height without knob I Compatible with surface mount reflow soldering processes

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions How To Order Max. Power Rating....12 VDC max., 20 mA 4.50 + 0.25 / - 0.15 STJ N - 4 05 - N TR Contact Resistance .....100 milliohms max. (.177 + .010 / - 0.06) Insulation Resistance Model Thin SMD Tact Switch ...... 50 megohms min., 100 VDC 4.3 (.169) Product Code Dielectric Strength...AC 100 V for 1 minute N = Non-washable Bounce 2.8 0.6 (.110) Size On...... 3 ms max. (.024) 1 2 -4 = 4.5 mm Off...... 10 ms max. Height Circuit ...... N.O. SPST 05 = 0.55 mm (without knob) Actuating Force -N = 160 gf (1.6 N) Mechanical Characteristics 4.5 2.6 4.3 -P = 240 gf (2.4 N) (.177) (.102) (.169) Mechanical Life...... 50,000 cycles min. Packaging Option Actuation Force TR = Embossed tape ...... 160 gf ±50 gf (1.6 N ±0.5 N) 10,000 pcs./reel ...... 240 gf ±60 gf (2.4 N ± 0.6 N) Stroke ...... 0.2 mm ±0.1 mm 3 4 Reflow Soldering Profile 0.55 + 0.15 / - 0.10 275 General Characteristics (.022 + .006 / - .004) Switch Type ...... (N.O.) SPST 240 °C 0.45 + 0.15 / -0.10 225 Operating Temperature Range (.018 + .006 / - .004) C) ° ...... -20 °C to +70 °C 0.35 175 180 °C (.014) Storage Temperature Range 10-15 Switches Sec...... -40 °C to +85 °C 125 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

DIMENSIONS: ( Temperature 75 MM/(INCHES) 3.7 35-60 30-40 Sec. Sec. (.146) 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (Seconds)

Recommended PCB Layout 4.8 (.189) 3.0 (.118)

2.85 4.85 (.112) (.191)

Circuit Diagram

3 4 Specifications are subject to change without notice. †RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04

143 STJN-5 – SMD Thin Tact Switch Features I Thin 5 mm square SMD I RoHS compliant† I Three different operating forces I 0.8 mm height without knob (1.5 mm with knob) I Compatible with surface mount reflow soldering processes

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Max. Power Rating....12 VDC max., 50 mA STJN-515 STJN-508 4.9 4.9 4.4 Contact Resistance .....100 milliohms max. (.193) (.193) (.173) Insulation Resistance 4.5 4.5 DIA. 1.2 ...... 100 megohms min., 100 VDC 1.2 (.177) (.177) (.047) (.047) 4.0 Dielectric Strength...AC 250 V for 1 minute (.157) Bounce DIA. 1 2 On...... 3 ms max. 4.5 1 2 4.5 (.177) Off...... 10 ms max. (.177) 3.7 3.7 Circuit ...... N.O. SPST (.146) (.146) 4.9 4.9 3 4 (.193) 3 4 (.193) 3.2 Mechanical Characteristics (.126) 3.2 DIA. Mechanical Life 3.3 (.126) 2.4 100 gf + 160 gf...... 500,000 cycles min. DIA. (.130) (.094) 260 gf ...... 200,000 cycles min. 3.4 DIA. Actuation Force 0.8 0.05 0.45 0.8 (.134) 1.2 0.05 (.031) (.002) (.018) (.031) ...... 100 gf ±50 gf (1.0 N ±0.5 N) (.047) (.002) ...... 160 gf ±50 gf (1.6 N ±0.5 N) ...... 260 gf ±60 gf (2.6 N ± 0.6 N) Switches Stroke...... 0.25 mm +0.10/-0.20 0.2 0.4 0.2 (.007) 0.4 0.45 (.016) (.007) General Characteristics (.016) (.018) 0.3 0.3 1.5 +0.2 / -0.1 Switch Type ...... (N.O.) SPST 2.5 (.012) (.012) (.059 +.008 / -.004) 2.5 Operating Temperature Range (.098) (.098) 5 0.5 ...... -20 °C to +70 °C ± 5.0 ± 0.5 (.197 .020) Storage Temperature Range ± (.197 ± .020) ...... -40 °C to +85 °C Recommended PCB Layout Recommended PCB Layout How To Order 5.4 5.4 STJ N - 5 08 - N TR (.213) 5.5 (.213) 3.4 5.5 4.3 (.217) 3.4 4.3 Model (.134) (.217) (.169) (.134) (.169) Thin SMD Tact Switch 4.6 4.6 1.0 3.1 1.0 (.181) 3.1 (.181) Product Code (.040) (.040) N = Non-washable (.122) (.122) Size -5 = 5 mm Height 08 = 0.8 mm (without knob) 15 = 1.5 mm (with knob) Actuating Force -K = 100 gf (1.0 N) Circuit Diagram Circuit Diagram -N = 160 gf (1.6 N) -R = 260 gf (2.6 N) 12 Packaging Option 12 TR = Embossed tape 5,000 pcs./reel 34 34 Reflow Soldering Profile DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) 275 TOLERANCES: ±.38/(±.015) EXCEPT WHERE NOTED 240 °C 225 C) ° 175 180 °C 10-15 Sec. 125 120 °C 80-90 Sec.

Temperature ( Temperature 75 35-60 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 30-40 Sec. Sec. † 25 RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Jan 27 2003 including Annex. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Customers should verify actual device performance in Time (Seconds) their specific applications. REV 09/04

144 STSM – Ultraminiature Tactile Switch Features I Available sharp click feel with a I RoHS compliant† positive tactile feedback I Ultraminiature and lightweight structure suitable for high density mounting I Economical I Reliable

Electrical Characteristics Product Dimensions Electrical Life ...... 50,000 Cycles for 160 gf, 320 gf PCB LAYOUT Rating ...... 50 mA, 12 VDC 6.0 7.4 Contact Resistance ...... 100 m" max. (.236) (.291) Insulation Resistance 3.4 ...... 100 M" min. @ 500 VDC (.134) Dielectric Strength...... 250 VAC/1 minute 3.5 Contact Arrangement...... SPST (.138)

1.6 Environmental Characteristics (.063) Operation Temperature Range DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES) TOLERANCES: ±.2/(±.008) ...... -25 °C to +70 °C EXCEPT WHERE NOTED Storage Temperature Range 1.5 ...... -30 °C to +80 °C (.059) 3.0 0.5 MAX. Vibration Test (.118) (.020) ...... MIL-STD-202F Method 201A Frequency...... 10-55-10Hz/1 minute Directions H ± 0.2 3.5 ...... X,Y,Z, three mutually perpendicular (H ± .008) 0.05 directions (.138) MAX. 1.0 (0.002) Time...... 2 hours each direction (.039) Switches Shock Test 7.2 ...... MIL-STD-202F Method 213B 0.9 (.283) Condition A (.035) Gravity ...... 50 G (peak value), 11 msec Direction and Times ...6 sides and 3 times in each direction How To Order Circuit Diagram

STS M - 3 1 - S TR T1 Physical Characteristics Model Cover Materials ...... Stainless Steel Style Base Materials...... UL 94V-0 Nylon or M = Surface mount PPA High-Temperature Thermoplastic Product Size T2 Actuator ...... UL 94V-0 Nylon -3 = 3.5 mm wide x High-Temperature Thermoplastic 6 mm long Contact Disc ...... Stainless steel Height Reflow Soldering Profile with silver cladding 1 = 4.3 mm 2 = 5.0 mm Terminals...... Brass with silver cladding 275 Color of Stem for Operating Force -N = Brown, 160 g 240 °C -S = Salmon, 320 g 225 C) ° Packaging Option 175 180 °C __ = Standard Packaging 10-15 135 pcs./tube Sec. 125 TR = Tape & Reel Packaging 120 °C 80-90 Sec. 31 – 1800 pcs./reel 32 – 1600 pcs./reel ( Temperature 75 35-60 30-40 Sec. Sec. 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Time (Seconds)

145

Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

Trimmer Basics How to Use This Section In its most common form, a trimmer is This Applications/Processing Guide is intended to provide you with points to consider simply a device containing a resistive for designing circuits, selecting trimmers and arranging board layouts, to achieve element, and a wiper, or adjustable tap, maximum performance and long life for your circuits and systems. We have also contacting the element. The wiper can be included information on steps your manufacturing engineers can take to preserve mechanically moved to vary the amount of circuit reliability. voltage or resistance in the circuit. The For example, are you aware that the trimmers and other mechanical components on resistive element is usually laid out in your boards may face a more extreme environment during boardwashing on your linear or a circular configuration. own production line, than they ever will in use? For those trimmers that may need to The Resistive Element be reset, are you remembering to select and mount the trimmers to provide easy Trimmers for commercial applications accessibility? typically have a resistive element made of In this section, you'll find dozens of pointers, reminders and useful facts that will help carbon or cermet (a combination of you be more knowledgeable and successful in using trimmers. CERamic and METal), or of resistance wire wound on an insulated copper mandrel. Adjustment Screw The main advantages of wirewound trimmers are their low temperature coefficient, higher power dissipation, lower noise, tighter resistance tolerance, and, when used as a variable resistor, the excellent current-carrying capacity Resistive Element through the wiper due to the lower contact resistance. Also, their long-term resistance Wiper stability with time and temperature is slightly better than cermet. Cermet trimmers provide a wider Adjustment Screw resistance range (10 ohms to 5 megohms, versus a maximum of 50K ohms for wirewound). Also, the wiper output can be set closer to the desired value since the TechnicalGuides Adjustment Rotor resistive element presents a continuous contact surface for the wiper, as opposed to the discrete turns (resolution) of the wirewound. Other advantages with cermet Wiper are the lower reactance in high-frequency Resistive Element applications, the smaller sizes available, and the generally lower price than wirewound types.

Resistive Element Wiper

148 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

Trimming Potentiometers and Definitions SOLDER LUG TERMINAL: Rigid uninsulated electrical conductor, suitable for external lead attachment. The following terms and definitions have been edited from the Industrial Standard published by the Variable Electronics WIPER: The wiper is the member in contact with the resistive Components Institute. It is intended to encourage element that allows the output to be varied when the standardization in communication and understanding between adjustment shaft is rotated. the manufacturer and user. The complete standard, including STOP-CLUTCH: A device which allows the wiper to idle at the detailed test procedures, is available upon request. ends of the resistive element without damage as the General Terms adjustment shaft continues to be actuated in the same direction. TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: An electrical mechanical device with three terminals. Two terminals are connected to STOP – SOLID: A positive limit to mechanical and/or electrical the ends of a resistive element and one terminal is connected adjustment. to a movable conductive contact which slides over the STACKING: The mounting of one trimming potentiometer element, thus allowing the input voltage to be divided as a adjacent to or on top of another utilizing the same mounting function of the mechanical input. It can function as either a hardware. voltage divider or rheostat. THEORETICAL RESOLUTION: (Wirewound only) The WIREWOUND TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: A trimming theoretical measurement of sensitivity to which the output potentiometer characterized by a resistance element made up ratio may be adjusted; the reciprocal of the number of turns of turns of wire on which the wiper contacts only a small of wire in resistance winding expressed as a percentage. portion of each turn. N = Total number of resistance wire turns. NON-WIREWOUND TRIMMING POTENTIOMETER: A trimming potentiometer characterized by the continuous 1 nature of the surface area of the resistance element to be N x 100 = Theoretical resolution percent. contacted. Contact is maintained over a continuous, unbroken path. The resistance is achieved by using material Input and Output Terms compositions other than wire such as carbon, conductive TOTAL APPLIED VOLTAGE: The total voltage applied between plastics, metal film and cermet. the designated input terminals. RESISTANCE ELEMENT: A continuous, unbroken length of OUTPUT VOLTAGE: The voltage between the wiper terminal resistive material without joints, bonds or welds except at the and the designated reference point. Unless otherwise junction of the element and the electrical terminals connected specified, the designated reference point is the CCW terminal. to each end of the element, or at an intermediate point such as OUTPUT RATIO: The ratio of the output voltage to the a center tap. designated input reference voltage. Unless otherwise specified, ADJUSTMENT SHAFT: The mechanical input member of a the reference voltage is the total applied voltage. trimming potentiometer which when actuated causes the LOAD RESISTANCE: An external resistance as seen by the wiper to traverse the resistance element resulting in a change Output Voltage (connected between the wiper terminal and in output voltage or resistance. the designated reference point.) Technical Guides Technical SINGLE-TURN ADJUSTMENT: Requires 360 ° or less mechanical input to cause the wiper to traverse the total Adjustment Terms resistance element. DIRECTION OF TRAVEL: Clockwise (CW) or counterclockwise MULTITURN ADJUSTMENT: Requires more than 360 ° (CCW) rotation when viewing the adjustment end of the mechanical adjustment to cause the wiper to traverse the total potentiometer. resistance element. MECHANICAL TRAVEL — SOLID STOPS: The total travel of TERMINAL: An external member that provides electrical access to the resistance element and wiper. RED 2 WIPER LEADWIRE TYPE TERMINAL: Flexible insulated conductor. YELLOW 1 3 GREEN CCW CW PRINTED CIRCUIT TERMINAL: Rigid uninsulated electrical CLOCKWISE conductor, suitable for printed circuit board plug-in.

149 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

the adjustment shaft between integral stops. Continuity must R2 – R1 be maintained throughout the travel. TC = ———————x 106 R1 (T2 – T1) MECHANICAL TRAVEL — CLUTCHING ACTION: The total travel of the adjustment shaft between the points where clutch Where: actuation begins. Continuity must be maintained throughout R1 = Resistance at reference temperature in ohms. the travel and during clutch actuation. R2 = Resistance at test temperature in ohms. T1 = Reference temperature in degrees Celsius. MECHANICAL TRAVEL — CONTINUOUS ROTATION: The T2 = Test temperature in degrees Celsius. total travel of the adjustment shaft when the wiper movement is unrestricted at either end of the resistive element as the RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC: The adjustment shaft continues to be actuated. difference between the total resistance values measured at a reference temperature of 25 °C and the specified test ADJUSTMENT TRAVEL (ELECTRICAL): The total travel of temperature expressed as a percent of the Total Resistance. the adjustment shaft between minimum and maximum output voltages. R2 – R1 RTC = ———————x 100 CONTINUITY TRAVEL: The total travel of the shaft over R1 which electrical continuity is maintained between the wiper and the resistance element. Where: R1 = Resistance at reference temperature (25 °C) in ohms. Electrical and Operational Characteristics R2 = Resistance at the test temperature in ohms. TOTAL RESISTANCE: The DC resistance between the input CONTACT RESISTANCE VARIATION: The apparent terminals with the wiper positioned to either end stop, or in resistance seen between the wiper and the resistance element dead band for continuous rotation potentiometers. when the wiper is energized with a specified current and moved over the adjustment travel in either direction at a TEST VOLTAGE constant speed. The output variations are measured over a specified frequency bandwidth, exclusive of the effects due to Total Resistance, Maximum Test Voltage (Volts DC) roll-on or roll-off of the terminations and is expressed in Nominal ohms or % of total resistance. (ohms) Non-Wirewound Wirewound

.1 to 1.0 0.1 0.1 CONSTANT CURRENT 1.0 to 50 0.3 0.3 SOURCE 50 to 100 2.0 2.0 NOT TO EXCEED RATING OF Rt 100 to 1000 3.0 3.0 BEING TESTED TechnicalGuides 1K to 100K 10 10 1 Rt 3 Over 0.1 megohm 50 — AC 2 AMPLIFIER NOTE: The test voltages should never exceed the equivalent of 10% rated power. OR FILTER The minimum voltage to be used is 10 MV. CALIBRATION DECADES (SEE NOTE) OSCILLOSCOPE ABSOLUTE MINIMUM RESISTANCE: The resistance

measured between the wiper terminal and each end terminal OUTPUT DETECTOR with the wiper positioned to give a minimum value. Where: Rt = Test specimen Output detector bandwidth = 100 cycles to 50 kilocycles END RESISTANCE: The resistance measured between the wiper Minimum input impedance to output detector: terminal and an end terminal when the wiper is positioned at At least 10 times the nominal resistance being tested the corresponding end of mechanical travel. Absolute Figure 1. Contact-resistance-variation measuring circuit minimum resistance and end resistance are synonymous for

continuous rotation trimmers. NOTE: At the calibration of the decade, terminals 1 and 2 must be coincident. Calibration decade is to be set for the contact-resistance variation (CRV) level of the TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF RESISTANCE: The unit specified nominal resistance being tested. change in resistance per degree Celsius change from a reference temperature, expressed in parts per million per degree Celsius as follows:

150 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

Test Current (±20 %) Total Resistance Range ROTATIONAL LIFE: The number of cycles obtainable under specified operating conditions while remaining within 30 ma 2 = Rt = 200 specified allowable degradation. A cycle is defined as one 5 ma 200 < Rt = 3K complete traversal of the wiper over the resistive element in 1 ma 3K < Rt = 200K both directions. 200 ua 200K < Rt = 1 megohm 50 ua 1 megohm < Rt = 5 megohm LOAD LIFE: The number of hours at which a device may dissipate rated power under specified operating conditions EQUIVALENT NOISE RESISTANCE: Wirewound only. Any while remaining within specified allowable degradations. spurious variation in the electrical output not present in the ADJUSTABILITY (OUTPUT RESISTANCE): The precision input, defined quantitatively in terms of an equivalent with which the output resistance of a device can be set to the parasitic, transient resistance in ohms, appearing between the desired value. contact and the resistant element when the shaft is rotated. The equivalent Noise Resistance is defined independently of ADJUSTABILITY (OUTPUT VOLTAGE RATIO): The the resolution, functional characteristics and the total travel. precision with which the output voltage ratio of a device can The magnitude of the Equivalent Noise Resistance is the be set to the desired value. maximum departure from a specific reference line. The wiper of the potentiometer is required to be excited by a specific Mechanical Terms current and moved at a specific speed. STARTING TORQUE: The maximum moment in the clockwise

TEST TRIMMER and counterclockwise directions required to initiate shaft adjustment anywhere in the mechanical travel. 1 3 STOP TORQUE: The maximum static moment that can be

2 applied to adjustment shaft at each mechanical stop for a 1 ma SCOPE specified period of time without loss of continuity or OR EQUIVALENT DETECTOR mechanical damage affecting operational characteristics.

INPUT Z CALIBRATION SOLDERABILITY: The ability of the terminals to accept a 10 x Rt RESISTOR uniform coating of solder under specified conditions.

Max. Deviation (volts) WELDABILITY: The ability of materials to be welded together ENR (ohms) = .001 amps under specified conditions. TERMINAL STRENGTH: The ability of the terminals to CONTINUITY: Continuity is the maintenance of continuous withstand specified mechanical stresses without sustaining electrical contact between the wiper and both end terminals damage that would affect utility of the terminals or operation of the resistive element. of the trimming potentiometer. SETTING STABILITY: The amount of change in the output IMMERSION SEALED: The ability of the unit to withstand voltage, without readjustment, expressed as a percentage of submersion in acceptable cleaning solutions used in normal the total applied voltage. soldering processes without performance degradation under specified environmental conditions. Technical Guides Technical DIELECTRIC STRENGTH: The ability to withstand the application of a specified potential of a given characteristic, Trimmer “Abilities” between the terminals and all other external conducting When you are selecting components for a new design, you members such as shaft, housing and mounting hardware typically take into account the environmental conditions that the without exceeding a specified leakage current value. components will need to endure during the lifetime of the INSULATION RESISTANCE: The resistance to a specified DC instrument or device. Designers in the past have often voltage impressed between the terminals and all other overlooked the environmental extremes of their own production external conducting members such as shaft, housing and lines, where the conditions may be much more severe than mounting hardware. anything encountered in actual end use. POWER RATING: The maximum power that a trimming potentiometer can dissipate across the total resistive element under specified conditions while meeting specified performance requirements.

151 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

Processability PC Board Washing Two types of equipment are usually associated with both SMT “Processability” refers to the ability of the unit to withstand the and through-hole products. production-line processes associated with the finishing steps on the PC boards. Typically, both SMT and through-hole products Pressure System — Accomplishes cleaning by directing sprays are subjected to similar PC board processing operations after of water under high pressure from multiple nozzles. preparation for assembly. These operations can generally be Flooding System — Utilizes a combination of flooding (at summarized as follows: normal water pressure) and surfactant action for cleaning. Soldering and Wash Processes FLUX PRE-HEAT SOLDER Figure 1 shows typical profiles any component may see during a soldering and board washing operation. For details of material and process variables recommendations, see “Soldering and Cleaning Processes”, page 152. WASH RINSE DRY Solder

Soldering (SMT) 2 Four types of equipment are usually associated with SMT soldering: Wash Top 1 3 Mounted IR System — Uses a multi-zone infrared furnace with IR Thermocouple elements heated to a temperature substantially above chamber 4

or product temperature. Energy is supplied to the product Air Knife

°C 2nd Stage Dryer Air Knife Rinse Rinse Air Knife primarily by IR radiation to reflow solder. 5 Rinse 2nd Pre-Heat Rinse Forced Hot Air Convection System — Uses a multizone forced 1st Pre-Heat Bottom

Flux Mounted

air convection system with heat source panels using IR or 1st Stage Dryer Thermocouple other type heating elements. Approximately 85 % of the

heating is provided by free convection to reflow solder on 6

exposed PC boards. Minutes Dual Wave System — Utilizes two parallel solder waves. The first is a turbulent wave followed by a laminar wave. The turbulent wave is for small, constricted areas, while the

TechnicalGuides Rate of Change of Profile laminar wave removes solder projections. (Indicator of Level of Stability) Vapor Phase System — Provides a single-zone condensation heat source achieved with liquid fluorinated hydrocarbons

that have been brought to the boiling point to create a °C/Min. 7 Unstable Temp. saturated vapor zone. Heat is then released by the fluid’s heat (# of Cycles) of vaporization as the vapor condenses on the product. Soldering (Through-hole) Two types of equipment are usually associated with through-hole soldering: Single Wave System — Provides an inclined portion of the solder wave for the PC board to pass over. The PC board is Minutes positioned to bring many potential solder joints in contact with the wave simultaneously for a short time for soldering. Figure 1 Typical temperature profile for board washing and soldering. Drag System — Provides for PC boards to be dragged across Critical profile parameters the surface of the solder pot. Soldered connections are made 1 Temperature Shock (°C) 5 Temperature Shock Decrease in Water (°C) during this operation. 2 Maximum Temperature (°C) 6 Temperature Shock Decrease in Water 3 Temperature Exposure (Minimum) & Air Pressure (°C) 4 Temperature Gradient (°C) 7 Unstable Temperature

152 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

General Guidelines for Guarding Against Component Damage SINGLE-TURN SETTABILITY (3386) MULTITURN SETTABILITY (3299)

To minimize temperature shock 400 • Pre-heat boards to maximum acceptable level 400 300 M.V. • Reduce time in solder EXPERIENCED EXPERIENCED TECHNICIAN TECHNICIAN 200 To avoid heating components above their maximum rated temperature MV. 400 M.V. • Use lowest acceptable solder temperature 500 • Use maximum allowable conveyor speed 400 LESS EXPERIENCED LESS EXPERIENCED • Limit pre-heat temperature to maximum necessary TECHNICIAN TECHNICIAN MV. To limit time of exposure above rated temperature • Limit time in solder 0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2 0 1.7 3.4 5.1 6.8 8.5 10.2 SEC. SEC. • After solder operation, cool board to wash temperature before it enters wash Figure 2. When accurate setting is required, a multiturn trimmer To minimize temperature difference between top and bottom of can generally be set faster than a single-turn. board • Apply pre-heat to both top and bottom Stability To reduce temperature shock on entering the moist environment Stability refers to the ability of the trimmer to remain at the of the wash desired setting. Environmental factors play an important role • Use wash/rinse temperature as near component temperature here: stability may be affected by temperature exposure, thermal as possible shock/cycling, humidity, and mechanical shock or vibration. • Extend time between solder process and wash • Cool board after solder operation, prior to entering wash This is not a matter of concern in most applications, since Bourns® trimmers exhibit excellent stability under all specified To minimize temperature variations as component travels conditions. Stability is most often a concern when cermet through moisture trimmers are used in low current “dry” circuits (50 uA and • Minimize number of wash/rinse and rinse/dry cycles below). Under these conditions the contact resistance may vary, • Use heated air for air knives (to counter evaporative cooling making the wiper appear unstable. This is most noticeable in effect) some rheostat applications. This can be avoided by using a • Minimize difference between wash and rinse temperature wirewound unit, or choosing a cermet trimmer that has been To minimize exposure to high-pressure water during board wash designed for dry-circuit applications. Bourns applications • Select trimmer models with pin styles that orient the rotor engineers can assist you on this and other questions. seal area away from exposure to the high-pressure water stream Accessability When selecting a trimmer and determining its placement on the Settability board, keep in mind the people who will have to use it. Bourns® Settability refers to the ease with which a trimmer can be set trimmers are available in a wide variety of sizes, shapes, accurately to the position that produces the desired circuit configurations, and placement of adjustment screws. You will Guides Technical condition. usually find a unit on which the access for adjustment will be convenient for the user. Where the requirement is for obtaining a highly accurate setting the preference is for cermet — because a small incremental Keep in mind the different requirements for accessibility adjustment in a wirewound unit does not always produce the depending on whether adjustment will be done on the assembly expected change in output as the wiper moves off one turn of line or in the field; with the board uncovered, in a housing or wire and onto another. cabinet, or on an extender. Also consider whether production- line adjustment will be done manually or by robotics. A Bourns Setting accuracy is better with a multiturn unit than with a applications engineer can advise on special high-speed automatic single-turn. This is especially true when the speed of setting is adjustment features. also a requirement as on a production line (Figure 2).

153 Applications/Processing Guide – Standard and Lead Free

Usability Power Rating — The ambient temperature at which the trimmer will operate has an important bearing on power In selecting a trimmer for a specific application, it's important to rating. Power ratings are usually specified at 70 ° or 85 °C; at a be aware that the catalog contains a myriad of facts about each temperature of 150 °C, the power rating of many trimmers is model that can assist you in finding the most suitable choice. For reduced to zero. example: Temperature Coefficient of Resistance (T.C.) — This Contact Resistance Variation (CRV) — Under MIL-R 22097 specification is a measure of how much the resistance changes and MIL-R-39035, the maximum CRV is 3 %. All Bourns® with a change in temperature. In many applications a T.C. of trimmers meet this standard (3 % or 3 ohms, whichever is ±250 PPM/°C is acceptable. Typical T.C. specifications for greater). For applications that demand a more rigorous cermet models are ±100 PPM/°C and ±50 PPM/°C for standard, some Bourns® trimmers are rated at 2 % or 2 ohms, wirewound models. and many others at 1 % or 1 ohm. TechnicalGuides

154 Lead Free Solder Reflow Profile – SMD Trimmers

Process Description Materials Temperature Time Interval

1. Apply solder paste to test • Sn Ag Cu Alloy water soluble Room temperature board (8 - 10 mil thick) or no clean solder paste1 • Single sided epoxy glass (G10) (UL approved) • PC board approx. 4x4x.06 in. 2. Place test units onto board 6 units/board (see note 2) 3. Ramp up Convection oven 2.5 °C ±0.5 °/second 4. Preheat 150 °C to 190 °C 90 +30 seconds 5. Time above liquidus 220 °C 60-90 seconds 6. Peak temperature 260 °C +0/–5 °C 10-20 sec. within 5 °C of peak 7. Ramp down Room temperature2 3 °C ±0.5 °C/second

8. Cleaning water clean profile5 High pressure deionized water 72 °F to 160 °F As required 65 PSI maximum (22 °C to 71 °C)

Inspect solder joint to determine if solder joint is acceptable (i.e. exhibits wetting of joint’s Temperature of Lead/Pad Junction surface). Use the following criteria (ref. acceptability of printed board assemblies, (Derived using 6-zone Convection Oven) IPC-610A): FEATHERED EDGES 300 A) Acceptable (see Figure 1) CONCAVE 255 (1) Feathered edges 220 190 (2) Concave fillet (3) Fillet appears smooth Figure 1 150

B) Unacceptable (see Figure 2) (°C) Temperature NO FEATHERED EDGES (1) Convex fillet CONVEX (2) Solder balls (5 balls or more per square inch) If unacceptable, determine cause and correct prior to next 0 Figure 2 0 50 100 150 200 250 run. Time (Seconds)

NOTES: 1. Water soluble solder paste only above 100K. 2. Refer to ref. temperature profile. Temperature at lead/pad junction with “K” type thermocouple. 3. Units that are board mounted for environmental testing must see a peak temperature in the reflow zone, as specified. This is to ensure that all test units will see “worst case conditions”. 4. Ramp down rate to be measured from 255 °C to 150 °C. 5. Process Description 8 does not apply to open frame trimmers. Technical Guides Technical

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 04/04

155 Standard Soldering and Cleaning Processes

This application note is designed to electronics industry, you’ll want to test and 1. SOLDERING – Forced Hot Air, provide step-by-step processing verify your own system. Convection, IR, Vapor Phase (In-Line), recommendations. It covers the popular Wave (Single and Dual) The process steps, recommendations and Surface Mount Component (SMC) cautions are based on Bourns® Trimpot® 2. CLEANING – Solvent, Aqueous, Semi- soldering processes currently in use and surveys of SMC users, equipment Aqueous, No-Clean provides recommendations and cautions manufacturers and materials suppliers. for each step. Since many variations of On the facing page are the common Also, comments reflect results of Bourns temperature, time, processes, cleaning methods, materials and maximum testing. Our findings suggest the following agents and board types are found in the temperature/time parameters for soldering soldering and cleaning processes: and cleaning processes. 1 2 3 4 5 Solder Paste Adhesive SMC Adhesive Flux Printing Application Placement Cure Application Reflow Flow (Wave) Flow (Wave) Flow (Wave)

GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL Use the optimum The adhesive must hold Use pick-and-place Use heat/time cure Use the correct flux solder paste for the the SMC in correct equipment with method with either to remove surface pattern, printing orientation upon place- vacuum nozzle ID size convection oven or oxides, prevent process, solder paste ment and maintain that allows adequate infrared radiation. reoxidation and density and solder correct trimmer position suction to pick the promote wetting. joint quality. during physical SMC out of the RECOMMENDED handling before final embossed cavity. Cure using the RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED solder processing. temperature and • RMA Use Sn 63 % Pb 37 % RECOMMENDED times recommended • No-clean SRB solder paste. Use 8 to RECOMMENDED The nozzle inside by the adhesive (Synthetic Resin 10 mil thickness for To assure positional diameter (ID) should manufacturer. Based) solder paste print. stability, place a single not exceed .100 in. • OA (Organic Acid) dot of epoxy under the (2.54 mm) to ensure CAUTION (See caution) CAUTION SMC. adequate suction and Use enough cure Since solder paste part alignment. time to assure CAUTION TechnicalGuides usually contains a high EPOXY complete adhesive Avoid highly percentage of activators, CAUTION transition from fluid activated fluxes. you must ensure Assure parts are to solid. Consult factory before adequate cleaning to placed so that all using OA. remove all residues, terminals are unless no-clean (low equidistant (<4 mils) solids) paste is used. from the solder pads. CAUTION Stability after placement Align terminals with is a direct function of solder belt direction of the volume of adhesive travel to avoid body used. Use enough epoxy shadowing effects to assure stability during flow soldering. through the cure process.

Avoid overflow of epoxy to solder pad and terminal areas.

156 Standard Soldering and Cleaning Processes

6 7 8 9 10 11 Solder Solder Wash Wash Wash No-Wash Reflow; Hot Air, Flow (Wave) Solvent Semi-Aqueous Aqueous IR and Vapor Phase

GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL Preheat sufficiently For maximum com- Use solvent clean- Use semi-aqueous Use aqueous cleaning No-wash is an using both time ponent reliability ing primarily for for nonpolar primarily for polar option when and temperature and performance, nonpolar contam- contaminants such contaminants such as no-clean (low to vaporize all minimize the time inants such as as rosin based flux organic flux residues. solids) flux is solder paste of temperature rosin based flux residues. used for solder solvents and exposure above residues. RECOMMENDED operations. moisture, leaving 200 °C. RECOMMENDED Use any of these only solder and RECOMMENDED Use terpene or aqueous wash flux as component RECOMMENDED Use any suitable hydrocarbon materials: enters solder Use SN 63 % washing solvents based for pre- • Deionized water reflow phase. Pb 37 % solder. that meet ODC wash. Use water • Surfactants Solder zone profile requirements. for final wash. • Saponifiers RECOMMENDED of 245 °C for Solder zone profile 5 seconds. CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION of 230 °C for 20 Limit excessive Limit excessive Limit excessive seconds. CAUTION direct spray direct spray direct spray pressure Do not exceed pressure to 60 psi pressure to 60 psi to 60 psi or below for CAUTION 260 °C peak temp- or below for opti- or below for opti- optimum reliability. Do not exceed time erature for dual mum reliability. mum reliability. Ultrasonics may and temperature wave solder cause component reflow profile of process with a flow damage or failure. 235 °C for 45 ±5 zone totaling 5 seconds for hot air/IR seconds. reflow and 215 °C

for 3 minutes for Minimize thermal Guides Technical vapor phase reflow. shock by limiting Board Rework Technique Use 215 °C as temperature rise minimum reflow rate to 3 °C/sec temperature. and by stabilizing RECOMMENDED Hot air reflow technique board and compo- Minimize thermal nents temperature is preferred. shock by limiting during preheating. temperature rise GENERAL CAUTION rate to 3 °C/sec Excessive and/or repeated Avoid use of a soldering and by stabilizing high temperature heat iron or wave soldering as board and compo- exposure may affect a rework technique. nents temperature component performance during preheating. and reliability.

157 Standard Soldering/Cleaning Methods

Reflow Process Hot Air Hot Air Hot Air Hot Air Vapor Vapor Vapor Vapor Step Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared Phase Phase Phase Phase (Solvent) (Semi-Aq.) (Aqueous) (No Clean) (Solvent) (Semi-Aq.) (Aqueous) (No Clean)

1. Solder Paste Printing N N N N N N N N 2. Adhesive Application 3. Component Placement N N N N N N N N 4. Adhesive Cure 5. Flux Application 5. Flux Application 5. Flux Application 5. Flux Application 6. Solder (Reflow) N N N N N N N 7. Solder (Flow) 8. Wash (Solvent) N N 8. Wash (Semi-Aqueous) N N 8. Wash (Aqueous) N N High Pressure Fluids N N Max. Temp. (°C)/Time (Sec.) 235/40 235/40 235/40 235/40 215/180 215/180 215/180 215/180 Min. Temp. (°C) 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 215 TechnicalGuides

158 Standard Soldering/Cleaning Methods

Flow

Material Wave Wave Wave Wave (Solvent) (Semi-Aqueous) (Aqueous) (No Clean)

N N N N

N N N N N Rosin N Rosin N Organic Acid N Synthetic Resin Based 63/37 Sn/Pb N N N N 63/37 Sn/Pb N ODS Free N Terpene, Hydrocarbon Based N DI H20; Surfacant; Saponifier N (See Caution) 260/5 260/5 260/5 215 215 215 Technical Guides Technical

159 Factory Installed Panel Mount

Trimpot® Potentiometer Models RT12/RJ12, 3057/3059 Models 3005/3006/3009 Panel Mounting Options and Hardware Many Trimpot® Potentiometers are available for panel mount application. This product option provides for maximum design flexibility.

To order Trimpot® Potentiometers with panel mount hardware attached by the HEX NUT AND LOCKWASHER 6.35 #10-32 UNF-2A THD. factory, simply add an “M” or “Z” suffix to (.25) 20.32 10.31 the Bourns® part number per Table I. (.406) MAX. (.80) Example: 3006P-1-100Z 2.54 (.100) To order military Trimpot® Potentiometers 7.95 with panel mount hardware attached by (.313) 33.35 (1.31) the factory, order the military part number 6.35 ADJ. SLOT and add “with panel mount attached.” (.25) 2.54 LONG (.100 ) .508 Example: (.020) WIDE .762 RT12C2103M, with panel mount attached. BUSHING (.030) DEEP 10-32 NF-2 THD To order panel mounting accessories for customer installation, simply use the part number per Table II. Example:

H83P 6.76 ± .38 1.52 TO 3.30 3.81 (.266 ± .015) (.06 TO .13) (.150) NOTE: For complete product specifications, see catalog page for the trimmer model. ADJ. SLOT 2.54 LONG (.100) 7.92

TechnicalGuides Torque – Apply maximum 8 in. lbs. on .635 (.312) mounting nut when mounted on panel. (.020) WIDE .762 3.30 DEEP PANEL MAX. (.030) (0.13)

5.94 (.234)

Notes: Notes: 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 2. Recommend panel holes. #10 drill .194/(.008) 2. Recommend panel holes. #7 drill .200/(.008)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 05/04 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

160 Factory Installed Panel Mount

Models 3292 Models RT22/RTR22/RJ22 3250/3252 Models RT24/RTR24/3290 X, L and W Styles H and W Styles – 3290 X & W Styles – RT24/RTR24

6.10 7.62 6.10 (.240) (.300) (.240) 3.05 4.06 3.05 (.120) (.160) (.120)

ADJ. SLOT ADJ. SLOT ADJ. SLOT BUSHING .243 .243 LONG .243 LONG BUSHING (.010) BUSHING LONG 10-32 UNF-2A (.010) 10-32 UNF-2A 10-32 UNF-2A (.010) .064 .064 THD. WIDE THD. WIDE THD. .064 (.003) (.003) (.003) WIDE OPT. BEND .064 .064 .064 DEEP DEEP OPT. BEND DEEP DOWN ANTI- (.003) OPT. BEND (.003) DOWN ANTI- (.003) ROTATION TAB DOWN ANTI- ROTATION TAB ROTATION TAB

6.35 6.35 6.35 (.250) (.250) (.250)

10.92 13.97 11.43 (.430) (.550) (.450)

11.68 11.68 (.460) (.460) 14.99 (.590)

.826 ± .038 .826 ± .038 (.033 ± .020) PANEL (.033 ± .020) PANEL 3.3 11.43 PANEL 3.3 (.130) (.450) 3.3 (.130) MAX (.130) MAX MAX

PANEL LAYOUT PANEL LAYOUT PANEL LAYOUT .200 .200 = 7 DRILL .200 7.37 = 7 DRILL 7.37 (.008) = 7 DRILL (.008) (.290) 10.16 (.008) (.290) (.400)

.132 OPTIONAL FOR .132 OPTIONAL FOR (.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB (.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB .132 OPTIONAL FOR (.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB Technical Guides Technical

Notes: Notes: Notes: 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut.

DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

161 Customer Installed Panel Mount – Unsealed See Table II for panel mount part number

H-58P Panel Mount H-65P Panel Mount H-83P Panel Mount 1-1/4 Inch Rectangular Multiturn Modules 1/2 Inch Square Multiturn Models Adapter for Models 3005 AND 3006

The H-83P Adapter is used with Models 3005 and 3006. Order separately and simply snap fit the trimmer in the plastic case. The H-83P with lock-washer and mounting nut is available in 50-piece lots.

HEX NUT AND LOCKWASHER 7.62 10.31 (.300) (.406) 4.06 MAX. (.160)

ADJ. SLOT BUSHING .243 LONG 10-32 UNF-2A (.010) THD. .064 (.003) WIDE 7.95 .064 OPT. BEND (.003) DEEP (.313) 33.35 DOWN ANTI- (1.31) ROTATION TAB 6.35 (.250)

6.35 (.250) 22.10 7.62 13.97 (.870) (.300) (.550) BUSHING 5/16-32 10-32 UNEF NF-2 THD THREAD

14.99 5.54 (.590) (.218)

1.52 3.30 11.43 10.0 TO (.450) (.060) (.130) 3.30 ADJ. SHAFT (.394) PANEL MAX. (0.13) RECESSED 5/16

9.53 (.375)

TechnicalGuides PANEL LAYOUT 9.53 ADJ. SLOT .200 10.16 = 7 DRILL (.375) 2.54 LONG (.008) (.100) (.400) .635 WIDE 5.94 (.250) (.234) .762 (.030 ) DEEP

.132 OPTIONAL FOR (.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB

Notes: Notes: Notes: 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Drawings shown with Trimmer. Order part separately. 2. Recommend panel holes. #10 drill .194/(.008) 2. Drawings shown with Trimmer. Order part separately.

*Specify H82 if panel Seal is required.

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 05/04 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

162 Customer Installed Panel Mount

3/8 Inch Square Multiturn Models Table I – Factory Installed Panel Mounts

H-114P/115P/116P Panel Mount H-117P Panel Mount Standard Part Number Part Number with Panel Mount

3005P-1-(RC) 3005P-1-(RC) Z 3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC) 3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC) Z 3009P or Y-1-(RC) 3009P or Y-1-(RC) Z 3057L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) 3057L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) M 3059L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) 3059L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) M 3250L or W-1-(RC) 3250L or W-1-(RC) M 3252L or W-1-(RC) 3252L or W-1-(RC) 6.10 6.86 3290H or W-1-(RC) 3290H or W-1-(RC) M (.240) (.270) 3.05 4.06 3292L,W or X-1-(RC) 3292L,W or X-1-(RC) M (.160) (.120) 3296W or X-1-(RC) 3296W or X-1-(RC) M

ADJ. SLOT ADJ. SLOT .243 BUSHING LONG BUSHING 2.44 DIA. 10-32 UNF-2A (.010) 10-32 UNF-2A (.096) .064 Table II – Retro-Fit Panel Mounts THD. WIDE THD. .635 (.003) (.025) WIDE OPT. BEND .064 For installation by customer DEEP .635 DOWN ANTI- (.003) (.025) DEEP ROTATION TAB Standard Order Panel Mount Part Number Part Number

11.43 6.10 3005P-1-(RC) H-83P 6.35 (.240) (.450) 11.68 3006P,Y, or W-1-(RC) H-83P (.250) (H-115P) (.460) (H-116P) 3057L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) H-58P* Screw Assembly 10.92 11.68 3059L,J,P or Y-1-(RC) H-58P* Screw Assembly (.430) (.460) 3250L, W, X-(RC) H-65P-1* (H-114P) 11.68 3252L, W-1-(RC) H-65P-3* (.460) 8.76 ± .38 (.345 ± .015) 3252X-1-(RC) H-65P-5* 3290H or W-1-(RC) H-114P* 2.54 REF. (.100) 3292L-1-(RC) H-115P* .826 ± .038 2.54 (.033 ± .002) REF. (.100) 3292W or X-1-(RC) H-116P* 3.30 5.72 PANEL MAX. REF. (0.13) (.225) RT12P,Y,L H-58P* Screw Assembly RJ12L,P,Y H-58P* Screw Assembly RT22L,W,X / RTR22L,W,X H-65P-1* PANEL LAYOUT PANEL LAYOUT RJ22L,W H-65P-3* .200 5.08 7.37 = 7 DRILL DIA. RJ22X H-65P-5* (.008) 7.62 (.200) (.290) (.300) RT24W / RTR24W or X H-114P* RJR24W or X H-117P* *Specify H-82 if panel seal is required.

.132 OPTIONAL FOR 1.32 OPTIONAL FOR (.005) ANTI-ROTATION NUB (.052) ANTI-ROTATION LUG Technical Guides Technical

Notes: Notes: 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 1. Provided with lockwasher and mounting nut. 2. Drawings shown with Trimmer. Order part separately. 2. Drawings shown with Trimmer. Order part separately.

163 Hardware for Special Mounting Applications

H-82 Panel Seal H-25/H-28 Stacking Straps H-26S Side Bracket For all panel mounts with size 10-32 Models 3250, 3252 (H-25) and 3292 Models 3250 and 3252. This hardware is bushings. (H-28). available for special mounting applications.

4.83 (.190) A STAINLESS STEEL 13.21 9.35 TYP. CUP WASHER (.520) (.368)

B 7.37 .381 C 9.35 (.290) (.368) 1.02 (.015) (.040) 4.57 (.180) Dimensions H-25 H-28 12.70 23.62 (.500) .89 4.83 (.930) (.035) (.190) A .236 (.093) .178 (.070) 4 PLCS. B .363 (.143) .318 (.125) 4.01 C 1.321 (.520) 1.064 (.419) (.158) RUBBER O RING Thickness .51 (.02) 6.35 (.250)

To be used with the following to provide .325 panel seal: 6.35 (.013) H-58P (.250) DIA. H-65P-1 2 PLCS. H-65P-3 H-65P-5 H-114P H-115P H-116P 15.88 H-117P 3.81 (.625) (.150) TechnicalGuides

6.35 (.250)

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 05/04 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

164 H-90/H-91/H-92-1 Adjustment Tools Features I Meets UL 94V-0 I H-90 & H-91 available in blue; I Pocket clip H-92-1 available in off-white I For use on most trimmer shafts/rotors I Recessed end for use with extended shafts

H-90 127.00 (5.00) 1.27 (.050) STAINLESS STEEL BLADE BLADE - BOTH ENDS RECESSED 2.03 .406 ± .025 WIDE X THICK .254 (.080) (.016 ± .001) (.010) 15.2 ± 2.54 (0.60 ± 0.10)

H-91*

STAINLESS STEEL 1.47 .457 ± .025 BLADE BLADE WIDE X THICK (.058) (.018 ± .001) RECESSED .254 (.010) 1.40 2.29 .457 BLADE WIDE X THICK (.055) (.090) (.018) *H-91 RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH TRIMMER MODELS 3224 AND 3214.

H-92-1*

STAINLESS STEEL 1.02 ± 0.08 0.23 ± 0.05 BLADE BLADE WIDE X THICK RECESSED (.040 ± .003) (.009 ± .001) .381 (.015) 1.40 1.02 ± 0.08 0.23 ± 0.05 BLADE WIDE X THICK (.055) (.040 ± .003) (.009 ± .001) *H-92-1 RECOMMENDED FOR USE WITH TRIMMER MODELS 3342, 3223 AND 3213. Technical Guides Technical

Specifications are subject to change without notice. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications. REV 09/04 DIMENSIONS: MM/(INCHES)

165 Design Kits: Trimming Potentiometers Trimming potentiometers perform a variety of circuit adjustments in all types of electronic equipment.The variety of physical configurations available and the ability to withstand today's manufacturing environment offers the designer flexibility in selecting the best trimmer for the application. Around the world, trimmers are used in virtually every electronic market.

Part Numbers Each kit contains samples of each of the part numbers. Part numbers could change based on latest offering. Refer to website – additional kits may be available.

Kit Numbers H-814-2 H-840 H-841 H-851 3223W-1-501E 3006P-1-502 3302W-3-103E 3223W-1-201E 3223W-1-502E 3214G-1-502 3303W-3-102E 3223W-1-102E 3223W-1-103E 3223W-1-103 TC33X-2-502E 3223W-1-502E 3223W-1-104E 3224J-1-103 3306F-1-202 3223W-1-103E 3223W-1-105E 3224W-FW5-203 3306K-1-104 3223W-1-503E 3224W-1-501E 3266W-1-203 3306P-1-101 3223W-1-104E 3224G-1-502E 3269W-1-502 3306W-1-502 3224W-1-103E 3296W-1-203 3309P-1-204 3224G-1-104E 3299W-1-503 3309W-2-101 3224W-1-105E 3313J-1-203 3309W-1-502 3269W-1-501G 3314G-1-102 3318F-1-103 3269P-1-502G 3329H-1-102 3318K-1-103 3269W-1-103G 3339P-1-503 3318P-1-203 3269P-1-104G 3361P-1-103 3318G-1-102A 3269W-1-105G 3361S-1-104 3318S-1-502A 3313J-1-501E 3362P-1-203 3319P-2-103 3313J-1-502E 3386W-1-103 3319P-3-203 3313J-1-103E 3386P-1-102T 3319W-1-503 3313J-1-104E 3313J-1-105E TechnicalGuides 3314J-1-501E 3314G-1-502E 3314J-1-103E 3314G-1-104E 3314J-1-105E TC33X-2-501E TC33X-2-502E TC33X-2-103E TC33X-2-104E TC33X-2-105E H-91 Adjustment Tool

166 Design Kit: Linear Motion Potentiometers A spin-off of the trimming potentiometer product line, the linear motion potentiometer was developed to meet the needs of designers wishing to detect movement of position. Applications for these compact components include: Solenoid positioning sensors for automated controllers, volume control on audio equipment, joystick controllers, satellite dish positioning, and robotics.

Part Numbers Each kit contains samples of each of the part numbers. Part numbers could change based on latest offering. Refer to website – additional kits may be available.

Kit Number H-848 3048L-2-103 3046L-1-103 3048L-5-203 3046L-3-203

Design Kits: Modular Contacts Bourns Modular Contacts are off-the-shelf interconnect devices that can be used in cellular telephones, PDAs, laptop computers, portable medical and test equipment; anywhere a rechargeable battery pack is required. Because they can be used as either compression or sliding Modular Contacts, they can function as connectors for many other non-battery related applications.

Part Numbers Each kit contains samples of each of the part numbers. Part numbers could change Guides Technical based on latest offering. Refer to website – additional kits may be available.

Kit Numbers H-839 H-843 70ADJ-5-ML0/1 70AAJ-6-M0 70ADJ-5-FL0/1 70AAJ-6-F0 70ADJ-3-ML0/1 70AAJ-4-M0 70ADJ-3-FL0/1 70AAJ-4-F0 70ADH-2-ML0 70AAJ-3-M0 70ADH-2-FL0 70AAJ-3-F0 70AAJ-2-M0 70AAJ-2-F0

167 Design Kits: Switches Bourns switches are low voltage, low current, signal level devices designed for selection, operation or programming. Key and tactile switches are push/momentary devices. Rotary switches are single-pole, double-throw devices. DIP switches are dual in-line, double pole with 1 to 12 positions. Switch applications include instrumentation, industrial controls, communications equipment, computers, security systems, appliances, automotive, audio/visual and pagers.

Part Numbers Each kit contains samples of each of the part numbers. Part numbers could change based on latest offering. Refer to website – additional kits may be available.

Kit Numbers H-845 H-846 H-847 7813J-1-023 7914J-1-000 SDMR-4-T 7813S-1-051 SDTA-610-K SDMX-4-X 7814G-1-023 SDTG-630-N SDMX-8-X 7814J-1-051 SDTM-620-N SNDX-3H-X 7814H-1-023 SDTX-650-R SNDR-4H-T 7814Z-1-051 STHW-660-N SNDR-6S-T 7829H-1-023 STJN-405-N SNDX-8H-X 7829S-1-051 STJN-515-N SNDR-9H-T STJW-680-S STMW-690-R STSM-31-S STSM-32-S TechnicalGuides

168

Worldwide Sales Offices Country Phone Fax Benelux: +31-70-3004333 +31-70-3004345 Brazil: +55 11 5505 0601 +55 11 5505 4370 China: +86-21-64821250 +86-21-64821249 France: +33-254-735151 +33-254-735156 Germany: +49-69-80078212 +49-69-80078299 Hong Kong: +852-2411 5599 +852-2412 3611 Ireland: +44-1276-691087 +44-1276-691088 Italy: +39-02-38900041 +39-02-38900042 Japan: +81-49-269 3204 +81-49-269 3297 Singapore: +65-63461933 +65-63461911 Switzerland: +41-41-7685555 +41-41-7685510 Taiwan: +886-2-25624117 +886-2-25624116 UK: +44-1276-691087 +44-1276-691088 USA: +1-951-781-5500 +1-951-781-5700

Non-Listed European Countries: +41 (0)41 768 5555 +41 (0)41 768 5510

Technical Assistance Region Phone Fax Asia-Pacific: +886 2 25624117 +886 2 25624116 Europe: +41 (0)41 768 5555 +41 (0)41 768 5510 North America: +1-951-781-5500 +1-951-781-5700 www.bourns.com

Bourns® products are available through an extensive network of manufacturer’s representatives, agents and distributors. To obtain technical applications assistance, a quotation, or to place an order, contact a Bourns representative in your area.

Specifications subject to change without notice. Actual performance in specific customer applications may differ due to the influence of other variables. Customers should verify actual device performance in their specific applications.

“Bourns”and “Trimpot”are registered trademarks of Bourns, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.